Looking for the unexpected

Creativity and innovation in music

education

Proceedings of the 24th EAS Conference

Vilnius, Lithuania
1619 March 2016

2016
Proceedings of the 24th EAS Conference
Looking for the unexpected: Creativity and innovation in music education
Vilnius, Lithuania
1619 March 2016

All presentations given at the 24th EAS Conference as well as ensuing articles were selected via a double
blind peer review process by members of the conference scientific committee

EAS 2016 Conference Scientific Committee

Thomas De Baets LUCA School of Arts (BE)
Lina van Dooren Futuraskolan International School of Stockholm (SE)
Adri de Vugt Royal Conservatoire / University of the Arts The Hague (NL)
Daiva Bukantait The Music Academy of Vytautas Magnus University (LT)
Natassa Economidou-Stavrou University of Nicosia (CY)
Giedr Gabnyt The Lithuanian Academy of Music and Theatre (LT)
Marina Gall University of Bristol, Graduate School of Education (UK)
Rta Girdzijauskien Klaipda University (LT)
Sarah Hennessy University of Exeter, School of Education and Lifelong Learning (UK)
Anna Houmann Malm Academy of Music, Lund University (SE)
Oliver Krmer Rostock University of Music and Drama (DE)
Isolde Malmberg University for Music and Performing Arts Vienna (AT)
Emilija Sakadolskien The Lithuanian University of Educational Sciences (LT)
Gerhard Sammer Hochschule fr Musik Wrzburg (DE)
Mary Stakelum University of Bath Spa (UK)
Diana Strakien iauliai University (LT)
Henrika ekuvien The Lithuanian University of Educational Sciences (LT)
Monika Oebelsberger University Mozarteum Salzburg (AT)
Vida Umbrasien The Lithuanian Academy of Music and Theatre (LT)

Editing: Rta Girdrzijauskien, Emilija Sakadolskien

Layout: Ingrida Sirvydait
Graphic design: Vilhelmas Giedraitis

Klaipda university, 2016

ISBN 978-9955-18-924-4
 CONTENT

Symposia
CREATIVITY IN MUSIC EDUCATION ACROSS EUROPE ................................................................... 5

Austria. Andreas Bernhofer. CREATIVITY IN THE CONTEXT OF MUSIC EDUCATION

IN AUSTRIA....................................................................................................................................... 5
Croatia. Sabina Vidulin. IMAGES OF PUPILS MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOL:
THE CROATIAN PERSPECTIVE .................................................................................................... 7
Czech Republic. Marek Sedlacek. THE CONCEPT OF CREATIVITY INSTITUTIONAL MUSIC
EDUCATION IN THE CZECH REPUBLIC ..................................................................................... 9
Estonia. Ene Kangron. IMAGES OF MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS IN ESTONIA ............... 11
France. Marie-Franoise Quinet. MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS: THE FRENCH
PERSPECTIVE ................................................................................................................................ 13
Hungary. Nomie Maczelka. CREATIVITY IN THE SCHOOLS IN HUNGARY IN THE FRAME
OF MUSIC LESSONS 2016 ............................................................................................................ 14
Germany. Christopher Wallbaum. NO CREATIVITY, BUT AESTHETIC PRACTICE IN GERMAN
MUSIC EDUCATION ...................................................................................................................... 15
Italy. Michele Biasutti. MUSIC CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS IN ITALY ................................................ 16
Kosovo. Kastriot Sada. MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN THE SCHOOLS OF KOSOVO ............................ 18
Macedonia. Lejla Beqiri. MUSIC CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS AND THE SCHOOL CURRICULUM
IN MACEDONIA ............................................................................................................................. 23
Montenegro. Jelena Martinovi Bogojevi. CREATIVITY AS AN ACTIVITY IN MUSIC TEACHING
IN MONTENEGRO: CURRICULA CONTENTS AND PRACTICAL EXPERIENCES .............. 24
Poland. Gabriela Karin Konkol. IMAGES OF MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS: HE POLISH
PERSPECTIVE ................................................................................................................................ 26
Slovakia. Irena Mednanska. EXAMPLE OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF STUDENT CREATIVITY AND
FORMATION THROUGH THE SUPERCLASS PROJECT .......................................................... 28
Spain. Jos A. Rodrguez-Quiles. CREATIVITY THROUGH PERFORMATIVE PROPOSALS:
SOCIALISING THROUGH MUSIC AT A SECONDARY SCHOOL IN SPAIN ........................... 28
The Netherlands. Marinus Verkuil. CREATIVITY IN MUSIC EDUCATION
IN THE NETHERLANDS ............................................................................................................... 30
Turkey. Nesrin Kalyoncu, Sezen zeke. THE PLACE OF CREATIVITY IN MUSIC LESSONS
IN TURKISH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION ...................................................... 31

EUROPEAN NATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS FOR MUSIC IN SCHOOLS

Michael Pabst-Krueger. FOUNDATION OF THE NEW EUROPEAN PLATFORM FOR MUSIC
TEACHER ASSOCIATIONS AT THE 24TH EAS CONFERENCE IN VILNIUS 2016 ............... 35

Research Papers ........................................................................................................................................ 37

Jack Richardson. INTEGRATING CREATIVITY INTO THE CURRICULUM: A CASE FOR
ELECTROACOUSTIC MUSIC PEDAGOGIES ............................................................................ 37

3
Peter Mall. ORCHESTRAS AND SCHOOLS TEACHERS AND MUSICIANS SUBJECTIVE
THEORIES ON COOPERATIVE PROJECTS ................................................................................ 43
Rta Girdzijauskien, Sandra Rimkut-Jankuvien. MUSICAL CREATIVITY: OVERVIEW OF
RESEARCH IN LITHUANIA ......................................................................................................... 51
An De Bisschop, Karen Van Petegem, Mirella Ruigrok. THE IMPACT OF SOCIETAL CHANGES ON
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMMEMES IN MUSIC EDUCATION .................................. 60
Baak Gorgoretti. PROSPECTIVE MUSIC TEACHERS PERCEPTIONS OF MUSICAL
CREATIVITY ................................................................................................................................... 67
Radka Hladilova, Marek Sedlacek. THE ATTITUDES OF CZECH UNIVERSITY STUDENTS
TOWARDS ART MUSIC OF THE FIRST TWO THIRDS OF THE 20TH CENTURY AS AN
INSPIRATION FOR CREATIVE ACTIVITY FOR CHILDREN ................................................... 72
Michele Biasutti, Eleonora Concina, Sara Frate. THE QUALITY OF PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION
OF INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC TEACHERS: EVALUATION OF AN ONLINE
COLLABORATIVE COURSE ........................................................................................................ 77
Michele Biasutti. ONLINE MUSIC LEARNING: ASSESSING COMPOSING ACTIVITIES ............... 86

Practice Papers ........................................................................................................................................ 100

Sabina Vidulin, Lada Durakovi. MUSIC TEACHING FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF UNIVERSITY
STUDENTS: FOSTERING CREATIVITY AND UPGRADING MUSICAL
COMPETENCES ........................................................................................................................... 100
Maria Spychiger, Peter Mall. SOUNDING WAYS INTO MATHEMATICS .......................................... 112
Hubert Gruber. STAIRPLAY INNOVATIVE LEARNING OFFERS WAYS TO DISCOVER
THE WORLD OF MUSIC NOTATION! ....................................................................................... 119
Judita Kuerov, Hana Havelkov. AN EU-PROJECT PROMOTING CREATIVITY AND
ENTREPRENEURSHIP BY MEANS OF MUSIC, PERFORMANCE AND CULTURAL
COOPERATION (MUSIK KREATIV+). PRESENTATION OF THE CZECH CONCEPT ....... 128

4
 SYMPOSIA

Symposia. Creativity in music education across Europe

AUSTRIA. CREATIVITY IN THE CONTEXT OF MUSIC EDUCATION IN AUSTRIA

ANDREAS BERNHOFER

The idea of creativity has a great variety of meanings and definitions. A helpful definition by Sternberg
and Lubart says that creativity is the ability to produce work that is both novel (i.e., original, unexpected)
and appropriate (i.e., useful, adaptive concerning task constraints) (Sternberg & Lubart, 1999, p.3). In this
definition you can find again the subtitle of the EAS conference 2016, Looking for the unexpected. But
what are the unexpected and creative elements of music education in Austria?
From my point of view, we can find creativity in music education on different levels. You can look for
creativity on the level of National curricula and musical competences, but it can be also expected on the
level of teaching methods or music teacher education. For me, the support for creative processes in music
education is a top down development. If we want to foster the creative potential of our pupils in school
and if we want that creative processes take place in our classrooms, this must be supported by appropriate
teaching methods and settings during the music lessons. So, the music teachers have to have the skills to
foster creative processes during their lessons. And this is the task of music teacher education where these
skills are taught. Supporting creativity starts from well-grounded music teacher preparation and reaches out
to the pupils in school.
Lets have a closer look at creativity in the national curricula and musical competences in Austria.

A) Creativity in national curricula and musical competences

Creativity, in its multiple meanings, is not so easy to find/spot in the different Austrian school curricula,
because the word appears not so often, but in some cases it is implied in particular descriptions.
In Austria, there are two important documents, which substantiate the main contents and topics for music
education in school. On the one hand, there are the different school curricula for particular age groups and
on the other hand, there are lists of musical competences, which were developed about five years ago. The
core element of the musical competences is described as musical acting in context, which should mean that
musical practice is the central element combined with awareness of the theoretical background. Around this,
there are the three fields Singing and music making, Moving and Dancing, Listening and Perceiving,
which are the different fields of action.

Model of musical competences in Austria

If you search for creative processes, the documents are not overloaded with it. Creativity is mainly
mentioned in the context of music production and improvisation, which is a central part of music education

5
SYMPOSIA
in school. It is also suggested to find creative ways to interact with music for example by moving and
dancing. These activities should foster the development of fantasy, spontaneity and creativity, for individuals
and as a group.
A second instance where creativity is mentioned in our curricula and musical competences is the use of
new technologies in a creative way. They dont mention concrete options, what to do with new technologies,
but again: It depends strongly on the skills of the music teacher, who knows how to use technologies during
music lessons. The possibilities in this field are widespread but there are only a few music teachers who
include them in their daily teaching.
A last instance where creative activities are mentioned in the national curricula is when there are
recommendations given about the grading. Creative activities should also be considered when grading, but
they dont give a hint how to do that, maybe because they did not find a proper solution for this question.
If we have a closer look directly into the music classrooms in Austria, the schools are equipped with
a couple of basic instruments for example Orff instruments and percussion. There is a wide range of
possibilities and it depends mainly on the school budget, how many instruments a school has. All in all, basic
equipment is available in every school.

B) Creativity in teaching methods and teacher preparation

If we look at the creativity in teaching methods in Austria, we have the so called Methodenfreiheit
which describes the freedom of teaching methods. Every teacher in Austria has the choice of how to teach
their classes. This freedom underlines once more the importance of teacher education, because during their
studies at the university future music teachers should get an idea of creative teaching methods and concrete
models how to include creative activities in their daily work.
The basis of music teacher preparation concerning creativity is built on a wide-ranged artistic and
didactical education.

C) Good practice example of Austria

We were also asked for good practice examples in the context of creativity and I want to show you
one wonderful initiative of the Austrian ministry of research together with the ministry of education. This
is named Sparkling Science. The Austrian ministries promote research projects, where scientists work
together shoulder to shoulder with pupils. Sparkling Science is a research programme which started in 2007
and adopts an unconventional way in the promotion of young scientists that is unique in Europe.
In 260 research projects the young colleagues take an active part and work independently on parts of
the research projects. As junior colleagues they introduce important suggestions into the research approach.
They collaborate in the conception and conducting of investigations, conduct polls, collect data, interpret it
together with the researchers and present the results at schools, universities and even at scientific conferences.
The support track is open to a broad thematic spectrum. Research is carried out on all sorts of different
topics: from mechatronics and molecular biology to migration research, from acoustics and biometrics to
literature research.The maximum duration of each project is two years and the maximum funding is 170.000
Euros per project.
Within this Sparkling Science Programme, two music projects took place, which dealt with the topic of
creativity.
One was called Individual-Collective (Individuum-Collectivum) conducted by Michaela Schwarzbauer
from Mozarteum University Salzburg. It included the reflection on aesthetic and social interactions of young
people during an improvised music theatre production.
The second project was called digital MUSICIANship (digital Musicianship) conducted by Johannes
Steiner from the University of Music and Performing Arts Vienna. It focused on new ways of making music
in class by using digital musical instruments.
Thanks to the funding of the sparkling science programme, such research projects with the focus on
creativity could take place.

6
 SYMPOSIA
References
Sternberg, R.J. & Lubart, T. I. (1999). The concept of creativity: Prospects and paradigms. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.),
Handbook of creativity. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 315.
Austrian School Curricula. https://www.bmbf.gv.at/schulen/unterricht/lp/lp_abs.html (10.3.2016)
List of musical competences. http://www.agmoe.at/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/AGMOE_MA_Spezial_2013_3.pdf
(15.3.2016)
EAS-Website. https://easwebsite.wordpress.com/2016-vilnius-lt/ (10.3.2016)
Sparkling Science. http://www.sparklingscience.at/ (10.3.2016)
Digital Musicianship. https://www.sparklingscience.at/en/projects/show.html?-typo3_neos_nodetypes-page[id]=716
(10.3.2016)
Individuum Collectivum. https://www.sparklingscience.at/en/projects/show.html?--typo3_neos_nodetypes-
page[id]=531 (10.3.2016)

CROATIA. IMAGES OF PUPILS MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOL:

THE CROATIAN PERSPECTIVE
SABINA VIDULIN

Creativity as a childhood feature. Observing children while playing and socializing with other children
we can notice how they communicate, argue, explore, and in which way they gain new insights. Since they
are free and unfettered by adults, they express themselves in a unique way. During play their dispositions,
abilities and inner creativity become visible.
Creative expression is stimulated by the individual childs specifics and manifests itself in different areas.
It is important that adults detect the creative childs skills and suggest options for encouraging and developing
creativity.
The right place for progress and advancing childrens creative thinking and expression is school. Factual
knowledge is learned and many skills necessary for continuing education are developed in school where
students are also expanding their own point of view, and open themselves for the new and different. The
process of encouraging creativity includes the creation of new generalisations from the students existing
knowledge and the development and improvement of their cognitive, practical and social skills. Creative
work increases their potential, develops individual skills, establishing positive self-perception and self-
esteem.
Position of the creativity area in the Croatian curriculum. Croatian compulsory schooling lasts eight
years and encompasses pupils from six/seven to fourteen/fifteen years of age. One of the areas in the music
curriculum is the area of musical creativity. From the first to the third grade, we find a unit called Elements of
musical creativity. In the fourth grade the possibility of encouraging musical creativity is projected in the unit
titled Music games, while in the fifth and sixth grade it is found in the unit Free rhythmical improvisation,
movement to music, dancing and playing. In the seventh and eighth grade musical creativity is included
within Playing instruments, creativity, PC in music. Except for the listed titles the programme does not
provide any further guidance on the practical implementation of creativity and therefore the teacher is the
one who needs to create the conditions, methods, strategies and contents to seek out students creativity.
In the Croatian curriculum only music listening and understanding is a compulsory field, so teachers may
plan for creativity as a secondary area in music teaching. They organise and realise it according to their own
ideas, taking into consideration students wishes. They also pay attention to students creative expressions,
lead the process, developing students dispositions and skills. It should be mentioned that the teachers must
have expressed competences in this area as a singer, instrumentalist, improviser, with a highly inspired
creativeness, being open, flexible, and talented. However, as creativity is rarely addressed in regular music
classes, we assume that the causes are: external objectives of education, which are still oriented to factual
knowledge, as well as the stated goal of music teaching, which is oriented towards forming competent
listeners and connoisseurs of music. Another reason is teachers who do not feel ready to carry out and realise
this activity with a great success.
Models of encouraging creativity in Croatian schools and university. Creativity is encouraged and
developed through various forms: from free and spontaneous to learned ones. Free and spontaneous creations
7
SYMPOSIA
are natural childrens reactions about their inner life and the environment which surrounds them. The creations
show us the level of their musical dispositions and indicate which musical skills students can develop and
improve. We should point out that without the teachers guidance, his/her explanation, interpretation and
demonstration of new and different models of musical creativity, the average student would remain at the
same level, without the possibility to progress and develop their latent potential.
As the results of fostering creativity are nevertheless visible through published childrens works,
performances, field-day, we attribute that primarily to extracurricular musical activities carried out within
the framework of the Croatian educational system as an optional activity.
There are standard and non-standard models to encourage musical creativity. In the standard models
of promoting and developing musical creativity we can include the ones with musical and non-musical
connotations. Childrens musical creativity includes: games with sounds, text forming and rhythmic
applications, adding melody to the current rhythm, melodic-rhythmic improvisation by singing and/or
playing, adding a rhythm accompaniment, composing songs, but also: movement/dance, artistic and literary
expression of music. In addition to music-making, which is the most common form of creativity in school,
students undergo different levels of learning: from memory, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis
and evaluation of the created work, which, in relation to the music-making can be associated with identifying,
explaining, demonstration of musical elements and their devising, assessing and creating.
The other options of raising the childrens musical creativity are located in the interdisciplinary approach
to music. This represents a blend of musical activities as improvisation, music making, music performing,
with tnon-musical activities, such as drama activities, which may result in a scenic musical art work.
Musicals are frequent in Croatian schools. Working on the school musical allows the development of singing
and acting skills of students, encouraging their creativity. Students thus develop musical, drama and dance
abilities, performing spoken and sung dialogues and dance choreography.
Another opportunity to encourage musical creativity is represented by the SEM concept (Stage-English
language-Music). It links the educational contents of artistic and linguistic areas with the goals of enjoying
art music, communicating in the English language.
To stimulate the creativity of music students at the Music Academy in Pula, two courses Introduction
to musical literature and Didactics of Music have been connected in order to explore the possibilities for
creative work. With the purpose to innovate and make music lessons in school more interesting, the university
students made four educational films which may be used in primary and secondary schools through ICT.
The films are about Croatian folklore, Baroque composers and a piano competition between F.Chopin and
F.Liszt.
We can conclude that creativity in Croatia largely depends on teachers creativity, their competences and
desire to recognize and develop it in pupils. Extracurricular activities make that feasible. Some of the above-
mentioned models are examples of good practice and guidelines for encouraging creativity among students
and future teachers.

References
Nacionalni okvirni kurikulum za predkolski odgoj i obrazovanje te ope obvezno i srednjokolsko obrazovanje
[National Framework Curriculum for Preeschool Education, Primary and Secondary Education] (2010).
Zagreb: Ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i sporta.
Nastavni plan i program [Teaching Plan and Programme] (2006). Zagreb: Ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i sporta.
Vidulin Orbani, S. & L. Durakovi (2012). Metodiki aspekti obrade muzikolokih sadraja: mediji u nastavi glazbe
[Didactical Aspects in Teaching Musicological Contents: Media in Music Teaching]. Pula: Sveuilite Jurja
Dobrile.
Vidulin Orbani, S. (2013). Glazbeno stvaralatvo: teorijski i praktini prinos izvannastavnim glazbenim aktivnostima
[Musical creativity: theoretical and practical contribution to the extracurricular musical activities]. Pula:
Udruga za promicanje izvrsnosti u odogju i obrazovanju SEM.

8
 SYMPOSIA

CZECH REPUBLIC. THE CONCEPT OF CREATIVITY INSTITUTIONAL MUSIC

EDUCATION IN THE CZECH REPUBLIC
MAREK SEDLEK

In the Czech Republic, the requirement of creativity in music education is fully integrated in the official
curricular document of the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports called the Framework Education
Programme for Elementary Education (FEP EE), which is obligatory in elementary school education
since 2004 when it was developed. FEP is a general document and every elementary school has to create its
own concrete School Education Programme (SEP) in accordance with it.
The Elementary school in the Czech Republic is divided into 2 stages: 1st5th grade and 6th9th grade.
Music education belongs to the educational area of Arts and Culture, which is divided into Music and Fine
Arts.
In the area of Arts and Culture, there are general requirements involving creativity:
Creative activities develop the pupils abilities to express himself/herself non-verbally through tone
and sound, line, point, shape, colour, gesture, facial expression, etc.;
As interconnected activities, which influence and complement each other, musical activities in their
complexity develop the pupils overall personality, leading in particular to the development of his/her
musicality his/her musical abilities, which subsequently manifest themselves through individual musical
skills aural, rhythmic, singing, intonation, instrumental, musical movement, musical creative and listening
skills.
As for objectives of the Educational Area, instruction is aimed at forming and developing key competencies
by guiding the pupil towards:
developing his/her creative potential, cultivating his/her own expressions and needs;
developing a creative approach towards the world, being able to overcome stereotypes actively and
enriching his/her emotional life;
participating in the creative process personally and understanding this process as a method of
discovering and expressing his/her personal experiences and attitudes in a multifaceted world.
A great potential for pupils creativity is the music educational content for the Stage 1 (= Lower Elementary
School). In expected outcomes for Cycle 1 (1st3rd grade) the pupil shall:
sing according to his/her abilities with clear intonation and rhythmically precisely in unison;
perform simple texts with rhythm and create melodies for them, improvise within the simplest
musical forms;
play simple musical instruments as accompaniments;
respond to music through movement and express the metre, tempo, dynamics and direction of a
melody through the movement;
identify the individual qualities of tones and recognise distinct changes in tempo and dynamics in the
stream of played music;
recognise certain musical instruments in the stream of played music; differentiate between vocal,
instrumental and vocal-instrumental music.
In expected outcomes for Cycle 2 (4th5th grade), the pupil shall:
sing according to his/her abilities with clear intonation and rhythmically in unison or two part harmony
(i.e. monophony or homophony) in major and minor keys, and make use of his/her acquired singing skills
when singing;
perform a simple melody or song written in musical notation according to his/her individual skills and
abilities (by singing, playing a musical instrument, dancing, playing instruments as accompaniment);
play simple or more complicated musical instruments as accompaniment and reproduce simple
motifs of compositions and songs based on his/her musical skills and abilities;
recognise the musical form of a simple song or composition;
create, within his/her individual abilities, simple overtures, interludes and codas and perform
elementary musical improvisations;

9
SYMPOSIA
recognise certain forms of musical expressions in the stream of played music and recognise changes
in the metre and rhythm, tempo, dynamics as well as distinct changes in harmony;
perform music through movement using dance steps, and create movement improvisations
according to his/her individual skills and abilities.
Similarly, in expected outcomes for Stage 2 (6th9th grade, = Upper Elementary School) we can also find
the creative potential. The pupil shall:
utilise his/her individual musical skills and abilities in musical activities;
apply newly acquired singing skills and habits when singing and in verbal expression in normal life;
sing according to his/her abilities with clear intonation and rhythmically precisely, both in unison or two-
voice harmony (i.e. monophony and polyphony), be able to appreciate anothers quality vocal performance;
reproduce various motifs, themes and parts of compositions according to his/her individual musical
skills and abilities, create and select simple accompaniments, and perform simple musical improvisations;
perform songs and compositions of various styles and genres according to his/her individual skills and
abilities;
identify some of the dances of different style periods, select a suitable type of musical movement
elements to match the music listened to, and perform simple movement arrangement to music according
to his/her individual musical skills and movement maturity
orient himself/herself in the stream of played music, identify the musical means of expression and
characteristic semantic elements used, understand their significance in the music and, based on this, approach
the work of music as a logically formed whole;
place the music heard into its style period and compare it with other compositions in terms of period
and style on the basis of his/her individual abilities and previously learnt knowledge;
seek connections between music and other types of art.
In 2007, the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports made some amendments. One change has given rise
to a dire problem, when the minimal lessons per month were set in common for Music education and Fine
arts education:

Stage 1 Stage 2
(lower elementary school) (upper elementary school)
Educational areas Educational fields
1st5th grade 6th9th grade
Minimal number of lessons (per month)
Music education
Art and culture 12 10
Fine arts education

As a result, in some elementary schools music education is not taught at all. Now, in cooperation with the
Czech Society for Music Education, there are plans to reform standards for music education at elementary
and secondary schools (by 2018).
The creativity of music teachers in elementary schools in the Czech Republic is developed by special
workshops called Letn dlny hudebn vchovy (Summer Workshops on Music Education). The workshops
are regularly organised every August in Liberec by the Czech Society for Music Education (Dr. Jan Prchal)
with the support of the Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports as a great opportunity for Czech teachers to
gain practical music teaching skills. The workshops have a 27-year tradition.

References
Jebek, J. & Tup, J. (2007). Framework Education Programme for Elementary Education. Prague: VP.
Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports. MMT.. http://www.msmt.cz/index.php?lang=2 (2016-04-23).
Spolenost pro hudebn vchovu R [The Czech Society for Music Education]. http://www.shvcr.cz (2016-04-23).

10
 SYMPOSIA

ESTONIA. IMAGES OF MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS IN ESTONIA

ENE KANGRON

Many have characterised Estonia as a singing nation and we know that music teachers inour schools
have greatly contributed to this.
Today Estonias compulsory general education is organized in three stages primary school, elementary
school and secondary school, and music is part of the curriculum. In addition to music lessons, many schools
offer children the opportunity to study an instrument in their music classes if they wish. Music instruction
in comprehensive schools that teach singing, playing instruments, music theory and the history of music for
12 hours a week from the first grade of primary school to the last grade of secondary school, has the widest
and most general base. There are also extra-curricular choirs in most of the schools, and some schools have
their own orchestras.
Music is a compulsory subject from the 1st to the 12th grade (Phikooli riiklik ppekava. Gmnaasiumi
Riiklik ppekava 2011. Vabariigi valitsuse mrus 6. jaanuar 2011. [The National Core Curriculum for Basic
Schools. The National Core Curriculum for Secondary Schools.] https://www.riigiteataja.ee/ and the number
of music lessons taught each week is as follows:

Kindergarten two lessons

Primary school grades 13 two lessons
Elementary school
grade 4 two lessons
grades 59 one lesson
Secondary school grades 1012 one lesson

In Estonia music is mostly taught by specialist music teachers (there are a few exceptions in primary and
elementary schools where music is taught by generalist teachers). From the 7th grade up to the 12th grade all
subjects are taught by specialist teachers and this is regulated by law.
The ideas of Riho Pts, Heino Kaljuste, Carl Orff and Zoltn Kodly have determined the methodology
of general music teaching in Estonias elementary and secondary schools. Today, Estonian music education
relies on these ideas, as reflected in the National Curriculum adopted in 2011, which states: Music is taught
on the basis of the traditions and principles developed in the Estonian school music (by Riho Pts and Heino
Kaljuste) that rely on the adapted approach of the Zoltn Kodly method and Carl Orffs pedagogy, coupled
with modern educational knowledge and experience.
Creativity is mentioned in our syllabus as an educational goal and one of the main principles, as well
as one of the learning outcomes.
Educational goals in the Estonian music syllabus
The subject of music strives to direct the students to:
derive joy from music and discern, realise and develop their abilities through making music;
become interested in music as an art form and shape their personal aesthetic tastes;
think and act creatively and also express themselves creatively through musical activities;
apply the acquired basics of musical literacy skills in musical activities;
value music and musical activities as they enrich people, culture and daily life;
know and maintain the traditions of national culture, participate in its promotion, and understand and
respect different national cultures; and
comprehend and value the creation of pieces of music and take a critical view towards information
technology and the media-based environment.
The music subject syllabus was compiled on the basis of the following principles:
to understand and respect the important role of singing together in the national cultural tradition;
to stress the relative importance of making music;

11
SYMPOSIA
to encourage and support creative self-expression;
to understand and reinforce the personal student-music relationship;
to stress the role of music in the shaping of ethical and aesthetic value judgments for a balanced
personality and developing and enriching sensory and intellectual perception; and
to teach in accordance with the needs of the learner and to attach importance to integrated activities.
(National Curriculum for Basic Schools 2011 [Phikooli Riiklik ppekava]).
Main activities in music lessons in Estonia:
Performing - singing, playing instruments (classical, Orff, folk, electronic and body percussion);
Composing - creating musical improvisations, rhythmic and movement accompaniments, creative
musical expressions using visual arts and media;
Listening to music experiencing and analysing vocal and instrumental music of different styles and
genres from different eras;
Musical movement expresson through movement, dances, etc.
The Estonian National Curriculum 2011 also sets learning outcomes in composition as follows. The
students:
create rhythmic and melodic improvisations, accompaniment and/or ostinato using body percussion,
rhythm instruments and xylophones;
use scale degrees during vocal improvisation;
create texts: regi-verses, simpler song lyrics, etc.; and
use creative movement to express the character and mood of music.
Creativity is fostered in practice by using imitation, improvisation and with short creative works or
compositions. Usually they start with simple imitation/improvisation exercises with rhythm, singing/playing
a melody, movement or games with short texts until the pupils are able to develop his/her own musical
composition. All these activities are indeed important for teachers in all music lessons and at all stages.
In Estonia the Music Olympiads have been organised every two years since 2002 for lower and upper
secondary school students. The aims of the Music Olympiad:
To strengthen the position of music education as a creative subject in the national curricula;
To create motivation and offer musically talented young people opportunities for artistic self-
expression and creativity;
To widen opportunities for composing music (participants can use vocal and acoustic musical
instruments as well as various electro-acoustical instruments and audio-visual multimedia);
To develop musical literacy as a prerequisite for creative activities.
The Music Olympiad consists of four parts:
1st part Musical test (Listening to music and theoretical questions related to the piece),
2nd part Sight singing/playing, rhythm exercises,
3rd Performing a song,
4th part Original composition. The participant will perform an original piece of max. 3 minutes,
prepared beforehand. The original composition can be a song for solo voice or vocal ensemble, (unaccompanied
or with accompaniment), a piece for an instrument or instruments, or a composition using electro-acoustic,
audio-visual or multimedia performance. The original piece of music is to be performed live in a public
concert or, in case of compositions for multimedia, from a pre-recorded source.
In 2012 Estonia started to organise also the International Music Olympiads in order to create motivation
and offer musically talented young people opportunities for creativity and artistic self-expression at the
international level.
The 1st International Music Olympiad, Tallinn 2012
http://www.eas-music.org/en/countries/estonia-ee/news-events/1st-international-music-olympiad/
The 2nd International Music Olympiad, Riga 2014
http://muo2014riga.blogspot.de/
The 3rd International Music Olympiad, Klaipeda 2016
http://www.music-olympiad2016.lt

12
 SYMPOSIA

FRANCE. MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS: THE FRENCH PERSPECTIVE

MARIE-FRANOISE QUINET

Context
In France, music education takesin two main types of settings, which seldom have tight links between
them: normal schools and music schools. Although the same pupils can attend both, schools and music
schools depend on two separate state departments: national education and culture. Since only 4% of young
people attend music schools, this short presentation will focus on what concerns all French pupils, which is
normal schools.
In preschool and primary school, there are no specialist music teachers. In the primary school teachers
preparation, music has a diminishing part of the curriculum: from about 120 hours a decade ago, down to
only 12 hours today! It is therefore unrealistic to expect a strong music education at that level unless the
authorities employ an external musician, which occurs in 0,25 % of the schools (approximately 17,000 pupils
per year out of 6,800,000). However, in rare cases, the personal musical knowledge of the teacher allows her/
him to transmit a fairly good musical sense to the class.
In secondary school, when pupils are aged 11 to 15, one hour per week is devoted to music, taught by a
specialist who is responsible for about 500 pupils per week in class groups of 25 to 30 pupils. This is the only
level where all pupils can be initiated to music because in upper high school, music becomes optional. Only
5% of upper high schools offer music as a subject, and only a tiny minority of all French students choose
this subject around 1%.

Curriculum
Before 1977, there was no mention at all of creativity. Programs were mainly oriented towards theory and
the history of music. Singing was only a matter of reproducing, memorising a repertoire.
After 1977, new goals began to appear: opening minds, fulfilling needs of expression, and preparing for
creativity. The curriculum was full of action verbs such as play, create, communicate. Music was
still studied mainly through listening, and being open to other cultures, including non-European styles and
repertoire. We also have mention of cross-disciplinary work.
In 1985, the motto was: feel first, then understand, then finally learn. Practical musicking was much
more encouraged through singing and instrument playing (often the flute and, in fewer cases, percussion or
keyboards).
2009 saw a big change in the curriculum with the arrival of competences and skill entries. Music was the
first discipline to propose a single text for the 4 years of high school. Perceive and Produce are the 2
main chapters that guide the whole curricula. Music now tries to be in phase with reality, the out-of-school
world: pop repertoire as well as ICT.
The produce part includes play and create. The music teacher has to build several music projects
per school year to develop artistic requirements and the pupils culture.
Starting in September 2016, the new curriculum is based on the same values, but with even more cross-
discipline emphasis.

Creativity
Though creativity is often mentioned and encouraged in the syllabuses, there are not many examples of
how to go about teaching it. It is considered as an important aspect of teaching, especially in the arts, but
there is very little material or practical guidelines for how to bring creativity into the classroom.
One would think that teaching creativity would be taught, but universities are not ruled by specific national
curricula so, depending on the city in which the teacher has studied, he or she may have never been prepared
to lead creative activities.
Everyone agrees that it is an essential aspect of education, not only in arts, but nothing is really done on the
national level to develop the creative skills of the pupils in the music class. Just as sustainable development
is in every newspaper today, but not in all minds, it may take some time before creativity is a recognizable

13
SYMPOSIA
component of the music class. It is implicit, so teachers who are not confident in themselves regarding
creativity are reluctant to use it in their classroom.
Even when the teacher is at ease with aspects of creativity such as improvisation, it is often considered
very difficult or even impossible to be creative with a large group (25 to 30 pupils). In fact, inspectors regret
that they almost never see any creative activities when they visit colleagues.

The future
Considering the numerous articles and websites available today, the informal exchanging and sharing on
professional mailing lists, we notice that the situation is progressively changing. One can hope that in the
near future teachers will be less afraid to practice and encourage creativity on a daily basis. We can already
read a lot about song creation and soundpainting, but there is no need to be so ambitious as to build a whole
piece from the groundup: creativity can be modest (choose the order of music phrases, create a simple
rhythmic ostinato, modify the tempo or the timbres of a piece).
To be creative is more a way of teaching or a way of thinking than actually a specific activity. One can be
creative in many ways: the core of the teaching job is to adapt the content to the audience. Teachers have to
make choices every day, and they have to take into account unexpected situations or pupils questions and
attitudes. Teachers shouldnt be afraid to let go and trust the pupils imagination. We may look back to old
pedagogic methods such as the one Freinet elaborated in the 1930s a pedagogy that fits quite well to our
modern standards: experiment, observe, compare, imagine It is all about searching and inventing (rather
than reproducing), collaborating, and taking personal responsibilit Isnt that what we want to promote in our
present day society?

HUNGARY. CREATIVITY IN THE SCHOOLS IN HUNGARY IN THE FRAME OF MUSIC

LESSONS 2016
NOMIE MACZELKA

The Hungarian National Curriculum supports the improvement of the following tasks:
Perform music pieces selected from the national curriculum with homophonic or polyphonic singing
or instrumental accompaniment. Combine singing with the use of instruments that can be studied easily by
students and complement school music lessons with choir singing;
Assign a leading position to creative and self-expressive activities in school music teaching. The
most often used forms of reproductive musical activity are vocal or instrumental improvisations that can
be connected at different phases and themes of teaching. The depth of musical skills is determined by the
balance of musical knowledge and reproductive musical activity;
Improve skills of music reception: musical memory, concentration, musical fantasy. Identify musical
processes.
Other than singing, the other main activity of school music lessons is listening to music. Select audio
material with ICT tools and comparative analyses. Body or movement improvisation can be connected with
listening to music, especially from age 6 to 10.
Combine folk material, folk children games with singing, rhythmic movements, folk dance. Prepare
to teach musical elements and identify them with game tasks, concentrated improvisations, improved
concentration and attention to coordination tasks. Improvement of musical fantasy can be reached by musical
games, rhythmic and vocal improvisations;
Improve ability to recognize analogues, differences, variations in musical forms. Use rhythm
instruments, rhythmic polyphony, melody and rhythm ostinato to prepare polyphon;.
Express thoughts and emotions, induced by music, verbally. Visualise them with paintings, drawings,
sculpture;
Use ICT tools for deepening musical knowledge;
Explain concert experiences, build connection between students out of school musical activities and
school music lessons;

14
 SYMPOSIA
Exemplify and explain different appearances of functions of music in media and film (screen) art;
Decode the message of music verbally, or transfer it to tools of expression of other representational
arts.
The music teachers treat performance and entrepreneurship in the field of school music teaching as equal.
There are international projects, e. g. Musik kreativ+ (Erasmus+ KA2) in our department (University of
Szeged Juhasz Gyula Faculty of Education Department of Music Education). www.musik-kreativ-plus.eu

GERMANY. NO CREATIVITY, BUT AESTHETIC PRACTICE IN GERMAN MUSIC

EDUCATION
CHRISTOPHER WALLBAUM

Emphatically, there is no creativity in German music education since 1980, but aesthetic practice and
experience became crucial since the nineties. A German article from 2014 sums up the term creativity in
German and international music education and proposes a model for a practice of teaching music, which
works in terms of creativity as well as in terms of aesthetic practice. Both terms focus on cultural techniques
and meaning, communication and action, which come together in practices of music and of music education.

History
During the 1920s in the era of German Reformpdagogik the term Schpferische Krfte (Creative
Power) was basic for a lot of Philosophies of Music Education (Ludwig 1970). For example, the title Das
schaffende Kind in der Musik (Fritz Jde 1928) in translation means The creative child in music. A crucial
justification for music education (and art education as well) was to release the creative power of the pupils,
which was assumed to be buried as the child grew up in society.
After the Nazi period, when the idea of releasing from society was appended with releasing for becoming
a community (Gemeinschaft), and after focusing on art works in the music classroom, the idea of creative
power (Schpferische Krfte) came back with the American word Creativity and was called Kreativitt.
During the 1970s a lot of philosophies of music education came into being, based on creativity or using it
beside other justifications. Creativity seemed to be useful especially to validate concepts of improvising and
inventing/producing music. Meyer-Denkmann became the most important author, who filled Creativity
with varying meaning. (Meyer-Denkmann wurde die wichtigste Autorin, die Kreativitt mit wechselndem
Inhalt fullt. (Vollmer, 1980, 136f))
Since the work of Sibylle Vollmer (The Reception of the Term Creativity in Music Education, 1980)
creativity had lost importance, because two things seemed to be absolutely unclear:
a. What do people mean using the word creativity?
b. Whichever meaning of creativity was used, it was questioned whether it was possible to learn and to
teach creativity.
Stger tried to reanimate creativity in some articles since 2002, but the concept didnt achieve a relevant
role in the German discourse about music education until today.

The present
Since the end of the 1980s in German Music Education terms other than creativity were in great demand,
especially Action and Experience, since the 1990s Aesthetic Experience and until today Aesthetic Practice.
The concept of Aesthetic Practice is combined with ideas around Bildung, which dont need to be outlined at
this time. (Rolle, 1999, Vogt, Overview Wallbaum, 2016)
The German cultural sociologist Andreas Reckwitz describes in his study Die Erfindung der Kreativitt,
2014 (The Invention of Creativity), that creativity came up together with the Artistic Avant-Garde and
Counterculture in the 1960s, that separated art from religion and from being a cultural difference in society
and prepared art to become a creative industry.

15
SYMPOSIA
The idea of aesthetic practice in German music education includes both intensifying the moment and
dealing with critical differences1. Enacted in communication and action in a field of cultural meaning,
aesthetic practice is based on openness and interested in such practices, which find their fulfillment in
themselves or, in other words, in fulfilled time. (Rolle, 2010; Seel, 2005). The most promising Didactic
of Aesthetic Practice in schools seems to be some kind of Produktionsdidaktik (= Composing/ Creating
Musical Practice including Learning Practice) (Wallbaum, 2000).
In an article about Creativity in Music Education (Kreativitt in der Musikpdagogik, 2014) Lothwesen
sums up the term creativity in German and international music education and proposes a model for a practice
of teaching music, which works in terms of creativity as well as in terms of aesthetic practice.

References
Fritz, J. (1928). Das schaffende Kind in der Musik. [The creative child in music]. Kallmeyer: Wolfenbttel, Berlin.
Lothwesen, K. S. (2014). Kreativitt in der Musikpdagogik. Anmerkungen zu Begriffsverstndnis und
Thematisierungskontexten [Creativity in Music Pedagogy. Notes on meaning and use in discourses]. In: Vogt,
Jrgen (Ed.) Begriffe Musikpdagogischen Nachdenkens: Entstehung Bedeutung Gebrauch [Terms of Music
Pedagogical Reflecting: Genesis Meaning Use]. Mnster, 83212.
Ludwig, G. (1970). Schpferische Krfte. Zur Genealogie_des Begriffs [Creative Power. The Genesis of the Term].
Mainz: Schott.
Rolle, Ch. (1999). Musikalisch-sthetische Bildung ber die Bedeutung sthetischer Erfahrung fr musikalische
Bildungsprozesse [Music-aesthetical Bildung About the Meaning of Aesthetic Experience for Processes of
Musical Bildung]. Kassel: Bosse.
Rolle, Ch. (2010). Musikdidaktische Reflexionen: Was heit musikalische Bildung durch Inszenierung sthetischer
Erfahrungsrume? [Music Didactic Reflections: What does musical Bildung through production of aesthetic
spaces of experience mean?]. In: Wallbaum, Ch. (Ed.) Perspektiven der Musikdidaktik. Olms, 197223.
Reckwitz, A. (2014). Die Erfindung der Kreativitt. [The Invention of Creativity]. Berlin: Suhrkamp.
Seel, M. (2005). Aesthetics of Appearing. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press.
Stger, Ch. (2007). Kreativitt und Lernen. Mglichkeiten und Realitten aus musikpdagogischer Perspektive
[Creativity and Learning. Chances and Realities form a Music]. In: Kimminich, Eva; Rappe, Michael; Geuen,
Heinz; Pfnder, Stefan (Ed.) Express Yourself! Bielefeld: transcript, 103115.

ITALY. MUSIC CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS IN ITALY

MICHELE BIASUTTI

Importance of music creativity in music education in Italy

It is considerably difficult to outline the situation regarding the development of music creativity in
Italian primary and secondary schools, because its application is variable from school to school in relation
to the didactic competences of the teachers, to the school context and to primary and secondary school
organisation. In Italy, in the primary school, music has traditionally been taught by non-specialist teachers
while in the secondary school, music is taught by teachers with specialised training in music. Primary
teachers are generalist teachers and for them confidence in teaching music is a relevant problem. Conversely,
the secondary music teacher often trains at a conservatory of music or a university, where their training
focuses on preparing them to become professional performers. This kind of training can result in music
students being reluctant to engage in teaching as a career and developing an identity as a music teacher is an
issue (Biasutti, 2010).
It is also important to clarify that there is a widespread belief that making music at all levels is an
action, which embodies creativity. This way of thinking does not distinguish the specific contribution to
creativity of individual music skills such as listening, performing and composing. It is necessary to clarify
that activities such as performing and listening have less involvement of creativity than composing. During
music composing it is possible to generate not only the piece but also the musical grammar underlined. For

1
For example in the Conference keynote of Gintautas Maeikis (LT) about Creativity and developed breakthrough:
A critical theory approach.

16
 SYMPOSIA
this reason composition and improvisation have to be considered the core activities for developing music
creativity.
Music creativity in schools is a relevant field, which has stimulated the interest of Italian researchers who
developed several experimental studies and publications (Biasutti 2012; 2015a; 2015b). In addition, several
conferences were devoted to this topic, such as the conference Computers and creativity in schools. The
spread of creativity in music education has been supported by several associations and universities, such as
the University of Padova, which promoted specific research and studies in this filed.

Music creativity in the Music National Curriculum in Italy

A general interest in music creativity emerges in several Italian documents, such as the ministerial
programmes (a sort of National curriculum) for kindergarten, primary and middle schools (MIUR, 2012).
The Music National Curriculum was published by the Department for Education, University and Scientific
Research (MIUR) in 2012. In this document, which is called in Italian Indicazioni nazionali per le scuole
dellinfanzia e del primo ciclo, (Directions for the National curriculum for kindergarten and the first
education cycle) creativity was considered a relevant skill to be developed, and music is fertile ground
for developing creative processes. In addition, the expression in a creative way was used twice in the
document, indicating that a creative approach to teaching has to be considered as reflected in this quote: To
use voice, instruments and new sound technologies in a creative and conscious way, () (p. 58). However,
the word composition is missing in this document while the term improvisation is used six times in the
text, i.e.: to improvise freely and creatively, gradually learning to master techniques and materials, sounds
and silences (p. 58).
In the section Traguardi per lo sviluppo delle competenze al termine della scuola primaria (Goals for
skills development by the end of primary school) it is specified that students must be capable of exploring
different expressive possibilities of the voice, sound and musical instruments, learning to listen to himself
and others. The use of analogue or coded forms of notation has to be considered (p.58). The pupil has
to be capable of articulating tonal, rhythmical and melodic combinations, and of applying elementary
schemes also by employing ICT tools (p.58). In Obiettivi di apprendimento della classe quinta della scuola
primaria (Learning objectives for fifth-grade students) it is stressed To use the voice, instruments and
new sound technologies in a creative and conscious way, gradually expanding the capacity for invention and
improvisation (p.58).
Regarding middle school, there are some references to the promotion of notation forms (p.59). In
Obiettivi di apprendimento per la classe terza della scuola media (Learning objectives for eighth-grade
students) it is mentioned that the pupil has to improvise, to rework and to compose vocal and instrumental
music, using both open structures and simple melodic rhythmic patterns (p. 59). These are general features,
which highlight the governments interest in the development of creativity in music education in the primary
and middle school in Italy and it is interesting to notice that there is provision for all ages. The issue is
controlling whether these guidelines are followed and respected by all the school teachers.
One way of promoting creativity during teaching is to develop teacher competences related to creativity.
Creativity has to be considered an issue to be promoted in the context of teacher education and teacher
professional development for inspiring teachers to adopt creative approaches. The main problem is the
education for the generalist primary teacher: only few hours (9 ECTS) are compulsory for music education
in the degrees for becoming a primary teacher. At this level it is important to propose innovative didactic
methods for educating music teachers at all levels (Biasutti, Hennessy & de Vugt-Jansen, 2015). Additional
actions could include the development of the motivation of the in-service teaching staff to include creative
activities during their lessons. Regarding the approach, it could be interesting to discuss the issue of teaching
creatively and teaching for creativity.

17
SYMPOSIA
Teaching creatively and teaching for creativity
It could be helpful also to distinguish the terms teaching creatively and teaching for creativity which
was made by the National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education (NACCCE, 1999). The
term teaching creatively was considered to be the adoption of approaches based on imaginative thinking
to make learning more engaging and effective. However, teaching for creativity was considered teaching
focused on the development of divergent thinking and creative behaviours in students (Jeffrey & Craft,
2004). Planning didactic activities for creativity is an intellectual challenge and involves the development
of deep learning. Teaching for creativity aims to enhance childrens creativity, with learner empowerment
as its main objective (Jeffrey & Craft, 2004). We can also discuss suitable didactic methods for teaching for
creativity. It seems that older methods are not the best approaches, while learner-centred approaches are the
more appropriate choice for developing creativity.
In conclusion, we can state that teaching for creativity has to be not only a slogan but a principle for
conducting the professional development of the music teacher, inducing a change in teaching style. Teaching
for creativity has to stimulate the adoption of transformative teaching methods, resulting in a change in
teaching style moving from lectures and instruction to more student-centred teaching methods based on
the development of aesthetic sensibility and critical thinking. In order to promote teaching for creativity
internationally, it would be interesting to define a common strategy at the European level.

References
Biasutti, M. (2010). Investigating trainee music teachers beliefs on musical abilities and learning: A quantitative study.
Music Education Research, 12 (1), 4769.
Biasutti, M. (2012). Group music composing strategies: A case study within a rock band, British Journal of Music
Education, 29 (3), 343357.
Biasutti, M. (2015a). Creativity in virtual spaces: Communication modes employed during collaborative online music
composition, Thinking Skills and Creativity, 17, 117129.
Biasutti, M. (2015b). Assessing a collaborative online environment for music composition. Educational Technology &
Society, 18 (3), 4963.
Biasutti, M., Hennessy, S. & de Vugt-Jansen, E. (2015). Confidence development in non-music specialist trainee
primary teachers after an intensive programme, British Journal of Music Education, 32 (2), 143161.
Jeffrey, B. & Craft, A. (2004). Teaching creatively and teaching for creativity: distinctions and relationships. Educational
Studies, 30 (1), 7787.
MIUR (2012). Directions for the National curriculum for kindergarten and the first education cycle (Indicazioni per
il curricolo per la scuola dellinfanzia e per il primo ciclo distruzione). http://www.indicazioninazionali.it/
documenti_Indicazioni_nazionali/indicazioni_nazionali_infanzia_primo_ciclo.pdf (11-03-2016).

KOSOVO. MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN THE SCHOOLS OF KOSOVO

KASTRIOT SADA

Creativity as part of music education in Kosovo school music education

Kosovo is reviewing its national curriculum framework and will soon change the existing subject curricula.
In the existing subject curricula, music education is organized in three pillars: Performing, Listening and
appreciation, Creating. This is valid for all the grades from grade 1 to grade 12 of the secondary school. It
foresees activities oriented in these main directions:
1. Music becomes a source for creativity with other artistic means (drawing, poetry, movement and
dance, acting, etc.);
2. Music elements are used for creative music expression (improvisation on known rhythms and
melodies, improvisation with voice and music instruments);
3. Creating new music (melody, rhythm, accompaniment, etc.).

18
 SYMPOSIA
These are the forms that are given in the guidelines in the curriculum of each grade that is still in practice.
The new curriculum framework in Kosovo has changed. It focuses on six basic competences.
Children should strive to become: Effective communicators; Creative thinkers; Successful learners;
Healthy individuals; Productive contributors; Responsible citizens. The idea is that all subjects should enable
that children to achieve these competencies at different levels according to their individual capacities and
talents.
The arts curriculum area in the new curriculum consists of Music, Visual Arts, but also envisages Drama
and Dance as electives. The idea is that the arts area integrates music and visual arts around topics, themes
and subthemes (although not entirely). For example, during Spring, or with Spring as the theme, music will
use its own means of expression a song about spring, a music work with aspring theme or character, etc.
The visual arts will also approach the Spring theme with their means: pictures, drawing, sculpture, collage,
photography, etc.

Within the new curriculum, the learning outcomes are organized within 6 areas/dimensions:
1. Performing/creating/presenting (this includes performance in music, drama and dance. Creating is
used for visual arts forms, but there is also creativity under music, dance and drama);
2. Artistic means, techniques and processes (here students should learn about music/visual arts elements:
rhythm, harmony, etc.; the techniques and specific processes that happen in each art separately);
3. Artistic communication (here there is space for creativity, free expression using any or combined art
forms);
4. Understanding Art-Society relations (to understand different historic periods, styles, genres,
composers, personalities, artists that influenced different periods, styles, techniques or genres);
5. Appreciation and assessment (it is foreseen that pupils continually evaluate themselves, their peers
and art works with a critical view using art terminology);
6. Identity(ies), Culture (specific themes or spaces to use art for expressing personal, local, national,
and global identity but also cherishing the art works of tradition within these different contexts).
Through Arts, students are encouraged to:
1. Experience various works of art;
2. Perform (participate) in artistic activities both individually and in groups, depending on their talents,
dispositions and interests;
3. Create new works of art using various means of artistic expression using their own original ideas;
4. Present freely their personal artistic ideas, and
Interpret artistic ideas of other peoples creative works.

Implementation in practice:
As for implementing the existing approach to creativity in the classroom, there is a hesitation of teachers
evidenced in research by Besa Luzha (2015)2 who finds that although teachers very much appreciate creative
activities, they do not use them much in their classrooms due to lack of confidence, little time available and
no training offered so far to music teachers. This was especially evident at the primary level where music
education is conducted by generalists and no music specialists.
In a survey of 204 teachers across Kosovo, this is how teachers rated the use of creative activities in music
classrooms (in importance from 1=very often to 5=never)

2
Luzha, B. (2015). Music education in post-war Kosovo: generalist and specialist teachers identities, beliefs and
practices (Doctoral dissertation, UCL Institute of Education).

19
SYMPOSIA

Figure 74. Creative activities used in the classroom (page 179)

Figure 61. Generalists valued and used music activities (page 162)

Figure 63. Specialists valued and uses music activities (page 162)

20
SYMPOSIA

21
SYMPOSIA

22
 SYMPOSIA

MACEDONIA. MUSIC CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS AND THE SCHOOL CURRICULUM

IN MACEDONIA
LEJLA BEQIRI

In order to talk about music creativity in schools in Macedonia, first need to introduce the educational
system.
Primary schoolsoffer education to children aged 6 to 14 (nine classes nine school years). Parallel to the
regular school, we have primary music schools that children attend twice a week for instrument and solfeggio
lessons. Depending on the instrument the child plays, primary music school can last 3 years (singing), 4 years
(woodwinds) or 6 years (strings and piano).

23
SYMPOSIA
High schoolsare for children aged 14 to 18 (first to forth year - four school years). High schools can be
general, like gymnasiums or professional, like music high schools, ballet high schools, textile high schools,
medical high school, etc.
Academies and Universitiesoperate based on the Bologna system, much like elsewhere in Europe.
The school curricula have many topics and themes and one of them is creativity. In different schools
and in different parts of the country, this very important part of the school curricula is approached through
different perspectives. During my limited research I came up with interesting statistics regarding the school
curricula.
On the question are the teachers that teach music always music teachers? I found that in general,
95% of primary schools teachers that teach music lessons to pupils aged 6 to 10 are not music teachers.
Ten percent of teachers who teach music to 10 to 14 year-olds are not music teachers. In high school all the
teachers that teach music are music teachers, musicians with university degrees. This is the real situation at
schools and itintriguedme, encouraging further research.
Innovationand creative ideas,methodsand ways of treating music in primary schools was reported to
be 80%, but 50% in high schools. This may point to the fact that it is not the Academy degree that was
most important, but the way of working. Some schools require that music teachers must attend music a
seminar or workshopat least twice every year. Also, in the last few years in Macedonia it is very important
that the lessons in general are more interactive and teachers are required to use the Internet, laptops,
musical instruments, colour papers, videos, music listening, concert listening and watching, singing,
feeling the music using their voice, their bodies etc. during classes. The school system has been changing
in the last few years and music, among other subjects, is also highly affected. Changes require more
quality classes and the books, which have not changed to date. We need more trained teachers and creative
approaches to lessons. We must keep in mind thatbrain imaging studies reveal the neural underpinnings
of spontaneous musical creativity. Improvisation activates brain areas associated with language and
sensorimotor skills and deactivates areas at rest during dreaming and meditation. We should never neglect
improving services to children through more music and more art in the most creative and innovative way
possible.

MONTENEGRO. CREATIVITY AS AN ACTIVITY IN MUSIC TEACHING IN MONTENEGRO:

CURRICULA CONTENTS AND PRACTICAL EXPERIENCES
JELENA MARTINOVI BOGOJEVI

Introduction
If we start with pre-school as the first step in the education system (Programme for the field of activities
in pre-school education, 2011) we notice that music activity is one of seven activities carried out in every-
day work with children. These activities, besides music, include physical and health activity, linguistics
and language, mathematic-logical work, social activities and social/emotional development, field trips
and getting to know nature and the environment, and painting activity. Music at this age contributes to
overall development of the child. In the programme the main recommendation is that singing, playing an
instrument, listening and movement to music should enable the children to have individual expressions
through spontaneous improvisation, where the teacher should not insist on formal strategies of teaching,
which have a demotivational effect on creative and spontaneous expression.
Musical culture in the curriculum of elementary schools with a special focus on creativity. Elementary
education in Montenegro lasts nine years, and it is divided into three cycles of equal duration. In the first
cycle music culture is represented in the teaching plan through one class a week. In the second cycle, it is
represented by two classes, except in the sixth grade where the number of classes returns to one class a week.
In the third cycle, the students have one class a week until the ninth grade when the total annual class load
is reduced from 35 to 25 classes (Vidulin, Martinovi Bogojevi, 2016, p.84). Teachers have the possibility
to create 20% of the annual classes together with pupils and the local community, in accordance with their
needs.
24
 SYMPOSIA
The following table will show a segment of the Curriculum (National programme for Music culture in
elementary schools in Montenegro, 2013) and the degree of childrens music creativity across classes.

Class Musical creativity (PUPILS)

- produce various sounds;
- experience of music expressed through colour, movement, speech
I - while performing nursery rhymes, they create rhythmical accompaniment using their body as a
source of sound
- they express their impressions visually about heard melodies
- draw instruments and talk about it
- devised movements that accompany the music
- create music accompaniment on one tone for a song
- creatively express through movements or through visual contents what they experienced while they
II were listening to the music
- visually express various moods discovered by music
- create movements to music (pantomime etc.)
- create stories and music illustrations
- accompany rhythm through simple rhythmic steps
- visually express their song experience
- starting with their ideas, they look for and use sources of sounds from their environment by which
III they express themselves creatively
- create rhythmical accompaniments for songs and rhythms
- supplement the existing melodies (musical dialogue)
- work on dramatization of a musical fairy tale
- create rhythm and movement for a given song
- combining notes and pauses they complete two time, and four time bars.
IV - note rhythm for a given text
- create a rhythmical exercise
- create a melody for a given text
- create simple choreography
- perform improvisations on Orff instruments
V - determine rhythm for a given text
- illustrate their impression of a heard composition
- create simple melodies with known tonal durations
- create choreography on the given music
- create a simple melody for a given text
VI - create rhythmical accompaniment for a given song
- visually express their impression of heard songs
- create movements to various musical kinds
- create simple melodies for a given text or a text by their own choice
- create accompaniment for a given melody
VII - creatively express their experiences (visually, textually or through a dance)
VIII - creatively express musical experiences in textual, visual and dance forms
- improvise to musical topics
IX - creatively express musical experiences (textually, visually)
- creatively express musical experiences (dance)
- create accompaniment for songs

In didactic recommendations, creativity is stressed, especially in the first cycle (pupils of age 69),
where it is stated, Creative activities are a natural factor of music development already at the pre-school
age. It is important that the teacher continuously motivate them during music culture teaching. Children,
aided by creativity, trigger sound imagination, and the teacher guides them towards planned goals (National
curriculum for Music culture, 2013, p.18). It is also recommended that creative expression be developed
through music and expression of various forms of communication, by playing, singing, playing instruments,
dancing, visually and verbally (Ibid.)

25
SYMPOSIA
Conclusion
Although music creativity is present in the national curriculum, in practice it is applied rarely, especially
with regard to teaching implemented by generalist teachers. An increased level of professional training, which
has become mandatory in recent years so that teachers would obtain work licences, enables organisation of
quality seminars.
As authors dedicated to the early years of schooling, we have strived to stimulate creativity through
an interdisciplinary approach and inter-course connections. In order to contribute to the improvement of
teaching, we have produced a method guidebook, which provides various creative solutions. Practice shows
that creativity is more apparent within the framework of extracurricular music activities or school projects
rather than during regular classes. The reason for this, usually stated by teachers, is an insufficient number of
lessons and a highly demanding curriculum. As these activities are not included in the regular lesson quota,
they are frequently the result of individual enthusiasm. New tendencies in education are directed towards
educational advancements in teacher preparation, so those who show a higher degree of research capabilities,
bringing more innovations into their teaching process, could advance in their vocation to the position of
teacher/researcher, which ensures a higher salary and a better status, as well as greater satisfaction at work.

References
Martinovi Bogojevi, J., Papi, M., Durkovi, B. (2010, 2011, 2012). arolija muzike 1, 2, 3 udbenik [Magic of
music 1, 2, 3, textbooks for music culture]. Podgorica: ZUNS.
Martinovi Bogojevi, J. (2013). Interdisciplinary approach in developing textbooks for Music culture. Proceedings
from the third international symposium of musical pedagogues. Pula: University Jurja Dobrile, 175187.
Vidulin, S., Martinovi Bogojevi, J. (2016). Teaching Music in a Reformed Education System: Experience of Croatia
and Montenegro. Glasbeno-pedagoki zbornik Akademije za Glasbo v Ljubljani, 23, 7995.
Predmetni program Muzika kultura [National programme for Music culture] (2013). Podgorica: Zavod za kolstvo
Crne Gore.

POLAND. IMAGES OF MUSICAL CREATIVITY IN SCHOOLS: HE POLISH PERSPECTIVE

GABRIELA KARIN KONKOL

The educational system in Poland is comprised of primary, lower secondary, and upper secondary schools.
In grades 46 of primary schools (subject teaching) there are three years of obligatory music lessons (45
minutes once a week). In lower secondary schools there is one year of obligatory music lessons and in upper
secondary schools there are no music lessons at all. A generalist (a so called integrated teacher) teaches in
grades 13 of primary school. Any other music lessons (as subjects) are conducted by a music specialist
(music educator).
Additionally, music classes could be an elective subject in lower secondary schools (in the frame of
artistic activities in grades 23). Usually, students can choose extra-curricular activities at schools, such as
choirs, ensembles and other special-interest groups.
The last updated version of the National Curriculum in music education in Poland was implemented in
2014 (General education core curriculum regulated by the Ordinance of the Ministry of National Education
of May 30, 2014). There are five areas of music activities which are present in that document. They are as
follows: singing, playing school instruments (Orff instruments), creating music, movement to music and
listening to music. All the activities mentioned above play an important role in music teaching in Poland.
However, at some school levels singing and playing Orff instruments is the predominant form. The latest
version of the curriculum is in accordance with current trends in music teaching and learning. It contains a
variety of music activities, teaching methods and tools. It is also possible for teachers to create their own
syllabus in teaching music.
A crucial role in the development of childrens musical abilities and skills is played by creativity. The
National Curriculum encourages students to solve problems by themselves, to look for different solutions, to
develop divergent thinking. Creative tasks lead to increased student vitality, including in music.

26
 SYMPOSIA
The general education core curriculum indicates that in grades 13 of primary school as part of music
education, specifically concerning music creativity, the student: creates simple sound illustrations to text and
images, creates movement improvisations to music and improvises using voice and instruments according
to pre-established rules.
In grades 46 of primary school, in music classes the students create their own expressions they improvise
and compose simple sound structures and systems of dance and movement, show the characteristics and
nature of the tracks and performed songs with words or other means of expression. More specifically, the
student:
creates simple rhythmic structures, sounds, spontaneous accompaniments, i.e., bordun, illustrates
situational scenes, literary texts and images (independently and under the guidance of a teacher);
creates movement improvisations to music;
using established principles, creates vocal and instrumental improvisations (the exercise is performed
independently and under the guidance of a teacher using Orff instruments or instruments made by students);
creates forms of expression of music by non-musical means reflects graphically music characteristics
and musical forms, draws, paints and puts lyrics to music, the words describe the characteristics and nature
of the musical pieces at hand.
In grades 13 of middle school, the student creates expressions, consciously chooses their form and
method of implementation using different media (games, singing, dance, spoken and written word, recording,
Internet tools). More specifically, the student:
creates vocal and instrumental sound statements that have various functions (e.g. instrumental
accompaniment to songs, musical illustrations to literary and artistic content, his or her own tunes);
improvises (e.g. creates melodies to the specified text - alone or under the guidance of a teacher,
solo or in a team).
It has to be underlined that we are not satisfied with the number of music lessons in general education
schools in Poland. Students have only four obligatory years of music lessons in a 12-years cycle of education
(from first till 12th grade). Another important problem is the lack of music specialists (music educators) in
grades 13 of primary schools and at some pre-school institutions. Meanwhile, teachers who work in grades
46 of primary school and in lower secondary school are highly qualified. They not only develop students
knowledge and musical skills, but their creative potential in music as well.
In addition, at some Polish schools we observe ongoing projects in creativity. An example of this could
be an interdisciplinary creative project for primary school children at Primary School no. 4 in Gdansk.
The main aim of this project was to develop childrens music abilities through art-centred workshops. The
children participated in musical and non-musical activities, which develop creative abilities and imagination.
Among other things, children created handmade instruments, designed educational games dealing with
music (e.g. dominoes, memory, and card games, as well as cross-word puzzles), musical posters and original
board games, educational entertainment, etc. The participants learned how to adjust and apply this to music
education. The specific goals of the project were: to improve the participants skills in creative learning as
well as teaching; to present innovative methods to be used at school; to underline the role of play-based
learning and joyful education and to demonstrate examples of good practice in music teaching.
This interdisciplinary creative project for children ages 69 introduced during music lessons shows
how to develop musical abilities music memory, training concentration, and music imagination, as well
as musical skills. It includes such musical activities as: listening to music, singing, playing, and moving
to music. In addition, visual arts activities, such as painting, handicraft and 3-D construction of musical
games were involved. They develop not only technical and manual skills, but artistic talent as well. http://
pl.bab.la/slownik/polski-angielski/zdolno%C5%9Bci-plastyczne The main result of this project focuses on
stimulating the childs creativity that leads to a better understanding of music. The final product was not as
important as the process of creation itself.
To summarise the situation in Poland, we can say that teachers follow the National Curriculum document
in the area of creativity. More and more they observe a positive impact of this activity on the general and
music development of a child.

27
SYMPOSIA

SLOVAKIA. EXAMPLE OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF STUDENT CREATIVITY AND

FORMATION THROUGH THE SUPERCLASS PROJECT
IRENA MEDNANSKA

Pedagogy nowadays tries to establish different forms of creative activities that show results in the
education of young people. One of the most effective forms is creative projects, which, in the context of
current modern integrative music pedagogy and polyaesthetic education, are very popular among all age
groups of the school population.
Conception of the project Superclass
The students spend part of their music, painting art or literature class on a group project during the school
year. The topic of the project is announced for each level at the beginning of the school year and all students
from the class participate, based on their skills and abilities.
The students in class come up with the story (teachers help out younger students), write the script, create
the musical-dramatic show (including scenery and costumes). The final piece is then presented in public at
school, the local and regional level. The winners of the regional rounds advance to the national round, where
they compete for the title of SUPERCLASS. It is a polyaesthetical project which includes the work of all
students and fulfils the following dimensions in its conception www.supertrieda.sk
It connects the music with painting art, drama, literature, and film education. It teaches the students
to work with multimedia, teaches them the art of speech, ability to form and create their own opinion, to
present their own ability and skill, and perform in public;
Activates the students for meaningful activity;
Strengthens the relations in the class, teaches the children to cooperate, help each other;
Increases the self-esteem of each student in the class;
Gives an opportunity to disabled and socially weaker students;
Project Superclass has long-term influence.
This type of activity teaches students throughout the whole school year, during the class and during free
time as well. It increases their sophistication and cultural awareness.

SPAIN. CREATIVITY THROUGH PERFORMATIVE PROPOSALS: SOCIALISING THROUGH

MUSIC AT A SECONDARY SCHOOL IN SPAIN
JOS A. RODRGUEZ-QUILES

Introduction
The current political situation in Spain after the general elections in December 2015 is indeed complicated.
Politicians aim for building a new government and at the moment (March 2016), nobody in Spain seems to
show interest in minor matters (for instance, in music education).
Signed by the EAS board members, by all the EAS National Coordinators across Europe and by the
current president of ISME, the Granada Declaration 2015 for lively music education in schools and high
level training of music teachers in Spain and Europe was sent to the Spanish Minister for Education, Culture
and Sports. No answer was given, to date. Hence, both music and music teacher preparation continue in a
precarious situation all over the country, and that is why I am speaking about precarious areas referring to
these subjects in Spain.
A reform of the curriculum after the constitution of the new government in this country is expected.
Therefore, I will just present an example of contextualised good practice. The model describes ways in which
a particular secondary school uses creativity in music class to socialise and educate difficult pupils from
disadvantaged backgrounds.

28
 SYMPOSIA
The school
The Secondary School Fernando de los Ros is located in Fuente Vaqueros, near Granada, and presents
following characteristics:
age range: 1216;
ethnic minorities (20 to 35% Romany);
absenteeism from school (20%);
family breakdown;
7% of pupils show aggressive behaviour;
60% of pupils enter secondary school with attainment below the expected level;
14% drop out rate before the end of compulsory schooling.
The impetus for the project was the interest of a group of teachers who wanted to find an approach,
which would be more successful in a very difficult environment and with a lot of difficult pupils. They were
convinced that working creatively in music and the arts is a very effective way to motivate pupils in both
creative and socio-educational dimensions.
Music and art are seen as two important subjects, which contribute to the self-confidence of pupils, most
of whom come from very poor backgrounds and do not believe in the possibilities school can offer them. It
is not only about learning music, but about acquiring basic habits in a democratic society, such as respect for
laws and for others; compliance with time limits (for Romany people time elapses in a different way than is
experienced by non-Romany people, and this has implications for the way they perceive not only music, but
their entire life); respect and care for ones own and others belongings; group work (cooperation between
different ethnic groups has to be learned); expressing emotions (without being ashamed) but also being quiet
when necessary (to learn to listen to and to pay attention).
This example is an innovative practice in the Spanish context that supports and promotes:
the inclusion of different ways and contexts for learning;
opportunities for reflective practice in evaluation and assessment; and
opportunities to innovate and to become critical.
By the end of the four compulsory years pupils come to realise the importance of knowledge and of the
need for some basic life skills in order to become a full member of a democratic society.
The four main aims in the school plan are:
to use music as a methodological approach to educate for sensibility, creativity, self-control and the
values of peace and non-violence in difficult social contexts;
to learn to use sources of information (musical, historical, graphical, journalistic) for their own
musical and artistic creation;
to participate performativity in musical activities both individually and in groups, with an open,
interested and respectful attitude; and
to promote team-work not only among the pupils, but also through interdepartmental work among the
teachers of different subjects in order to benefit cooperative work which is based on values of collaboration
and solidarity.
Results are:
All teaching staff works actively for this model of education;
The whole community accepts music as an important subject;
There has been a decrease in the number and severity of conflict situations;
There has been a decrease in student failure rates from 60% to 16%;
Absenteeism rates have dropped from 18% to 14%;
The drop-out rate has reduced slightly;
Students display a more positive attitude and sensitivity towards listening (not only to music but also
to other people).

Discussion
Creativity is also related to the social context where it takes place. It cant be said that group A pupils are
more or less creative than group B without paying attention to the contexts and determinants they have to

29
SYMPOSIA
deal with. For this reason its better to speak about a contextualised creativity or a creativity in context. In
this sense, creativity in music class also depends on pupils previous musical skills and musical experiences
they bring to the classroom.
In a precarious context a performativity approach to music education can help. This approach has two
main characteristics: (a) It should be self-referential (that is, it should have something to do with the pupils
personal lives) and (b) it should create a new reality (in the form of a performance or even better beyond
the performance itself).
An interesting research agenda can be opened in order to help pupils in precarious contexts deal with
music in a more creative manner and, as a consequence, add more significance for their lives, and to that of
societys.

THE NETHERLANDS. CREATIVITY IN MUSIC EDUCATION IN THE NETHERLANDS

MARINUS VERKUIL

Introduction
Creativity draws a lot of attention, both from researchers and from teachers. An important impetus for
this is new research in the ways music functions in the brain. This is not a specific Dutch form of research;
it is a part of an international development. The outcomes of this kind of research inevitably stimulate new
research because a lot of questions are to be answered, but it also already emphasises the unique importance
of the phenomenon of music.
The research is very much aimed at the processes that are taking place when someone is active in making
music and listening in the broadest sense. So it is not aimed at musical knowledge or analytic activities, but
the focus is on the process-oriented course of being active with music.
This research focus has the consequence that in music teaching there is a growing interest and emphasis
on making music in the broadest sense. Playing, singing, improvising and composing are in the spotlight of
music education in our country.

The official texts; the government

This also applies to the way official texts are put together. An important characteristic for our country is
that there is a growing opportunity for separate schools to make their own curricula and their own adjustments.
The texts from the government leave a lot of space for the schools to provide their own interpretation. This
seems like a very good thing, but in very glaring contrast with this is the poor music baggage of the
generalist classroom teachers in the Primary Schools (age 512). Here we encounter the risk that the space
created for personal interpretations quite often leads to forms of misuse of that space. The space is so large
that the teachers can even choose theatre or dance activities as a replacement for music teaching. In the past
few years there is a growing awareness of this abuse and a lot of activities and actions are undertaken to put
the focus fully on music education. In this context the sentence development of creativity is very often
used, also in governmental texts.
In the secondary schools (the high schools, age 1217) music is thought by professional music teachers.
They are the teachers that are trained by us in our conservatoires. Research has shown strong growth in
our institutes, especially in the teaching programs and the curricula. The emphasis that is put on the
importance of brain processes of music itself has the consequence that being active with music in the
schools should be a central activity. An important issue in the texts from the government is that they refer
to all the relevant disciplines of art. So there is not a specific document for music alone, but these texts
can be found in a document that also concerns Fine Arts, Dance and Theatre. This has the consequence
that in the secondary schools there is also quite a lot of room for the schools to make their own individual
adjustments in arts education. From the perspective of music, one can say that both good and bad choices
have been made.

30
 SYMPOSIA
Creativity in practical education
As I said, there is a lot of freedom for the separate schools, and one can draw the conclusion that
there must be quite a range of activities in practice. It is true that the connection that is made with other
art disciplines has the consequence that there is a lot of interest in developing the creativity of children.
This goes both for the primary schools as well as the secondary schools and it can be said that this is a
very positive result of the choices that are made for the art education in our country. So there is a very
common positive validation of the importance of creative development of children. On the other hand,
there is sometimes a fundamental lack of specific knowledge about creativity development and didactical
approaches to shape proper teaching.

Teacher attitudes towards creativity

The conclusion can be drawn that there is a very positive validation of the importance of creativity in
music education. It is a common shared belief that one should invest a lot of time and energy in shaping
creative perspectives in music education. This goes for both the music teachers in the secondary schools and
the generalist teachers in the primary schools.
In the text above I already paid attention to the limits and restrictions there are for the generalist teachers
in the primary schools. The Pedagogical Academies are put under pressure now to make adjustments to their
programmes so there would be more room for the musical expertise of their students.
For the secondary schools there is broad practice of working in small subgroups and giving them
assignments to prepare all kinds of pop songs. There is some space for creative development in this kind of
teaching, because it leaves room for personal decisions, but this approach has the risk of superficiality. This
applies both to the one-sidedness of the pedagogical approach and to the choice of musical material. Because
of the variety of shapes of music education in the schools, there are a lot of different activities in relation
to music teaching in the Netherlands. This also goes for the projects in the schools. Some very original
initiatives are undertaken; a lot of examples for this are described in the journals of music education. There
is also a very broad and positive affirmation of this kind of initiative. But one could not say that there is
something resembling a national approach or a truly common curriculum for music education. It all depends
on local and personal initiatives.

Conclusions
Finally, I want to make a summary by mentioning some bullet points:
There is a big leap in music research concerning elements of creativity;
There is something like a common approach for all the art disciplines; this has both advantages and
disadvantages;
The government acknowledges the importance of music education, but there are no practical
measurements from them at this time;
In primary schools there is a great lack of professional expertise in music teaching;
In secondary schools there is great interest in creativity, but the variety in teaching music should be
broadened;
In the teacher preparation programmes new perspectives and approaches concerning creativity are
introduced.

TURKEY. THE PLACE OF CREATIVITY IN MUSIC LESSONS IN TURKISH PRIMARY AND

SECONDARY EDUCATION
NESRIN KALYONCU, SEZEN ZEKE

The Turkish Education System is structured in four levels; pre-school education, primary education,
secondary education and higher (tertiary) education. Pre-school education covers children 3672 months
and involves various musical events in this educational process. Primary education consists of the two-stage

31
SYMPOSIA
type of school: Elementary school (Grades 14) and lower secondary school (Grades 58). At the primary
education level, one hour of music lessons is required from the 1st to 8th grades and there are additional
2-hour elective music lessons from 5th to 8th grades (MEB, 2013). Theecondary education level consists of
grades 912 and is often called high school, which includes various types of schools such as general high
school, vocational high school, technical high school, science high school, fine arts high school, etc. The
hours of the music lessons in the secondary education level vary according to the type of school. Therefore,
in this presentation only music lessons in general high schools will be covered. In general high schools, there
is a one hour mandatory course where students choose either Music or Visual Arts lessons. In addition
to this, there are 2-hour elective music lessons offered during all four years of education (Grades 912)
(MEB, 2014). In all of the levels of the Turkish Education System, except higher education, the central music
curriculum developed by the Ministry of Education is being used across the country.
The concept of creativity is one of the most hotly-debated issues in 21st century international music
education literature (Lothwesen, 2014), and it has begun to show up in the literature of Turkish music
education as well (Gktrk, 2010; Bareri, 2013). There are various uses of the concept of creativity. In
music lessons, unlike knowledge transfer in the traditional sense, it indicates a productive behaviour, focuses
on experience and is characterized by a class action process (Lothwesen, 2014). Musical creativity not only
covers the product, but also covers the process and the performance. Therefore, in works of creativity, the
focus is not only on the product, but also on the pattern of skills which are evident in the attitudes such
as sensitivity to problems, ideational fluency, flexibility of set, ideational novelty, synthesizing ability,
analyzing ability, reorganizing or redefining ability, span of ideational structure, and evaluating ability
(Guilford, 1950, p.454).
Musical creativity is a relatively new concept in Turkish music education. Music lessons in Turkey
were formed on the axis of singing and music theory for many years and there were no creativity-focused
activities as in todays lessons. At the end of the 20th century, in 1994, content areas of the music lessons
were diversified and some creative activities added in the curriculum (Kalyoncu, 2002); and later in 2006,
with the constructivist approach, student-centred activities in music lessons appeared in curricula (MEB,
2006). In the high school music curriculum developed in 2009, a similar student-centred approach is taken
into account (MEB, 2009).
Along with Listening-Singing-Playing, Musical Perception and Knowledge, and Music Culture,
Musical Creativity is one of the four compulsory learning fields in the current music curricula in primary
and secondary education in Turkey. In the high school music curriculum the learning field of Listening-
Singing-Playing is split into two separate learning fields: Listening and Singing-Playing. Thus,
Musical Creativity began to be recognized in the Turkish music education system officially both in theory
and in practice. This development led policy makers to consider the issues of preparation of textbooks and
other course materials, lesson plans and practices, teachers guides as well as preparation of music teachers.
At the same time, it has been a challenge for all concerned with music education issues to keep track of the
innovative approaches in music education planning, implementation, inspection, research, development,
etc.
Creative aspects in Turkish music curricula have been formulated within the Learning Outcomes. When
we analyse the learning outcomes in the primary education music curriculum (Grades 18), the proportion of
the learning outcomes related to creativity is 20.77% (see Graphic 1). (Distribution of all learning outcomes
are: 39.34% psycho-motor; 20.77% cognitive; 15.30% affective; 11.48% social; 8.74% auditory-
sensory; and 4.37% complex). Nearly half of the psycho-motor learning outcomes and one-quarter of the
affective outcomes in the curriculum are formulated to include musical creativity as well. Within these
learning outcomes, also considering the interdisciplinary connections, more emphasis is on the students own
creative expressions and on the explorations of musical elements with students own experiences. Learning
outcomes with the creativity focus are processed with educational games, improvisation, dramatization and
transformation, which are commonly recommended teaching methods in the curriculum. Learning outcomes
and their contents in the primary music curriculum enable students to find creative ways to build unique
experiences and unique products listed in a spiral format, as follows:

32
 SYMPOSIA
Playing and creating sound games;
Making rhythm instruments and make use of these instruments;
Improvising and creating rhythm accompaniment;
Dramatization of songs and stories;
Creating appropriate sound processes to stories and tales;
Movement/dance improvisation and movement/dance installation;
Transforming feelings/thoughts regarding music into different expression areas (pictures, text,
pantomime etc.);
Experimenting with melodic patterns and creating melodies.
G.1: The proportion of primary and secondary education learning outcomes with an emphasis on
creativity
Primary Education Secondary Education

LO: Learning outcomes; MC: Musical creativity

When we analyse the learning outcomes in the secondary education music curriculum, the proportion of
learning outcomes related to creativity is 9.92 % (see Graphic 1), and this rate is lower than the one at the
primary stage. (Distribution of all learning outcomes are: 53.73 % cognitive; 23.14 % psycho-motor; 10.74 %
affective; 8.26 % auditory-sensory; and 4.13 % complex). Learning outcomes emphasising creativity focus
more on the cognitive domain and can be found small in number in the psycho-motor domain as well.
These learning outcomes, unlike the creative processes in primary education, refer to adapting/applying
information; in other words, these outcomes require students to use knowledge consciously in the direction
of creativity and to reveal their own unique products. These, in contrast to explorative contents at the primary
level, require a higher level of cognitive processes. Learning outcomes and their contents in the secondary
music curriculum, which enable students to spend a creative way to create unique experiences and unique
products listed in a spiral format, are as follows:
Creating/composing melodies (difficulty level rises with the grades from simple, compound, to
asymmetric meters and to polyphonic music);
Completing the melody;
Making rhythm and melody instruments;
Creating and arranging rhythm accompaniment (difficulty level rises with the grades from simple,
compound, to asymmetric meters and to polyrhythmic structure);
Dramatization of Turkish folk song stories;
Transforming music to other related arts.
In both primary and secondary education curricula, information to help teachers how to work with
learning outcomes in creative ways is provided. In primary education, for all grades, Teachers Guide Books
and Student Workbooks have been prepared. Both in the curricula and in the Teachers Guide Books, for each
learning outcome sample activities are suggested for teachers and these activities are prepared for teachers
to provide ideas to create their own ways to teach that particular outcome. Also, for each learning outcome,
information about interdisciplinary connections as well as hints for teachers to transfer these connections
are provided. There were some studies in the literature about this current curriculum. One study asked 20
teachers about their views about the music curriculum (Demirci & Albuz, 2010) and the teachers rated the
curriculum 75 % positive in respect to consistency, teaching methods and activities that make students active.
In both primary and secondary education curricula, some sample tools are also provided for evaluation and
measurement to assess students learning outcomes. In these samples, besides the traditional exam and tests,

33
SYMPOSIA
great importance is given to process assessment, which is very important for the assessment of the creative
musical works. Observation forms, performance scales, project evaluation forms, portfolio evaluation forms,
self and peer assessment forms, etc. are examples of tools offered to teachers in the curricula.
When we examine publications about the current curricula in practice some studies were found regarding
primary music lessons. There is related research by Gktrk (2010) with 10 music teachers and 3 university
professors, by Demirci and Albuz (2010) with 20 teachers, by Krmzbayrak (2012) with 84 teachers and
by Umuzda and Levent (2012) with 30 teachers. All these researchers report positive effects on students
creativity. Teachers thought that realisation of creativity-related learning outcomes in the curriculum develop
students creative thinking skills and mentioned that since students are in the centre and more active, they
improve their creativities. On the other hand, teachers stated some challenges and misunderstandings
about the structure of the curriculum in practice. In these research studies, nearly half of the teachers believed
that lack of materials, lack of time, lack of well-prepared textbooks, crowded classrooms and the diversity
of students learning input made effective use of the curriculum impossible. In addition, Bareri (2013)
examined 18 primary school teachers lesson plans prepared for the learning field of musical creativity. She
found that usually teachers use listening activities in their lesson plans and these activities mostly apply to
the learning field of musical perception and knowledge. She also found low quality lesson plans in terms
of creativity.
As a result it can be said that there are positive developments in terms of musical creativity in Turkish
primary and secondary education. However, teachers need to be prepared for the use of the curriculum and
to receive in-service education to learn how to teach music with the recent approaches, especially approaches
to creativity.

References
Bareri, N. (2013). Mziksel yaratclk renme alannda yaplan ders planlarnn renme-retme srelerinin
incelenmesi [An analysis of learning and teaching processes of lesson plans in the area of musical creativity].
DL Dergisi, 2 (6), 254275.
Demirci, B. & Albuz, A. (2010). 2006 lkretim mzik dersi retim programna dayal olarak hazrlanan retmen
klavuz ve renci alma kitaplarnn uygulamadaki grnmne ynelik bir deerlendirme [An evaluation on
practicing of teachers book and students workbook based on music classes 2006 primary education teaching
programme]. Uluslararas nsan Bilimleri Dergisi, 7 (2), 247266.
Gktrk, D. (2010). The role of constructivist approach on creativity in primary school music curriculum in the Republic
of Turkey. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences, (2), 30753079.
Guilford, J. P. (1950). Creativity. The American Psychologist, 5 (9), 444454.
Kalyoncu, N. (2002). Musikunterricht in der deutschen und trkischen Grundschule. Eine vergleichende didaktische
Analyse [Music lessons in German and Turkish elementary schools. A comparative didactical analysis].
Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang Verlag.
Krmzbayrak, N. (2012). lkretim okullarnda mzik ders programnn retmen grlerine dayal olarak
deerlendirilmesi (Kars ili rnei) [The Evaluation of Music Curriculum in According to Teachers Opinions (A
Sample of Kars Province)]. Sosyal Bilimler Enstits Dergisi, 10, 91105.
Lothwesen, K. S. (2014). Kreativitaet in der Musikpaedagogik. Anmerkungen zu Begriffsverstaendnis und
Thematisierungskontexten [Creativity in music education. Remarks to comprehension of concepts and thematic
contexts]. In: J. Vogt, H. Frauke, M. Brenk (Eds.): (Grund) Begriffe musikpaedagogischen Nachdenkens.
Entstehung, Bedeutung, Gebrauch. Berlin: LIT Verlag, 183212.
MEB [Milli Eitim Bakanl] (2006). lkretim Mzik Dersi retim Program [Music curriculum for primary
education]. Ankara: MEB.
MEB (2009). Ortaretim Mzik Dersi retim Program [Music curriculum for secondary education]. Ankara: MEB.
MEB (2013). lkokullar ve Ortaokullar Haftalk Ders izelgesi [Weekly timetables for Elementary School and Lower
Secondary School]. Ankara: MEB.
MEB (2014). Ortaretim Kurumlar Haftalk Ders izelgeleri [Weekly timetables for Secondary education schools].
Ankara: MEB.
Umuzda, S. & Levent, A. (2012). retmenlerinin ilkretim mzik dersi ileyiine ynelik grleri [The music
teachers views concerning the functioning of primary school music lessons]. Yznc Yl niversitesi Eitim
Fakltesi Dergisi, 9 (1), 2631.

34
 SYMPOSIA

EUROPEAN NATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS FOR MUSIC IN SCHOOLS

FOUNDATION OF THE NEW EUROPEAN PLATFORM FOR MUSIC TEACHER

ASSOCIATIONS AT THE 24TH EAS CONFERENCE IN VILNIUS 2016
MICHAEL PABST-KRUEGER

At this years annual conference in Vilnius (Lithuania), the European Association for Music at Schools
(EAS) started to establish a platform for the European Music Teacher Associations (MTAs) with the aim of
creating a network for the political work concerning music education in schools throughout Europe. This
project had been envisioned for many years, since the need for such a network is quite obvious: even if
school systems and political circumstances differ considerably across Europe, all the MTAs are striving for
basically the same goals in their respective countries and can learn very much from each other in all working
areas. Music education has different aims, contents, methods, resources of time and money and so on in the
individual countries and the various MTAs have different strategies of working in the political field in
addition to organising congresses and continuing education courses. This situation suggests many topics for
exchange and discussion, creating a good basis for collaboration.

Basic ideas
Against this background, the first step seems quite clear: just making contact with all the representatives
of the MTAs in the various European countries is quite a challenge, because not all national associations are
well known or even have an up-to-date internet presence. Some countries also have multiple associations,
covering different school types or even as competitive organisations. The next steps will be a concentrated
exchange of information and measures to make the work of the MTAs visible, for example during annual
EAS conferences and on the EAS website.
The main interests of the first participants of this new platform are the conditions of music education
in schools all over Europe. Activities will be directed towards strengthening advocacy for music education
in schools in countries across Europe. On the one hand, there are great needs to exchange experience
and develop strategies concerning the various campaigns for suitable environments for music education
in schools. On the other hand, it is very important to form a single partner for European organisations
regarding cultural/music education and for preparing decisions on a European level. The national MTAs still
have very little or no contact with respective European bodies. Another aim will be the work of the Music
Teacher Associations themselves, for example the affiliation of members, the organisation of unsalaried
work.
In addition, this new EAS platform of MTAs will strengthen the network of the EAS itself by EAS
gaining better access to the national networks of the MTAs and vice versa. The establishment of the MTA
network under the umbrella of the EAS should become a win-win-situation, profitable to both sides.
Furthermore, it will be important to sustain an intensive exchange with the existing network of the EAS
National Coordinators (NCs), who represent the EAS on the national level and mainly work in the field of
scholarly research and the specific contents of music education in schools.

First activities
At their first platform meeting in Vilnius, the representatives of currently eight European associations
named several discussion points for the collaboration of the MTAs at the European level:
The reduction of music as a subject in timetables of state schools is a fundamental problem in most
European countries, even if music education is implemented very differently in terms of both quantity
and quality;
Continuing education (in-service) courses and congresses are central to the work of most MTAs
this creates opportunities both for mutual inspiration and stimulation as well as for content and
organisational cooperation;

35
SYMPOSIA
The low levels of membership and willingness to participate in the work of the MTAs are major
problems in many (possibly even all) music teacher associations. The situation is often addressed,
but up to now has not resulted in permanent improvements.
The present representatives, and subsequently many of the MTAs, which did not participate in Vilnius,
heartily supported this initiative, so the work will be continued and will enjoy a broader base from now
on. The delegates decided to intensify the cooperation of the music teachers associations on the European
level and plan events and presentations during the upcoming EAS conferences. A planning team has been
created, which will prepare the content and working structure for the next meeting of the MTAs platform
during the 25th EAS Conference 2017 in Salzburg. The main activities will cover the field of educational
policy and thus provide a dimension of cooperation for those associations, which have infrequently worked
at the international level. In addition, the issue of membership growth will be addressed in the internal
meetings.

Ideas for the second meeting at Salzburg 2017

For the 2017 EAS Conference in Salzburg, meetings and other activities of representatives of undoubtedly
more than eight MTAs will include several activities, for example:
A poster presentation of MTA activities in various countries could be shown during the entire
conference (to be prepared in advance);
Internal meetings of representatives of MTAs from all over Europe could be organised with the aims
of:
o getting to know each other,;
o exchanging information about the main activities of the MTAs in different countries;
o developing plans for further collaboration of the MTAs;
o exchanging information and ideas about methods for increasing MTA membership;
o preparing of the presentation of the MTAs network during the EAS Conference (see below),
Presentation of the results of MTA meetings to the participants of the 2017 EAS Conference in a 90
minute format (similar to the standard lecture format).
The planning team, consisting of delegates of the MTAs and representatives of the EAS board, will
develop these ideas in 2016 and invite all other MTAs to participate in meetings and presentations at Salzburg
in April 2017.

Future prospects
Based on the mentioned activities and further planning, the EAS platform of MTAs will be built up and
established under the umbrella of the EAS. Annual meetings of representatives of mostly all MTAs will be
carried out during EAS conferences. The work of the MTAs will be presented to the conference delegates,
for example by poster presentations or workshops and/or lectures during the conferences. Information about
European MTAs and the activities in their European network should also be distributed on a section of the
EAS website. The relevant presentations could contain short presentations and contact addresses of MTAs in
each country and information about European aspects of educational and cultural policy.
Other plans include a special teacher section with input from different countries as a part of each EAS
Conference: the MTAs could bring input workshop and lecture contents as well as information about the
school systems in the different European countries and present their work to a wider public in different
European countries every year. This would be a good opportunity for the EAS to open its annual conferences
in various countries more to the public and intensify contacts with local music teachers.

36
 RESEARCH PAPERS

Research papers

INTEGRATING CREATIVITY INTO THE CURRICULUM: A CASE FOR ELECTROACOUSTIC

MUSIC PEDAGOGIES
JACK RICHARDSON
De Montfort University

Abstract
This paper draws upon the authors recent research to discuss creative learning activities integrated into the teaching of
electroacoustic music within a traditional classroom context. Several specialised learning activities, designed to help
students learn through exploration and experience, are outlined within a context of constructivism. This article builds
upon work by Seddon & ONeill (2003), Nilsson & Folkestad (2005) and Cipriani, Core & Giri (2015) seeking methods
of teaching that increase the accessibility of electroacoustic music through experience and the learning of technological
skills.
Small groups undertake an open-ended task that combines theoretical skills and technical understanding: compose
a piece of work that relates to their experiences at school, using sounds recorded themselves. Students discuss their
thoughts about electroacoustic music in each activity, shedding light on their experiences grappling with a new musical
form. Each activity develops skills in recording, listening to and composing with sounds, whilst also inspiring critical
discussion and analysis. This paper attempts to document best practice. Early findings show that students develop an
increased awareness of music possibilities, along with a shift towards considering electronic and real-world sounds to
be musical.
The authors wider research considers primary education experiences with electroacoustic music when introduced
within a traditional teaching environment, exploring any impact on the students perception of it. Discussions are
analysed to explore what learners feel constitutes music in this context, deducing from this how their engagement
affects their learning. This project hopes to continue efforts to integrate electroacoustic music into traditional music
education contexts to increase accessibility and the potential audience.
Key words: Computer-based, Composition, Listening, Constructivism, Electroacoustic music, Sound-based
pedagogies.

Introduction
This paper outlines key aspects of a practice-based presentation I delivered at the 24th Annual European
Association of Music in Schools Conference, which was held in Vilnius, Lithuania on 1619th March 2016.
The area of focus is that of my own research, being conducted as part of a doctoral research project at De
Montfort University in Leicester supervised by Prof. Leigh Landy, Dr. Bret Battey & Dr. Sarah Younie.
Given its practice-based nature and the fact that research is very much still in progress this paper seeks
to outline key points pertaining to a larger whole, rather than provide a complete picture. The general flow
from the presentation has been retained so that the reader can reference it directly3 and where possible links
to further reading are provided.
My project explores educational experiences with so-called sound-based music where sound, rather
than the more familiar musical note, form the basic unit of music (Landy, 2007, p.17) at primary level
in the United Kingdom, seeking to find methods of best practice whilst addressing issues that impede a
students access to such musical forms. This project is driven by a belief that the potentials of recorded and
synthesised sound as a musical material can ignite creativity and lead students to believe in their musical
abilities. The links to lived experience that are possible when listening to and working with sounds provide
a potentially fruitful educational tool for encouraging creative engagement and strengthening other key skills
related to language use, IT, self-expression and listening.
I begin by defining electroacoustic music a troublesome term within which my project finds itself. By
doing so, I am able both to contextualise the project amongst a broader remit of music education and argue
my use of the term sound-based music suggesting that it is both a more educationally friendly term and
one more relevant to students and practitioners alike. I then outline key project objectives before providing
3
A PDF of the presentation can be found online by visiting: http://pubs.jackademic.com/EAS2016.pdf

37
RESEARCH PAPERS
some detail regarding processes of methodology, data collection and analysis. As this presentation was
orientated to discuss areas of good practice, discussions regarding creative teaching practice and approaches
to learning occur before I outline preliminary findings. As will be made clear, these findings are tentative, but
do provide a good indication of the applicability of sound-based music within primary music education in a
manner that is beneficial to students learning and awareness of their creative potential.

Defining electroacoustic music

A challenge for any music educator especially those working in the field of experimental music is
identifying and being able to clearly convey what exactly music is. Electroacoustic music brings with it
additional issues in that definitions of what exactly constitute it have been debated ever since its inception.
To illustrate the potential extent of the term, Landy provides three established definitions: firstly to be music
in which electricity has had some involvement in sound registration and/or production other than that of
simple microphone recording or amplification; secondly, where used as an adjective describing any process
involving the transfer of a signal from acoustic to electrical form, or vice versa (See also Truax, 1999); and
thirdly, to refer to music in which electronic technology is used to access, generate, explore and configure
sound materials, with loudspeakers being the primary medium of transmission4 (Landy, 2007, p. 1314).
Taken literally, electroacoustic might be surmised as something acoustic being conveyed electronically an
idea, I would argue, which might be understood well in context but provides little in the way of relevance
for children5.
As suggested, discussions regarding the true meaning of electroacoustic music have gained a reputation
for being fraught, embittered by ideals stemming from the use of technology, aesthetic choices, philosophical
ideals and the manner in which the composition process takes place including also in what manner it
is presented or performed at the end of it all6 (See figure 1 for a starting list of potential electroacoustic
offshoots). As defined above, I suggest the use of sound-based music as an alternative term for use throughout
the project. It could be considered both more comprehensible to the age range of students being researched
with and also more understandable as a term in itself7. Additionally, sound-based music lacks the academic
overtones stuck to electroacoustic music and, by opting for it, a mire of definitional debates can be avoided
to instead focus on the music itself.
Educationally, there are three potential benefits to the applicability of sound-based music as part of a
more traditional music education: firstly, it is affordable and can (in most cases) be adequately created on
technology already owned by schools across the United Kingdom; secondly, the use of recorded sound can
provide an air of familiarity, connecting to memory and past experience to potentially inspire creativity and
engagement; thirdly, and perhaps most importantly, the creation of it can prove much more accessible than
forms of instrument-based music introduced to students in primary school and beyond. With no specific
instruments to learn, nor scales to memorise, the common-heard argument of But Im not musical! could
be overcome with only a basic introduction to computer-based composition.
4
A fourth is also presented from Austin; yet its breadth causes its own issues. Referred to as electroacoustics,
this is defined as any case where electricity is used for the conception, ideation, creation, storage, production,
interpretation, distribution, reproduction, perception, cognition, visualization, analysis, comprehension and/or
conceptualization of sound (Austin, 2001; in Landy, 2007, p. 14).
5
Along with, one could argue, listeners of most other forms of music.
6
Perhaps the clearest example of such tension can be seen when observing the Paris and Cologne schools of
electroacoustic music founded in the mid-20th century. The Paris school (Groupe de Recherches Musicales) whose
values were epitomised by Pierre Schaeffer favoured the use of recorded sound, often rendered acousmatic (where
the sonic outcome is removed from its physical sources by way of manipulation) through processing techniques
and presented in a fixed format once set to tape (often referred to as musique concrte. The Cologne school of
whom Karlheinz Stockhausen was a prominent figure favoured the creation of sound via electronic synthesis
(referred to broadly as Elektronische Musik), with elements of classical music (such as the use of instruments to
accompany electronic sound) remaining somewhat intact. Beyond these differences, both are considered to be under
the umbrella of electroacoustic music.
7
One might argue that examples of sound-based music could involve note-based sources or, indeed, involve
performances with live instruments. It is not, however, the goal of this project to argue for, define or denounce any
particular terminological choices. Decisions have instead been based on educational applicability.
38
 RESEARCH PAPERS

Figure 1. Potential terms falling under the umbrella of Electroacoustic

Project aims & objectives

This project is exploring educational experiences with sound-based music specifically at the primary
level8 and the ways in which accessibility can be nurtured. Of central interest is the impact that these
experiences have upon students levels of appreciation and in what ways their perceptions of music alter.
Participating students learn the skills required to discuss sound, listen with more focus, identify different
qualities of sound and create a short, open-ended piece of work using sounds in an easy-to-use DAW
programme called MULab9.
A variety of activities have been integrated into these lessons and have been developed continuously
over the lifespan of the project different approaches have been trialled and the most successful approaches
have then been taken forward. An additional area of interest is whether these skills might increase a students
musical engagement by giving them reason to believe in their own ability to participate in music-making
activities.
As will be explained further below, research is being conducted with small groups of children in order to
allow for the in-depth exploration of the learning experiences that occur. As such, one last aim of the project
is to find from the critical evaluation and analysis of data collected from small-group cohorts how this
project might be applied on a larger scale to further integrate sound-based music into national curricula and
music programmes across the country.

Research setting
At the outset of this project, research was being conducted with full classes as part of their normal
music education, with me acting as teacher, researcher and observer simultaneously. These sessions were
enjoyable and insightful, whilst appearing to demonstrate some positive notions towards the accessibility
of sound-based music in education; however, the data collected lacked a depth of experience that appeared
vital to truly comprehending the impacts that sound-based music might bring to traditional music education.
As such, I decided to shift the focus of research to smaller groups, applying similar activities and spending a
greater period of time introducing children to creative compositional practices.
8
Primary schools in Britain are attended by students between the ages of 7 and 11, referred to as Key Stage 2
9
MULab is a digital audio workstation created by MUTools that can be downloaded for free from the following link:
http://www.mutools.com/mulab-product.html.
39
RESEARCH PAPERS
Research is being conducted in primary schools with small groups of students (ca. 8) across a series of
34 lessons10, led by me, continuing as researcher and teacher, observing the learning process throughout
whilst being implicitly involved within it11. In order to explore the students learning experiences in depth,
the timing of activities within a particular lesson is fluid this allows points of interest to be explored, whilst
still ensuring all necessary components are covered adequately. A mix of open-ended and closed activities
is undertaken.

Methodology
I have opted for a qualitative methodology, centred on an action research model, because it offers a more
vivid and rich focus on individual experience and places greater weight upon the various factors affecting a
specific learning situation or process. More specifically, action research can act as a small-scale intervention
in the real world (Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 1994, p. 186) that can be later applied with larger or more
diverse groups of participants. Action research also provides an ideal way to bridge the gap between research
and practice (Somekh, 1995, p.340), which has been developed continually via a systematic process of
cyclical feedback. This process has been supported by discussions with critical learning partners (McNiff,
2013) such as students, teachers and colleagues and upon critical reflection of the overall success of a
particular iteration of the process.
Action research also takes into account the ever-changing nature of an educational context. Where
successes or failures are found, minor iterative changes can be implemented to the methodology or teaching
approach to improve future studies. A combination of observational, interview-based, creative and student-
generated documents make up the projects data collection methods all of which is analysed through
an ongoing process of qualitative content analysis. The coding structures that arise from the systematic
process expose underlying themes present in the data, predominantly affecting the educational experiences
of the participants, and providing a useful way of attributing meaning to the various data (See figure 2 for a
representation of the methodological areas of focus).

Approaches to teaching and learning

Pedagogically, constructivism appears a natural fit for the project, with learning being achieved practically
rather than through the dissemination of knowledge rooted in tradition and history. This namely affords
students the chance to generate their own thoughts and opinions (which can provide very rich insights into
how best to expand this project to work with larger groups) whilst also avoiding the potential biases of right
and wrong that often come with creative work.
In many ways the learning achieved through participation in the project is experiential (Kolb & Fry,
1974; Kolb, 1984) supported by teaching that is (with no confusion intended) experimental12. It is true
that sound-based pedagogy is a relatively uncharted territory, thus the knowledge base itself is unfamiliar.
Accordingly, students may find themselves lacking the referential knowledge required to properly apply
their new skills. A focus on doing provides a useful way around such an issue and it is indeed important
for this project to find best practice for future research to build upon. Learning is effectively scaffolded with
several key threshold concepts being presented in potentially accessible ways.
The practical composition elements of the project could be described as problem-based in nature, an
area which has shown promise as an effective learning approach when teaching composition in general
educational situations (See Berkley, 2004; Burnard & Younker, 2004). The manner of which compositional
tasks are positioned and managed primarily to avoid composer bias, but also to avoid impeding students
creative processes has been inspired by the work of Savage & Challis (2002), Seddon & ONeill (2003)
10
The overall number of sessions in a particular series is dependent on normal lesson length and access to required
facilities such as computer suites.
11
More often than not, research has been scheduled to coincide with the classes normal music lessons, with participating
students working on the project in a separate room whilst their classmates remained with their normal class teacher
however, the project is referred to as a computer project to students to minimise unnecessary musical bias.
12
In many ways the experimental teaching methodologies are akin to discovery methods as defined by Cohen, Manion
& Morrison (2007, p. 297)
40
 RESEARCH PAPERS
& Nilsson & Folkestad (2004). Whilst the style of composition differs in each of these studies, the teacher
keeps interference to a minimum, often providing only technical, rather than aesthetic, support. The works of
Savage & Challis provide some specific examples with computer music in schools, with Mike Challis an
electroacoustic composer supporting two groups of young people in composition through the demonstration
of technical possibility. This can mean that a student can be provided with the specific skills to achieve their
own ideas when they lack the knowledge to do so; yet the ideas themselves are not conveyed by the teacher13.

Creative teaching in context

As indicated, this project hopes to equip students with skills in listening, composition and critical
appraisal to examine what impact this has on their comprehension and ability to access sound-based music.
Each skill comes with its own issues, which are listed briefly below in figure 3. Some of the activities and
approaches integrated into this project have sought to address these issues or, at least, find effective ways of
minimising any negative impact they might bring.

Key skills Issues

Listening Skills Attention & focus throughout the lesson (+ lesson length, locations etc.)
Compositional Skills Lack of familiarity with Sound-based music
Critical Appraisal Skills Evaluating whats good clearly

The types of approaches that have been integrated into the project are briefly outlined here, including:
Visualisation techniques to support students understanding of threshold concepts;
Soundwalking A guided walk around the school, capturing a given route. Studied to observe what
sounds student did not hear. This can be mapped out prior in a graphic soundmap;
Sound stories A compositional aid, either provided to students or written by them, outlining a story
to then be created using a sample pack of real-world sounds;
Graphic representation used to both describe a given sound and shape a potential creative idea in
the form of a graphic score.
A few important areas have been found so far that must be considered carefully to ensure that an
experimental educational project such as this can be successful. Firstly, time for students to experiment with
ideas is key to the creation of good artistic outputs and with this creative activities must be allowed to
follow students own interests. Secondly, new concepts must be conveyed in a meaningful way with ample
opportunity to discuss and ask questions. Important also is the scaffolding of one concept against another to
support understanding. With this also comes the finding of a commonly understood vocabulary for students
to convey meaning to one another and to the researcher without which they quickly lose interest.
Berkley (2004) notes that a sense of ownership over the creative project and its outcomes boosts autonomy,
also increasing engagement. With this the notions of composition as problem-solving are best achieved in an
inquisitive but safe learning environment, where failure is viewed positively as a facet of development. With
this the process of problem solving can be supported through exercises in composition and from constructive
(often peer-led) critical appraisal (See Hickey, 1997; Berkley, 2004; Burnard & Younker, 2004).

Preliminary findings
It is important to note that this project is still in motion at the time of writing and data analysis is still an
ongoing concern. As a result, the findings indicated within this presentation can only be tentatively outlined.
Such findings are drawn predominantly from teaching, along with cursory exploration of documents created
by the students during the studies.
What can clearly be seen is a development throughout the series of lessons that indicates an aptitude
amongst students as young as 7 to engage creatively with sounds in a musical context often demonstrating

Much work is being completed in this field at current. See Higgins & Jennings (2006); Higgins & Ross (2010) &
13

Cipriani, Core & Giri (2015) for some electroacoustic projects implemented in schools recently.

41
RESEARCH PAPERS
high-level composition skills relevant to sound-based music, such as phrasing, spectral shaping and the
implementation of a coherent theme across a musical extract. It is interesting to note also that coherence does
not necessarily indicate a basis in reality, with students often using recognisable sound sources within an
alternative context. Additionally, students appear to quickly gain and properly use entirely new terms related
to the creative project referring to specific audio effects provide an interesting insight here, with students
having been heard discussing adding more reverb, adding delay and applying panning.
Given notions of action research central to the development of the projects methodology, analysis also
draws out how subtle changes in teaching praxis can impact the overall learning experience (and, with this,
efficacy) of the project as a whole. Observation and reflection provide the greater insight here. Small, often
subtle changes in language, time and environment can have much larger impacts on a particular session than
might be expected, for instance.
Whilst these are familiar areas of concern for the majority of educational projects, specific issues have
arisen throughout this project that stem particularly from the subject matter being explored. New knowledge
is indeed being conveyed to students, but it might be suggested that the impact that the teaching of sound-
based music has on questioning the understanding of ones own, often deep-rooted, beliefs in what music is
go beyond the usual eye-opening moments commonly associated with the learning of threshold knowledge.
The impacts of language appear to be the most profound. The traditional lingua franca of electroacoustic
music is in itself jargonistic, with words invented for specific purposes or borrowed from across the arts
(and indeed other languages). Additionally, there is a heavy reliance upon understanding sound in different
contexts for example, describing the qualities of a sound as harsh, soft, cold, rough or many
other adjectives. Again these qualities appear to be quickly identified as with the use of specific terms, and
a common understanding amongst a group appears to quickly form as to whether a particular sound is, for
example, rough or smooth and what this might mean. This appears to provide an interesting area for
future exploration as without this ability to express or apply meaning, student engagement appears to waver
and with it the ability to access sound-based music overall is lessened.
Much more remains within the data awaiting more detailed analysis. This will serve both to bolster
the points made here and also afford a greater description of how the increases in appreciation and with
it the subtle changes in perception towards the use of sound within a musical context that have been
readily observed actually come about. A greater understanding of this causality, it is hoped, will underpin the
importance of diverse musical forms being introduced to students within educational contexts, demonstrating
that a greater majority of students than might be expected can meaningfully engage with this alternative form
of music making.

Next steps
What has been presented here is only a fleeting image of a living, developing and ever-progressing
project. As such, finding a way to adequately convey all of the nuances proves a constant challenge. What
is clear is that whilst analysis is still very much in progress, the need to continue accruing more and more
data is becoming less necessary. Accordingly, it is hoped that data collection will be completed by July 2016
to allow the project to move swiftly through a process of analysis and writing of the final doctoral thesis.
Data analysis will continue to unearth rich insights into the educational experience and provide additionally
awareness of where positive teaching practices exist as the project as a whole moves onwards towards
completion.

References
Austin, K. (2001). Electroacoustic definition. Extract from cecdiscuss list 7 September 2001: alcor.Concordia.
ca/~kaustin/cecdiscuss/2001/3023.html
Berkley, R. (2004). Teaching composing as creative problem solving: conceptualising composing pedagogy. British
Journal of Music Education, 21(3), 239263.
Burnard, P. & Younker, B. A. (2004). Problem-solving and creativity: insights from students individual composing
pathways. International Journal of Music Education, 22(1), 5976.
Cipriani, A., Core, V. & Giri, M. (2015). Technique, Creation, Perception and Experience in the Learning of
Electroacoustic Music: Some practical proposals. Organised Sound, 20(1), 4050.

42
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (1994). Research Methods in Education. Bioscience Educatione Journal (4th ed.,
Vol. 10). London: Routledge. doi:10.3108/beej.10.r1
Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2007). Research methods in education (6th ed.). London, New York: Routledge.
Hickey, M. (1997). The computer as a tool in creative music making. Research Studies in Music Education, 8, 5670.
Higgins, A. M. & Jennings, K. (2006). From Peering in the Window to Opening the Door: a constructivist approach to
making electroacoustic music accessible to young listeners. Organised Sound, 11(2), 179.
Higgins, L. & Ross, G. (2010). ConCussion: A synthesis of old and new technologies. Music Education Research, 2(1),
8793.
Kolb, D. & Fry, R. (1974). Toward an applied theory of experiential learning. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Kolb, D. (1984). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development (Vol. 1). New Jersey:
Englewood Cliffs.
Landy, L. (2007). Understanding the Art of Sound Organization. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
McNiff, J. (2013). Action research: principles and practice (3rd ed.). Abingdon: Routledge.
Nilsson, B. & Folkestad, G. (2005). Childrens practice of computer-based composition. Music Education Research,
7(1), 2137.
Savage, J. & Challis, M. (2002). Electroacoustic Composition: Practical models of composition with new technologies.
Journal of the Sonic Arts Network, 14, 813.
Seddon, F. A. & ONeill, S. A. (2003). Creative Thinking Processes in Adolescent Computer-based Composition: an
analysis of strategies adopted and the influence of instrumental music training. Music Education Research,
5(2).
Somekh, B. (1995). The contribution of action research to development in social endeavours: a position paper on action
research methodology. British Educational Research Journal, 21(3), 339355.
Truax, B. (1999). Handbook for acoustic ecology. Cambridge Street Publishing.

ORCHESTRAS AND SCHOOLS TEACHERS AND MUSICIANS SUBJECTIVE THEORIES

ON COOPERATIVE PROJECTS
PETER MALL
University of Music and Performing Arts Frankfurt/Main

Abstract
The field of concert education is growing fast and in recent years orchestras started to actively involve children into
their activities. Although many of these projects are connected with the orchestras, they mostly still rely on schools and
teachers to prepare participating students. A three year cooperation between an orchestra and three schools offered the
possibility to explore teachers and musicians subjective theories about outreach activities.
Being involved in making music is a central part of developing a positive attitude towards musical learning. Bringing
professional musicians into schools supports this, but depends not only on musicians to visit but also on teachers
to invite them. Positive subjective theories about this collaborative work are central for overcoming organisational
barriers.
This study focuses on the research question: What subjective theories on cooperative music projects are held by
teachers and musicians who were involved in a partnership program? The data was collected via semi-structured,
partially open-ended interviews with musicians and teachers who participated in cooperative projects and activities.
They were interpreted using the documentary method. This is particularly capable of developing a persons frames of
orientation and for carving out subjective theories.
In both groups (musicians and teachers), three types could be identified:
1. Classroom teachers with positive attitudes towards music in school and musicians with positive attitudes towards
projects with children;
2. Musically untrained teachers and musicians without interest in music education;
3. Musically trained teachers, highly ambitious musicians. The second group developed the most positive subjective
theories and had the longest and most fruitful partnerships.
This leads to the conclusion that teachers and musicians who are not only interested in their own field, but show respect
and interest in the work of the counterpart, had the most successful partnerships. Lack of goals and clear objectives
about learning impacts of access/outreach activities especially hindered many partnerships.
Key words: Outreach education, cooperation, young peoples concerts, documentary method, subjective theories.

43
RESEARCH PAPERS
Introduction
The history of concert education in Germany goes back to the beginning of the last century. However,
only during the last 20 years, young peoples concerts have spread all over Germany, complemented by
projects, actively involving students and teachers. Throughout their history, young peoples concerts were
more or less connected with general music education. Teachers and musicians were often actively involved
in the preparation process of concerts, which were sometimes part of general music education. Yet since
the very beginning there was an ongoing discussion if and how young peoples concerts should be part
of general music education and how children could benefit from those concerts. Besides young peoples
concerts, orchestras started new forms of outreach activities, more and more actively involving children in
their programs. This led to teachers and musicians being more and more involved in the preparation process.
Cooperation between a symphonic orchestra and three schools offered the possibility to research the
subjective theories of teachers and musicians on cooperative projects they were involved in. This seems to
be important, as most cooperative projects rely on their participation and commitment. Interviews have been
carried out with 11 teachers from two participating schools as well as with six musicians from the orchestra.
The interviews were analysed using the documentary method, carving out frames of orientation, which then
were compared and transformed into a typology.
The first part of this article sums up part of the ongoing discussion about concert education, emphasising
important milestones. The second part highlights research questions and methods of the study as well as the
main results, a typology of teachers and musicians concerning cooperative projects. The discussion lastly
develops an integrative model of outreach education that interlinks general music education and concert
education.

Historical Background
The beginning of the 19th century marks social change in Germany during which the middle classes
emancipate themselves, establish their own schools and start a genuine musical praxis. In the year 1810,
Hans Georg Naegeli publishes the first music education oeuvre, a singing book, following the principles of
Johann Heinrich Pestalozzi (Pfeiffer & Naegeli, 1810). The middle classes exert themselves for the education
of their children, independent from church and state. At this time the history of young peoples concerts starts
in Frankfurt at about 1800 with so called ignorants concerts (Engelmann, 1805, p.636). But over time the
traces of these childrens concerts were lost in conjunction with new education principles.
The next evidence of young peoples concerts can be found during another reform era, the arts education
movement at the end of the 19th century. In the year 1905, Richard Barth (1906) spoke at the arts education
symposium (Kunsterziehungstag) about young peoples concerts, which he had organised successfully
in Hamburg for a few years. Barth highlights some arguments that dominate the discussion about young
peoples concerts to this day:
Inside school, music can only be presented in an imperfect way;
Young peoples concerts should not exceed one hour;
Concerts should be a serious hour and not be seen as tuition;
They should keep children away from ordinary, honky-tonk music, and
Shall provide them with good music (Barth, 1906, p.98).
Another source for young peoples concerts is the Handbook of Didactics, written by Esser, Esterhues, &
Pretsing (1927). Inclusion in a handbook of didactics, but also his concept emphasises a strong relationship
with school music education, as this series of concerts is strongly related to the educational principles and
didactic concepts of the time (Groe-Jger, 1979). They purposefully complement school music education
and through the interaction of school music education and concerts, musical education (musikalische Bildung)
is thought to improve.
In the 1970s discussion regarding young peoples concerts starts again with new vigour (Kraus, 1972;
Riepenhausen, 1976; Schwermer, 1976). After a financial crisis, orchestras are forced into new areas of
social engagement. Among these aspects are young peoples concerts alongside concerts for the elderly and

44
 RESEARCH PAPERS
working classes, as well as concerts in more rural areas. On one side, there are strong attempts to integrate
musicians into private music education (teaching musical instruments), on the other side orchestras initiate
cooperation with public schools and organise more and more young peoples concerts. This is the impetus
for a renewed pedagogical discussion about how young peoples concerts could be best integrated into
general music education at schools. In addition to the guidelines offered by Esser et al. (1927), the following
suggestions are pointed out:
Young peoples concerts should
only be guided by the needs of the youth (Kraus, 1972);
help reduce distance and foreignness of concerts (Schwermer, 1976);
introduce the instruments of the orchestra (Groe-Jger, 1979);
affect general music education but still keep the character of a concert (ibid.).
At this time, the classical concert is still taken as a common standard to which the children should be
introduced.
Until the end of the 1980s, young peoples concerts seem not to have changed much. But from music
educators the critique of bourgeois music culture increases (Groe-Jger, 1982; Richter, 1988). They claim
that the classical concert is in crisis, concerts were not humane, and the canonical classical works have been
dropping away. The two poles, already present in the 1930s, get stronger:
Should young peoples concerts be part of general music education, taking place during school
hours and be free of charge, or
should they be an experience, independent from school and music education, taking place outside
school hours and costing a minimum fee?
During the 1990s the term concert education (Konzertpdagogik) develops while general music education
seems to withdraw from the field of young peoples concerts. Also, since that time, most related publications
were not released in educational journals but in those of musical practice. Until the end of the decade,
young peoples concerts are available all over Germany as shown in a study by Barbara Stiller (1999). The
educational profile of a concert educator (Konzertpdagoge) develops and while in the beginning of the
decade they seek contact with general music education, activities become more and more independent from
school influences over the decade.
One reason for the disinterest of schools could be that the classical, bourgeois concert loses more
and more of its normative character and its status as leading culture (Hochkultur) (Meierkord, 1993). On
the other hand there is more and more pressure on orchestras to defend their status in society and fight the
increasing ageing of their audience.
With the start of the 2000s, especially through the commitment of Sir Simon Rattle in Berlin and Dennis
Russel Davies in Linz, the character of concert education in Germany changes fundamentally. Both introduce
Anglo-American concepts in Germany, which promote activities that actively engage children instead of
traditional concerts. Larger orchestras start to establish their own education departments for music mediation
Musikvermittlung, a new name for concert education. Developing the concepts, planning and organisation
now lies only in the hands of the orchestras. Smaller orchestras could not compete with this development
(Stiller, 2005) and through the medial presence of projects of the larger orchestras, the pressure increases
regardung how they envision their own educational activities.
Out of this situation cooperation between the SWR symphony orchestra and three schools in the town
of Freiburg was established. The orchestras need to improve their outreach activities and the promise of
additional musical activities in school together with the need for more research on outreach activities started
the project with the help of the University of Education Freiburg.

Methods
In October 2012, interviews with 11 teachers and six musicians (Table 1), who took part in the cooperative
venture were arranged. All interviews were undertaken and recorded by the author, transcribed and then
processed with MaxQDA software. The interviews were guided, half-open interviews that followed these
research questions:

45
RESEARCH PAPERS
What subjective theories are held by
teachers, concerning project activities provided by orchestras, if they have to integrate them into the
school curriculum?
musicians, concerning their educational activities during cooperative projects with schools?
teachers and musicians, concerning a long-term relationship between the orchestra and the school,
especially music instruction?

Table 1. Participants
School A (Primary School) School B (Grammar School) Orchestra
7 4 6

It was not intended to evaluate instruction itself through the interviews of teachers and musicians, but to
find out, why teachers and musicians describe the projects the way they do. The method used here is called
structural analyses of narration (Bohnsack, Nentwig-Gesemann, & Nohl, 2007). This method claims that
during a narration, people try to reconstruct the experienced reality. They are therefore forced to bring the
narration to an end. Through the reconstruction of this process of narration, decisions of people at the time of
the experienced action can be reconstructed. A typology is possible, because societies as social systems build
on shared knowledge, which is used subconsciously by individuals (Bohnsack et al., 2007).
The documentary method used in this study reaches this goal though three different steps. First, sections
are interpreted as paraphrases, in a way they are redrafted. The next step uses a reflexive interpretation. Here,
the interpretation process fulfils the task to describe not only what is said, but how it is said (Nohl, 2009).
Through this process, the researcher gains more distance to the text and the topic. In a third step, several
interviews are compared, to place other points of view in the perspective of the researcher. This then leads to
a first typology. By adding other elements of comparison, a sociological typology can be achieved.
Finally, since the works of Groeben et al. (1988), subjective theories are believed to determine action.
Individual concepts this is the term used by Anne Niessen (2006) in her adaptation to music education are
not only meanings, but they prepare decision making. We can therefore act on the assumption that the shown
concepts determine future action of the teachers and musicians, concerning cooperative projects.

Developing a typology
The following typology of teachers and musicians is the result of various analytical steps, following the
documentary method, as described above. First, main topics were carved out by redrafting all interviews,
using formulative interpretation: e.g. visits of childrens concerts, participation in rehearsals, shared
projects, visits of musicians in the classroom. With the next step the reflexive interpretation, sections of
different interviews covering similar topics were compared not only on what was said, but how the topics
were discussed by the interviewees. At this point it was also important to determine what genre was used:
narration, argument, description and evaluation. While teachers of type 1, for example, often used narrative
elements in their interviews, evaluation and argument were more present in interviews of type 2 teachers.
Teachers of type 3 were more descriptive and less evaluative then those of type 2.
Other elements of comparison were point of view and time. Teachers of type 1 often saw themselves
as part of the group. Together with their students, they focused on the experience while participating in
projects. Teachers of type 2 and 3 more often distinguished between themselves and their students. Teachers
of type 2 additionally often refused to take responsibility for the preparation process. Concerning time, it was
interesting to see that some teachers of type 2 claimed much more presence of musicians in the classroom
then those of the other types. Teachers of type 3 also more often focused on the time they needed to prepare
projects and compared it to their general preparation time frame.
The interviews with the musicians were treated similarly. Important topics for comparison were: ones
own role in the classroom interest in music education, relationships with teachers, preparation process and
time.
This analytical process was performed in several cycles, during which the types became more and
more clear. Through this process the so called frames of orientation have been carved out. The following
46
 RESEARCH PAPERS
description tries to define the most important characteristics that distinguish different types of teachers and
musicians, summarized in two tables at the end of each section.

Results
The analysis of all interviews led to two typologies, one for musicians and one for teachers, both including
three types that have been isolated during the analysis process.
In this study, only teachers from primary (A) and grammar school (Gymnasium B) participated. While
all grammar school teachers had music education training, only one primary school teacher was specially
trained. This kind of cooperation seemed to be the first the teachers were part of, although many of them
report to regularly visit either the orchestra, the opera or other activities provided by external institutions
(zoo, sports etc.). All primary school teachers were responsible for the musical curriculum in their classes.
The following typology indicates that those primary teachers (n=3, school A) with personal interest in music
and who are involved in musical activities during their leisure time have less problems dealing with this
situation and are more willing to include cooperative projects into their curriculum (type 1). Primary teachers
with very little personal interest in music (n=3, school A) need more assistance and better prepared projects
(type 2) while trained music teachers (n=5, schools A and B) are also more critical about the projects (type
3). Not only do teachers have different subjective theories according to the school (type) they are teaching
in, but mainly because of their level of music education training, connected to their personal interest in music
in general.

Typology of teachers
Type 1 Eventually more music
Teachers of this type have a positive attitude towards music, often combined with practical musical
experience. They believe children should have more opportunities for musical activities in school, but
recognize that they are often not capable of providing it to them. Therefore, they are happy to include
outreach activities into their curriculum to provide students with a broader variety of musical activities.
Having had experiences with music making, they are able to communicate with musicians on an equal level,
and therefore participate in the activities and involve themselves more actively in the preparation process.
Those teachers focus more on the musical experience if they get the impression that students also enjoy the
activities. They also do not focus on preassigned curricula goals only score reading or body percussion are
vaguely mentioned. This all in all emotional approach to music transfers also to outreach activities.
Type 2 I need someone who deals with this alone
Apart from missing music education training, those teachers also do not have a positive association with
active music making. They point out that they do not play any instruments, cant sing and do not regularly
participate in music-related events during their leisure time music is not important and they try to avoid
musical activities with students as much as possible. As a consequence of this, they also do not have the
competence to evaluate musical activities properly. This leads to uncertainness during the cooperation and in
many cases they judge the activities provided during the cooperative venture only by organisational aspects
or as demonstration lessons for training teachers. Emotional aspects or musical experiences play only a very
limited role. Also, the collaboration with musicians is very selective and no close relationships emerge.
Teachers of this type do not feel responsible for the preparation of activities. Either they want the
musicians to do this or they rely on colleagues with more musical experience. Compared to type one, their
expectations on how much time musicians should spend with the children, to prepare e.g. a presentation,
are very high. This might be because they do not feel comfortable participating in this process. The lack
of musical competence often leads to overcritical ratings of the value of activities. All in all, this type of
teachers seems only to be able to integrate ready-made activities into their curriculum. In order to prepare
activities together with musicians, a common vocabulary is needed, which these teachers do not have. On the
other hand, many musicians fromthe orchestra that were not much interested in music education also lacked
a common vocabulary. In cases when both sides were uninterested in the work of the other, cooperation
failed in virtually all cases.

47
RESEARCH PAPERS
Type 3 Most of it I can manage better alone
Teachers trained in music education very often tend to focus on their own curriculum. Outreach activities
therefore are an (often welcome) add-on. However, because of the strong focus on their own curriculum,
outreach activities are selected, according to the additional benefit they provide. Those teachers are capable
of integrating and adapting ready-made activities into their lessons according to their needs. Organisational
issues are not so much a problem, as they focus on musical elements and prepare things on their own. Also,
emotional aspects are not very important.
On the other hand, teachers of this type avoid intensive preparation together with musicians since
they believe that they have the same musical skills as the musicians. They neglect the artistic authority of
musicians and point out that the time spent to prepare activities collaboratively could be better invested in
their own lessons.

Table 2. Typology of teachers

Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Who Teachers from primary Teachers from primary school Musically trained teachers from
school (A) without musical (A) without musical training primary (A, n=1) and secondary
training but a positive and limited musical interests. school (B, n=4).
attitude towards music (n=3) (n=3).
Main More music, focus on High expectations, Dislike individual projects,
characteristics experience communication with musicians own instruction more efficient,
difficult projects have to provide
additional benefit for the
classroom.

Typology of musicians
Type 1 the pedagogically interested
These musicians generally show a positive attitude towards music education activities with students.
They first of all see themselves as guests at the school and leave the leading role to the teachers. This seems
to be self-evident, but many teachers believed that the musicians shall would provide proper music lessons.
This would not be compatible with this role model. Another aspect is their great respect towards teachers
and their capability to deal with big groups. With this attitude, those musicians see themselves as equal
partners with the teachers. But with this comes responsibility on the side of the teachers. They have to take
the leading role and participate in joint activities as well as in the preparation process. These musicians can
bring in their own ideas and, in the worst case, prepare activities themselves. They also focus on experiences,
as this is what they want to provide as professional musicians. They aim to foster students positive feelings
towards (classical) music and towards them as musicians, and as a result they may be more likely to attend
concerts and become regular guest of the orchestra. Still, those musicians recognise that there may be higher
expectations, that there should be more than just fun connected to outreach activities. This leads to a vague
uncertainty that left some of the musicians unsatisfied.
Type 2 the unconfident
Musicians of this type generally have a positive attitude towards working with children and many of
them have a long experience with it. Unlike type 1, they do not have clear conceptions how to spend the
time with students meaningfully. They are more passive during the development process and rarely bring
in their own ideas. Visits in schools, (which they do regularly) mostly follow two models: presenting their
instrument or presenting themselves as musicians. Both models ensure that they do not need to abandon their
roles as musicians. However, these models provide little information and work only for individual visits. As
soon as there is a more complex task or more than a single lesson to be covered, these musicians lose their
confidence. To overcome this problem they need assistance, which can be given by classroom teachers, if
they themselves are confident in the situation. In many cases, this was not the case and the projects came
to an early end. Interestingly, this tentativeness was in many cases denominated by musicians as being
not creative. They seem to have the impression that in order to satisfy the childrens needs, they had to

48
 RESEARCH PAPERS
spontaneously perform improvisations or funny actions. They did not see their visits as educational actions
that have to be prepared, but rather they thought they needed to put on an act. In all the cases where musicians
of this type were assisted and guided by the teachers, positive and long term relations developed.
Type 3 the normative
This type of musician is like the first type independent and active in the approach to outreach activities,
but very normative in setting goals. The moment she recognised, that she hardly could reach the goals in
the context of outreach activities, she blamed teacher training and the educational system in general. As a
result, she changed her role and tried to teach the children until they were able to fulfil the given tasks. This
musician managed a project together with a musically untrained classroom teacher and on several occasions
they almost ended their project. Only by finally cutting back on their aims did they manage to take part in
the common presentation.
Being highly committed to the project, this musician could not deal with the gap between her own
artistic standards and everyday music education work. Without clear directions, this type of musician risks
overburdening outreach activities, turning them into instruction, i.e. learning rather than experience.

Table 3. Typology of musicians

Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Who n=2 n=3 n=1
Main Active involvement in Passive involvement, unsecure Active involvement, very
characteristics preparation process, about music education practice, normative goals, hierarchical
interest in music education, dependent on preparation by role models
independent teachers

Conclusion
Both typologies have one thing in common: the most positive individual concepts come from those
teachers and musicians that have elementary knowledge and interest in the subject of their counterpart, but
do not feel responsible for their actual work during the project:
Teachers with musical interest;
Musicians with at least some interest in music education.
Teachers with special music education training (especially at the grammar school) often emphasise
their own competences in relating music projects and thus diminish the musicians artistic authority. One
musician, on the other hand, criticised the educational system concerning school music education and tried
to compensate by giving proper music lessons.
Interviewees with a critical attitude towards the project could not be convinced otherwise during the
cooperative venture. As with the students, this kind of project seems not to be capable of convincing
uninterested persons of the importance of concert education projects in the context of music education (Mall,
2016).
Qualitative studies always deal with small numbers of participants and therefore are not capable of
testing hypotheses but rather they create them. The typology developed in this study should not be seen
as a generalised model of teachers and musicians, but as a model of teachers and musicians who were part
of this study. Further research is needed to more deeply understand the relationship between teachers and
professional musicians. Especially interesting for further research are those musicians who did not participate
in the projects or the research study.
In the first part, this article discussed the history of young peoples concerts in the context of general
music education with the conclusion that both sides orchestras and schools, have great interest in working
together. Having seen different phases and intensities of this partnership, it has been highlighted that there
are good reasons for both sides to work together. The second part presented an analysis of a cooperative
effort, describing subjective theories of teachers and musicians, both having been participated in a two year
collaborative project. This analysis illustrates the fine line on which outreach activities are built: (1) if they
are too close to music instruction, reproducing or enforcing common curricula, musicians diminish their role
and their artistic authority is impaired. (2) If the activities, on the other hand, provide nothing more than
49
RESEARCH PAPERS
experiences, not connected to previous (and upcoming) knowledge, teachers tend to not encourage their
students to take part and will not spend time to prepare them.
This may be the reason why there is an ongoing discussion whether or not the field of concert education/
outreach/access programs should be part of general music education or be a separate research topic (Cvetko
& Rora, 2015). This discussion is represented in the establishment of professorships and training courses
(Allwardt, 2008), while the theoretical background is still slight.
Next, I aim to connect both outreach education and general music education, using a model that
acknowledges concert educations autonomy, but still integrates it into general music education.
The findings of this study show a multidimensionality of concert education outreach:
Engagement with works of art;
Experience of a performance;
Childrens desire for music education musikalische Bildung;
Personal contact with musicians;
Relocation being outside of school.
These dimensions can be assigned to the areas of schools and orchestras, with overlapping elements
(Figure 1).

Musical education

School Orchestra
Musical
Learning mediation
Experience, relocation

Teachers Musicians
Work of art

Figure 1. Model of cooperative projects

Taking this model, those teachers and musicians who were situated clearly inside their domain, but close
enough to their counterpart to be able to communicate on a common basis (Type 1) seem to have the most
positive subjective theories about the projects. If they move too far apart, they lose common ground (Type 2)
and cooperation becomes harder or even impossible. Almost as bad is the option to leave their own domain
and encroach on other peoples hunting ground (Type 3).
Musical outreach concert education music mediation (the direct translation of Musikvermittlung)
therefore has two poles: (1) musical practice and (2) music education practice, in this case represented by
musicians on one side and teachers on the other. However, those two systems have such different aims and
structures that they barely manage to work together, as seen in the struggle of some musicians and teachers
to carry out the cooperation over a longer period of time. The experiences in this project show that only a few
musicians and teachers have the capability to overcome these barriers by themselves and it is not sustainable,
causing the departure of musicians and teachers, leaving projects unfulfilled. In this case, a third party can
help to manage the differences, as has been successfully presented in the project Klangnetze Soundwebs
(Schneider, 2000). This third party might be able to bring interior and exterior views together and dispense
information back into the systems through the concept of re-entry (Luhmann, 2009, p.161). Currently only
a few musicians are willing to take part in projects, and a strong reason for that is frustration with previous
projects.
Finally, I want to highlight the fact that outreach activities are an important part of childrens musical
development and therefore orchestras have to take responsibility for it. Outreach activities can help children
to develop a positive attitude towards music, if they
actively involve students;
provide personal contacts with musicians;

50
 RESEARCH PAPERS
let students break out of everyday school life;
provide musical experiences.

References
Allwardt, I. (Ed.) (2008). Das Orchester Nr. 11. Thema: Perspektivwechsel. Mainz: Schott.
Barth, R. (1906). Die Jugend im Konzert und in der Oper. Kunsterziehung, (3), 95106.
Bohnsack, R., Nentwig-Gesemann, I. & Nohl, A.-M. (2007). Die dokumentarische Methode und ihre Forschungspraxis.
Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung (2nd ed.). Wiesbaden.
Cvetko, A. & Rora, C. (2015). Konzertpdagogik. Aachen: Shaker.
Engelmann (1805). Musik als Erziehungsmittel. Allgemeine musikalische Zeitung, 7(40), 633637.
Esser, B., Esterhues, J. & Pretsing, K. (Eds.). (1927). Handbuch der Didaktik und Methodik des Musikunterrichts in der
Volksschule / im Anschluss an das Liederbuch fr Schule und Haus. Arnsberg, Westfalen: Stahl.
Groeben, N., Wahl, D., Schlee, J. & Scheele, B. (Eds.). (1988). Das Forschungsprogramm Subjektive Theorien. Eine
Einfuhrung in die Psychologie des reflexiven Subjekts. Tbingen: Francke.
Groe-Jger, H. (1979). Konzerte fr Kinder. Das Orchester, 27(78), 566570.
Groe-Jger, H. (1982). Die Bedeutung der Orchester fr die Bildung von Kindern und Jugendlichen. Das Orchester,
30(9), 736739.
Kraus, E. (1972). Jugendkonzerte Die pdagogische Aufgabe der Sinfonieorchester. Musik & Bildung, 4(7/8), 365
371.
Luhmann, N. (2009). Einfhrung in die Systemtheorie (D. Baecker Ed. 5. ed.). Heidelberg: Carl Auer Verlag.
Mall, P. (2016). Schule und Orchester Aspekte des Zusammenspiels von schulischer und auerschulischer
Musikvermittlung in kooperativer Projektarbeit. Augsburg: Winer.
Pfeiffer, M. T. & Naegeli, H. G. (1810). Gesangbildungslehre nach Pestalozzischen Grundstzen. Zrich: Naegeli u.a.
Meierkord, U. (1993). Klassik La ick? Orchesterkonzerte fr Berliner Schlerinnen und Schler. Musik und Unterricht,
(20), 5254.
Niessen, A. (2006). Individualkonzepte von Musiklehrern. Berlin: LIT.
Nohl, A.-M. (2009). Interview und dokumentarische Methode : Anleitungen fr die Forschungspraxis (3. ed.).
Wiesbaden: VS, Verlag fr Sozialwiss.
Richter, C. (1988). Konzerte fr Kinder - Konzerte fr Erwachsene. Musik und Bildung, 20(3), 177.
Riepenhausen, I. (1976). Orchesterkonzerte fr Schler in Berlin. Musik und Bildung, 8(12), 626628.
Schneider, H. (2000). Klangnetze oder Die Suche nach adquaten Methoden fr die Vermittlung zeitgenssischer
Musik. In H. Schneider, C. Bsze, & B. Stangl (Eds.), Klangnetze. Ein Versuch, die Wirklichkeit mit den Ohren
zu erfinden (pp. 8591). Saarbrcken: Pfau.
Schwermer, J. (1976). Konzerte fr die Jugend. Ein Klner Erfahrungsbericht. Musik und Bildung, 8(12), 623626.
Stiller, B. (1999). Die Kinderkonzerte deutscher Orchester. Das Orchester, 47(9), 2225.
Stiller, B. (2005). Kein Education-Department? Was nun? Das Orchester, 53(1), 2126.

MUSICAL CREATIVITY: OVERVIEW OF RESEARCH IN LITHUANIA

RTA GIRDZIJAUSKIEN, SANDRA RIMKUT-JANKUVIEN
Klaipda University

Abstract
The purpose of this article is to present the overview of the research on musical creativity in Lithuania. The results
of the research on musical creativity carried out by Lithuanian scholars are revealed in the context of the research
on musical creativity conducted both in Lithuania and worldwide. The article discloses the most prominent research
results, the specificity of junior school age childrens musical creativity, the features of development of creativity
through application of MCT, the characteristics of the surroundings in Lithuanian schools conducive to creativity. It is
concluded that the research on musical creativity in Lithuania is not systematic; there is a lack of basic research. On
the other hand, applicability of the research performed has been observed: research-based music textbooks have been
created; courses and seminars to music teachers are organized.
Key word: creativity, musical creativity.

Research on creativity in Lithuania as compared with global practice started late. Alhough the first
research study was published in 1986 (Matonis, 1986), more intense theoretical and empirical research
on creativity was initiated in the 1990s (epliauskas, 1991; Klimovien, 1994; Almonaitien, 1995;

51
RESEARCH PAPERS
Grakauskait, 1993, 1995, 1996; Petrulyt, 1995; Girdzijauskien, 1995, 1997; Mikolinien, 1996). The
policy of insularity against global scholarly research, which prevailed in the Soviet Union and restricted
access to work by foreign researchers, had a substantial impact on such late interest in the topic of creativity.
Moreover, the education system of that time was focused on conveyance of knowledge and building of
competence, paying inadequate attention to the development of a persons initiative and creativity. Only after
regaining independence (Lithuania became independent from the Soviet Union in 1990), and subsequent
access to scientific research, the research on creativity in Lithuania, including musical creativity, has gained
momentum. The purpose of this article is to discuss how research on musical creativity started in Lithuania,
and to present the most prominent research results in the context of international research on creativity.

The international context of creativity research

In 1950 J. P. Guilford, the president of the American Psychological Association, addressed his colleagues
with a report drawing attention to an exceptionally important attribute of personality creativity. This report
signals the beginning of intense research on creativity (according to J. P. Guilford, less than 0.2 percent of the
entries in Psychology Abstracts up to 1950 were focused on creativity). The works of American psychologists
kick-started exhaustive creativity research worldwide. By the end of the 20th century the number of research
studies on creativity tripled, research institutes were established, scholarly journals dedicated to issues of
creativity were published.
Although psychologists are the pioneers who started investigating creativity from a scientific point
of view, then there is no doubt that creativity studies are interdisciplinary. Creativity can be expressed in
diverse ways, it involves different processes, and it is also influenced by many distinctive factors: social
or environmental settings, personality, culture (Csikszentmihalyi, 1996; Kim, 2006; Gilson et al., 2012;
Megalakaki, Craft, Cremin, 2012). Given all that, various types of creativity have been analysed, such as
everyday (Richards, 2007), linguistic (Kirshenblatt-Gimblett, 1976; Veale, 2012), organisational (Woodman,
Sawyer et al., 1993), artistic (Calwelti, Rappaport, Wood, 1992; Ivcevic, 2007), visual (Sawyer, 2006), and
musical (Delige, Wiggings, 2006; Burnard, 2012). Moreover, research on creativity can be carried out from
different perspectives: behavioural, clinical, cognitive, developmental, economic, educational, evolutionary,
historical, organisational, personality, and social. It is not surprising that over six decades of scholarly research
in the sphere of general creativity scientists continue to discuss how creativity should be recognised, what
determines the development of creativity, what conditions and means can help to disclose creativity the best.
In comparing creativity research in America with other countries, in the latter the number of the themes
addressed is considerably lower; far less intense research is carried out in psychological/educational
research and theory. There are no academic creativity schools or research centres; the progress more or less
depends on the personal interest of researchers in creativity, leading to studies and papers which are scarce
and disseminated in national journals (Urban, 1991). However, work by scholars from various countries
is regarded as significant in the development of creativity research: performing comparative research in
different countries increases awareness of this phenomenon; when addressing specific problems relevant
to one or another cultural context, the area of creativity research is developed; together with the growing
number of researchers on creativity the understanding of the significance of creativity in society improves.

Creativity research in Lithuania

Interest in research on creativity in Lithuania grew in the 1990s. A database search regarding research on
creativity yielded a wide range of scientific and methodological publications about creativity by Lithuanian
authors. Also, 15 doctoral dissertations have been defended.
Research on creativity was conducted by representatives of various spheres, including engineering,
sociology, artistic education, physical education, design, natural sciences, folk art, advertising, but the vast
majority was carried out by psychologists. Scholars were interested in both general issues of the psychology
of creativity (epliauskas, 1991; Grakauskait-Karkockien, 2002, 2006, 2010; Almonaitien, 1995, 1997a,
1997b; Petrulyt, 1995, 2001, 2004; Beresneviius, 2010; Levickait, 2010), and in specific problems
associated with creativity: creative thinking (Petrulyt, 2004; Beresneviius, 2010), creativity and intellect,
talent and creativity, features of a creative personality (Almonaitien, 1997b; Grakauskait-Karkockien,
52
 RESEARCH PAPERS
2003, 2006). It should also be noted that the majority of works by psychologists are related to educational
issues.
Summarising research on the development of creativity is not a simple task. Both themes and research
problems, as well as instruments used are characterised by broad diversity. The most extensive research
has been conducted on schoolchildren and development of their creativity in various subjects. For instance,
creativity and teaching foreign languages (Klimovien, 1994), fostering of childrens creativity and social
games (Grineviien, 1998), development of creativity through Lithuanian folk art in art and handicraft
lessons (Prakurotien, 2000, 2001), pupils creative attitudes and their development (Schorokien, 2000,
2004), creativity and successful learning by teenagers (Petrulyt, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008), pupils speech
impediments and verbal creativity (Domeikien, 2005).
The development of students creativity has been investigated as well: programmes of development of
creativity in high schools (Rajeckas, 2000; Dumien, Dumius, 2002; Grakauskait-Karkockien, 2005,
2006), links between students creativity and intellect, diagnosis of creativity (Karkockien, Butkien, 2005),
professional maturity and creativity (Kondratien, Kievias, 2007). The features of teachers creativity
(Tijnelien, 2001, 2007), teachers attitude towards development of creativity (Schorokien, 2006),
development of a teachers creativity and personal growth (Petrulyt, 1995) have been analysed too.
Research on creativity in the sphere of artistic education began only recently. The research has been
conducted in different spheres of artistic activity: music (Girdzijauskien, 1995, 1997; Jautakyt, 2003,
2004a, 2004b, 2014; Piliiauskas, 2005; Rimkut-Jankuvien, 2012, 2014, 2015; Dauglien, 2011, 2012,
2013), dance (Baneviit, 2007), theatre (Dumien, 2001; Brdikyt, 2000); art (Kaluinait, 2003, 2004,
2005; Kaluinait, utautien, 2007; Vismantien, 2005; Ponelien, Gumuliauskien, 2008). It is necessary
to recognize, however, that many scholars have investigated creativity sporadically, and only some regularly
conduct research in this area. Compared to other countries, there is not much research conducted in Lithuania
and it lacks a systemic approach to this phenomenon. The same applies to the research on musical creativity.

The international context of research on musical creativity

Until the mid-20th century, research on musical creativity was conducted by musicologists who analysed
the creative processes of outstanding composers in relation to their compositions. Later, the biographies
of composers and the specific character of the process of creation was discussed in the work of music
psychologists (Simonton, 1977; Gardner, 1982; Kozbelt, 2008). These authors analyses subjects such as
the interdependence between the productivity of composers and the length of their life and career, between
general entirety of compositions and the ones created within one year on average; relationships between the
genre of musical composition, the age of the composer, and compositions of that time.
In the last decade of the 20th century, new trends in research on musical creativity developed: they were
associated with general creativity (Elliott, 1995; Webster, 2003; Hickey, 2003; Mazzola, Park, Thalmann,
2011; Odena, 2012), musical activity (Azzara, 2002; Cope, 2005; Jorgensen, 2008), or a field of musical
creativity (Stauffer, 2002; Espeland, 2003; Burnard, 2007, 2012). Researchers discussed creative personalities,
creative processes, musical product and its evaluation strategies, and the environment favourable for musical
creativity. It was recognised that the expression of musical creativity depended on the character of musical
activity (composition, improvisation, arranging, and performance) (Murphy, 2002; Burnard, 2012; Leong,
Burnard, et al., 2012), creators personalities and their interaction with music, other creators, and/or music
consumers (Girdzijauskien, 2004; Burnard, 2012), the social-cultural context (Bennett 2000; Green 2001;
McIntyre 2008; Smilde 2009; Burnard, 2012), the musical knowledge possessed by the creator (Novak,
Caas, 2013), as well as musical abilities and the creative environment (Elliott, 1999; Wiggins, 2006; Urban,
1991; Plucker, Makel, 2010; Girdzijauskien, 2012). Therefore, as stated by P. Burnard (2012), a single
definition of musical creativity was impossible. Any considerations of development of musical creativity
can be hardly fruitful without a clear understanding of what is characteristic to music education for one or
another age group and to the way it is expressed in a specific educational context. It is necessary to explore
various musical creativities and educational opportunities in a specific field of musical creativity under
particular conditions of creation.

53
RESEARCH PAPERS
The researchers of the past decade regard musical creativity as a multidimensional and complex
phenomenon. According to the authors, we cannot unambiguously define music creation, since while
creating individual and group creative activities, created music is used for most diverse purposes and in
highly disparate contexts (concert halls, internet websites, discos, and etc.), means of music creation of
different nature are used (classical instruments, audio-visual means, natural sounds, various combinations
of previously mentioned means), alongside with traditional roles of interaction with music (a creator, a
performer, a listener) the creator also performs the other roles of a co-author, a manager, a producer, a sound
engineer, etc. Therefore, we see a tendency to investigate not one specific type of musical creativity, but
having regard for the variety of the roles of the creator, of the spheres of creation, of the ways and means of
creation, to analyse various musical creativities (Burnard, 2012).

Research on musical creativity in Lithuania

Until the beginning of the 21st century development and investigation of musical creativity in Lithuanian
schools were to a large extent disregarded. Singing, especially in a choir or a vocal ensemble, was recognized
as the musical activity most relevant to the traditions of Lithuanian musical culture. Only over the last decade
research on musical creativity in Lithuania with the focus on the practical solution of problems has taken on
characteristics of the wider range of the problems being studied: the concept of musical creativity is revealed,
the analysis of the situation regarding development of creativity is presented, the efficacy of specific ways of
development of musical creativity is investigated.
The topics of research on musical creativity in Lithuania are diverse: improvisation and composition
(Barkauskas, 2006; Dauglien, 2012, 2013; Girdzijauskien, 2015), creativity of the performer (Piliiauskas,
2005), development of creativity using musical technologies (alys 2013; Rimkut-Jankuvien, 2014, 2015).
Only a few researchers explore the phenomenon of musical creativity systematically. R. Girdzijauskien
examines the development of musical creativity in Lithuania: professional competence of a music teacher and
his/her creativity (2007, 2008, 2013), pupils creativity in musical activity (2004, 2009, 2014), surroundings
conducive to development of creativity at schools (2012), the process of music creation (2015). At the centre
of research conducted by S. Rimkut-Jankuvien (2014, 2015) is thedevelopment of musical creativity of
uppergrade pupils through application of musical computer technologies. The researcher also pays particular
attention to the search for conceptions of musical creativity, defining musical creativity as a persons ability to
create something new, or to recreate and/or perform a musical product created by others by means of different
tools intended for music composition and/or its performance (musical instruments, computer technologies,
etc.). The latter definition of musical creativity implies the conceptions of creativity as a personal ability, the
creative process, and the musical product created during the process, depending on the type of the musical-
creative activity. J.Dauglien (2012, 2013) discusses opportunities for development of students musical
creativity with particular attention to the development of improvisation skills.
One of the first studies on development of musical creativity (Girdzijauskien, 2004) has revealed
the particularities of primary school age pupils creativity at the time they interpret, compose or evaluate
music. Two hundred and five 1st- 4th form pupils from different Lithuanian towns took part in the research.
Music pedagogues, who taught pupils, were chosen as the main assessors. Teachers evaluated how often pupils
succeeded in performing one or another act. The research results show thatprimary-age schoolchildrens
creativity in musical activity is not very high. One-fifth of the investigated 1st- 4th form pupils were very
creative, and more than one-third demonstrated characteristics of low creativity. More than half of the pupils
in music lessons displayed fluency and flexibility though they were less sagacious and original. Children
found interpreting music the most difficult and evaluating it - the easiest. Additionally, girls were more
creative than boys. Referring to these findings R.Girdzijauskien suggested the following recommendations
for music teachers: to reinforce personal conceptions of musical creative activity, to expand the repertoire
of methods for development of creativity, to involve pupils in creative musical activity during every lesson,
paying peculiar attention to musical actions of a reproductive character. This research served as a basis for
the authors and her colleagues music textbook series and other teaching tools for primary classes.
Other research emphasised the quality of music lessons in relation to development of creativity
(Girdzijauskien, 2009, 2014), looking at activities in music lessons from the point of view of creative
54
 RESEARCH PAPERS
skills development. One hundred and fifty (50 in primary school, 50 in middle school, 50 in gymnasiums)
lessons conducted by 20 experienced music pedagogues were observed for 3 weeks. Five lessons of each
pedagogue were observed, noting the following aspects of the lesson: time devoted to individual musical
activities and/or structural parts of a lesson, the number of divergent questions and tasks, the number of
individually performing pupils; cases when pupils were granted the opportunity to express their point of
view individually, to show their musical or creative abilities, to present the results of their creation.
The research results showed that the dominant activity in a music lesson, taking a fourth of class time,
was listening to, describing and evaluating music. On the one hand, it is gratifying that pupils are encouraged
to discuss music, to find their point of view regarding music compositions being listened to. On the other
hand, the majority of teachers seek to acquaint pupils with stylistic features of a piece of music, to present the
particularities of the composers compositions. Rarely are pupils involved in creating music (improvisation,
composing). Especially rare was teachers encouragement of pupils to raise creative ideas, to discuss the
possibilities in their realisation, to create music independently. Creative activity of pupils was organised in
only a few of the observed lessons, only for a few minutes. However, the creative tasks presented were not
interesting, and therefore not attractive to pupils. Analysis of divergent and convergent questions and tasks
was particularly disappointing. It was clear that in more than half of the observed lessons the students were
not given divergent tasks or questions. These findings were broadly discussed in the community of music
educators, and recommendations to the writers of the curricula were presented; workshops for music teachers
were organised.
Interesting data has been gathered on surroundings conducive to musical creativity in Lithuanian
schools (Girdzijauskien, 2012). The research was carried out in twelve Lithuanian schools, among them 6
gymnasiums and 6 secondary schools. Four hundred and sixteen 10th grade pupils filled out the questionnaire.
During the study 371 Lithuanian music teachers were interviewed. The questionnaires for teachers and pupils
were prepared in such a way that the answers to some questions to both target groups could be compared.
In summary, we can state that the vast majority of Lithuanian pedagogues who participated in the study
agree that their school surroundings are conducive to development of pupils creativity: creatively working
teachers are supported, innovations in pedagogic work are encouraged. Research data on the methods
of development of creativity in lessons shows that teachers encourage pupils to present ideas, to discuss
means of their realization, inspire them to take up new activities. However, opinions of pedagogues and
pupils differ regarding surroundings conducive to creativity at school. The number of pupils who agree with
many statements is two or three times smaller than the number of teachers. The opinions of both groups of
respondents coincide only when identifying the main obstacles to creativity: heavy workload, overburdened
curricula and related to this a lack of opportunities to act creatively.
Having compared the answers of teachers and pupils in accordance with demographic variables, several
tendencies were revealed. City schools are characteristic of a more distinct desire to develop creative pupils
and there are more creative role models among teachers; teachers with longer work experience devote more
attention to the development of pupils creativity, and the methods that develop creativity are applied less
often in secondary schools in comparison with gymnasiums. Girls and pupils who study in district centres
and small towns see more opportunities for development of creativity than pupils who study big cities.
Some research (Rimkut-Jankuvien, 2014, 2015) focused on composing as the most creativity-related
musical activity, including composing with musical computer technologies (MCT). One interesting study
(Rimkut-Jankuvien, 2014) presents the data of Lithuanian music teachers questionnaires revealing aspects
of application of MCT in the music education of upper-grade pupils. The data revealed that in many cases both
application of MCT and development of pupils musical creativity using MCT is fragmented.
In order to promote a better understanding of the specificity of application of MCT in music lessons,a case
study (Rimkut-Jankuvien, 2015) was performed in a school in Lithuania using these methods: an in-depth
interview with one music teacher with the aim of finding out the specific characteristics of teacher activity in
the development of pupils musical creativity through application of MCT; observation of music lessons with
the aim of revealing the specificity of the organisation of development of pupils musical creativity through
application of MCT; analysis of the process of upper-grade pupils music composition through application
of MCT and of its results with the aim of disclosing the characteristics of pupils musical creativity and

55
RESEARCH PAPERS
music composition through application of MCT. The case study showed that musical creativity is effectively
developed when, in order to achieve the goal of musical creativity set by the teacher, appropriate objectives
are formulated: in this case provision of musical and MCT application knowledge necessary for music
composing; development of abilities to compose, arrange, edit, remake, or otherwise process ones own
compositions or those of others; and formation of a positive attitude to creative activity. Also, it is important
that educational content is creatively planned, the educational process is purposefully organised, given the
level of musical and MCT application experience of each pupil and /or group; creative teaching methods
and a pupil-oriented assessment system are systematically applied; a favourable physical and psychological
environment is created; and pupils are taught to seek a complete product of musical creativity.
Assessing pupils musical creativity, attention was paid to the originality, complexity, and integrity
of compositions created through application of MCT. As revealed by the research findings (Rimkut-
Jankuvien, 2015), upper-grade pupils are able to use non-traditional means of musical expression and to
meaningfully combine them in composing music, to create music compositions of unique forms and original
ideas, to thoroughly implement the creative conception, to present the principal idea of the composition in a
well-considered way and to consistently develop it throughout the composition, and to maintain the chosen
musical style. However, pupils do not always manage to complete the composition, to logically distinguish
between its integral parts, to integrate individual elements of musical language into the whole composition,
and to present a composition with logical and emotional meanings. Pupils believe that insufficient experience
in application of MCT and a lack of musical knowledge tend to hamper the implementation of musical ideas.
Development of improvisation skills of music education majors at a university (Dauglien (2012,
2013) was investigated as well. The students were provided with music improvisations, improvisation
workshops were organised, and creative tasks were presented. According to the author, use of improvisation
in educating future music teachers develops not only their improvisation skills, but also provides necessary
knowledge, develops the ability to use improvisation in pedagogic activity. The author also claims that
musical improvisation ensures development of students creative self-expression, and helps to foster musical
creativity.

Conclusions
In summary, research on musical creativity in Lithuania lacks a systematic character. Studies are more of
an applied character, and they rarely address more fundamental questions about creativity. Because of the
predominance of applied research, theory has played a relatively minor role in most empirical inquiries. On
the other hand, the results of the research on creativity and its development carried out over recent years not
only enables the educational community to become familiar with educational reality as well as the variety
of applied research instruments, but also actualises the importance of the development of musical creativity.
This encourages the application of research results in designing curricula, the initiation and implementation
of projects intended to improve the programmes of teacher pre-service education, and their subsequent
professional development.

References
Almonaitien, J. (1995). S. Freudo ir C. Jungo poiriai mogaus krybingum i dabarties perspektyvos [ S. Freuds
and C. Jungs Attitudes to a Person s Creativity from Present Perspective]. Psichologija, 14, 3139.
Almonaitien, J. (1997a). Motyvacija kaip psichologinis krybikumo veiksnys [Motivation as Psychological Factor of
Creativity]. Psichologija, 16, 6585.
Almonaitien, J. (1997b). Moksleivi krybingumo psichologiniai veiksniai [Psychological Factors of Pupils
Creativity]. Daktaro disertacija. Vytauto Didiojo universitetas.
Azzara, Ch. D. (2002). Improvisation. In R. Colwell, C. Richardson (ed.). The New Handbook of Research on Music
Teaching and Learning. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Baneviit, B. (2007). okio gebjim ugdymas ankstyvojoje paauglystje naudojant krybin okio raik [Education
of Dance Skills in Early Adolescence Using Creative Expression of Dance]. Pedagogika, 85, 103108.
Barkauskas, V.(2006) Muzikos improvizacija efektyvesnio muzikinio ugdymo slyga [Improvisation of Music
Condition of More Effective Music Education]. Pedagogika, 87, 117121.
Bennet, A. (2000). Popular Music and Youth Culture: Music, Identity and Place. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.

56
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Beresneviius, G. (2010). Krybikumo ir krybinio mstymo edukacins dimensijos. Daktaro disertacija [Educational
Dimensions of Creativity and Creative Thinking. Doctoral dissertation]. iauli universitetas.
Brdikyt, M. (2000). Vaidybinis dialogas su llmis - ikimokyklinio amiaus vaik krybikumo skatinimo metod
[Dialogical Drama With Puppets a Method of Encouraging Creativity of Pre-school Children]. Pedagogika,
44, 137149.
Burnard, P. (2007). Routes to understanding musical creativity. In L. Bresler (ed.). International Handbook of Research
in Arts Education (pp. 11991214). Netherlands: Springer.
Burnard P. (2012). Musical Creativities in Practice. Oxford University Press.
Calwelti, S., Rappaport, A., Wood, B. (1992). Modeling Artistic Creativity: An Empirical Study. Journal of Creative
Behavior, 26, 8394.
Cope D. (2005). Computer Models of Musical Creativity. Massachusetts: Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1996). Creativity: Flow and the Psychology of Discovery and Invention. USA: HarperCollins
Publichers.
epliauskas, V. (1991). Krybos psichologijos ir krybini mokjim problema [The Problem of Psychology of
Creation and Creative Skills]. Pedagogika, 27, 211219.
Dauglien, J. (2011). Krybikumo pokyiai mokant(is) improvizacijos: veiklos tyrimo rezultatai. Meninis ugdymas
Lietuvoje: tyrim tradicijos ir perspektyva [Creativity Changes in Teaching/Learning Improvisation: Results of
Activities Study. Artistic Education in Lithuania: Traditions and Perspective of Research] (pp. 8798). Klaipda:
Klaipdos universiteto leidykla.
Dauglien, J. (2012). Edukaciniai muzikos improvizacijos taikymo aspektai rengiant bsimuosius muzikos mokytojus
universitete: veiklos tyrimo rezultatai. Meninio ugdymo realijos ir pltros perspektyvos [Educational Aspects
of Using Musical Improvisation in Training of Future Music Teachers at University: Results of Activities
Study. Realities and Development Perspective of Artistic Education] (pp. 3142). Kaunas: Vytauto Didiojo
universiteto leidykla.
Dauglien, J. (2013). Bsimj muzikos mokytoj krybikumo ugdymas taikant muzikin improvizacij [Development
of Future Music Teachers Creativity through Musical Improvisation]. Doctoral dissertation. iauliai University.
Delige, I., Wiggins, G. A. E. (2006). Musical Creativity: Multidisciplinary Research in Theory and Practice. New
York: Taylor and Francis.
Domeikien, K. (2005). III klasi mokini, turini kalbos sutrikim, verbalinio krybikumo pokyiai [The Changes
of a Verbal Creativity of the 1st-2nd Grade School Children with Speech Impediment]. Pedagogika, 80, 146
151.
Dumien A. (2001). Krybingumo ugdymo aspektai [Aspects of Creative Development]. Vilnius: Lietuvos kno
kultros akademijos leidykla.
Dumien A., Dumius A. (2002). Student krybingumo ugdymo ypatumai [The Peculiarities of Development of
Students Creativity]. Pedagogika, 59, 7074.
Elliott, D. J. (1995). Music Matters: A New philosophy of music education. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Elliott, D. J. (1999). Teaching musical creativity: a praxial view. In M. McCarthy (ed.). Music education as praxis:
reflecting on music-making as human action. The 1997 Charles Flower Colloquium on Innovation in Arts
Education, University of Maryland, April 1819 (pp. 4274). College Park: University of Maryland.
Espeland, M. (2003). The African Drum: the Compositional Process as Discourse and Interaction in a School Context.
In M. Hickey (ed.). Why and How to Teach Music Composition: A New Horizon for Music Education (pp.
167192). Reston, VA: MENC.
Gardner, H. (1982). Art, Mind, and Brain: a Cognitive Approach to Creativity. USA: Basic Books. A Division of
HarperCollins Publisher.
Green, L. (2001). Music in Society and Education. In Ch. Philpott, Ch. Plummeridge (ed.). Issues in Music Teaching
(pp. 4760). London: Taylor and Francis Group.
Ivcevic, Z. (2007). Artistic and Everyday Creativity: An Act Frequency Approach. Journal of Creative Behavior, 41,
271290.
Jautakyt . (2003). Moksleivi krybini nuostat formavimas muzikos pamokoje. Moksleivi menini nuostat
formavimas: metodinis leidinys auktosioms mokykloms [Formation of Pupils Creative Attitudes in a Music
Lesson. Formation of Pupils Artistic Attitudes: a Methodological Publication for High Schools]. Vilnius:
Vilniaus pedagoginio universiteto leidykla.
Jautakyt . (2004a). Auktesnij klasi mokini muzikin kryba ir dvasingumas [Senior Classes Students Musical
Creation and Spirituality]. Pedagogika, 72, 104115.
Jautakyt . (2004b). iuolaikins muzikos krimo princip taikymas mokant muzikos auktesnse klasse [Application
of the Principles of Creation of Modern Music while Teaching Music in Senior Classes]. Tiltai, 20.
Jautakyt, R. (2014). Krybikumo samprata ir jo ugdymas darelyje: ikimokyklinio aukljimo pedagog pozicija [The
Concept and Development of Creativity in the Kindergarten: the Position of Pre-School Pedagogues]. Tiltai, 66
(1), 87103.

57
RESEARCH PAPERS
Jorgensen, E. R. (2008). The Art of Teaching Music. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Gilson, L. L., Sook Lim, H., Dinnocenzo, L., Moye, N. (2012). One Size does not Fit All: Managing Radical and
Incremental Creativity. The Journal of Creative Behavior, 46 (3), 168191.
Girdzijauskien, R. (1995). Krybikumo ugdymas pradinse klasse [Development of Creativity in Primary School].
Gama, 1112, 2224.
Girdzijauskien, R. (1997). Ar lengva bti krybikam? [Is it Easy to be Creative?] Gama, 18, 69.
Girdzijauskien, R. (2004). Jaunesniojo mokyklinio amiaus vaik krybikumo ugdymas muzikine veikla [Development
of Junior School Childrens Creativity through Musical Activity]. Klaipda: Klaipdos universiteto leidykla.
Girdzijauskien, R. (2007). The Importance of Music Teachers Pedagogical Skill in Development of Junior School
Childrens Creativity in Musical Activity. Problems in Music Pedagogy, 2, 5867.
Girdzijauskien, R. (2008). Muzikos mokytojo profesins kompetencijos ypatumai [The Peculiarities of Professional
Competencies of a Music Teacher]. Tiltai, 37, 512.
Girdzijauskien, R. (2009). The Peculiarities of Development of Creativity of Senior Form Pupils while Performing,
Creating, Listening to, Describing and Evaluating Music. The space of creation, 10, 818.
Girdzijauskien, R. (2012). The Attitude of Music Teachers towards the Surroundings Benevolent for Development of
Creativity at Schools. Problems in Music Pedagogy, 1011, 2436.
Girdzijauskien, R. (2013). Professional Competence of a Music Teacher: Pedagogue versus Musician. European
Perspective on Music Education. Helblink: Insbruk, 209223.
Girdzijauskien, R., (2014). Development of Pupils Creativity in a Music Lesson: Challenges and Possibilities.
International Aspects of Music Education, 2, 1027.
Girdzijauskien, R. (2015). How Pupils Create Compositions: The Analysis of the Process of Music Creation. Problems
in Music Pedagogy, 14(2), 107118.
Grakauskait, D. (1993). Ar skatinsime krybingum? [Will We Promote Creativity?] Mokykla, 1, 410.
Grakauskait, D. (1995). Krybingumas humanistinje psichologijoje [Creativity in Humanistic Psychology].
Mokslas ir gyvenimas, 8, 67.
Grakauskait, D. (1996). Kaip atpainti gabumus? [How to Recognize Abilities?] vietimo naujovs, 3, 4.
Grakauskait-Karkockien, D. (2002). Krybos psichologija [Psychology of Creativity]. Vilnius: Logotipas.
Grakauskait-Karkockien, D. (2005). Student krybikumo ugdymo galimybs [Possibilities of Development of
Students Creativity]. Ugdymo psichologija, 14, 3037.
Grakauskait-Karkockien, D. (2006). Krybos psichologijos pagrindai [The Basics of Psychology of Creativity].
Vilnius: Vilniaus pedagoginio universiteto leidykla.
Grakauskait-Karkockien, D. (2010). Krybikumo ugdymas: teoriniai ir praktiniai aspektai [Development of
Creativity: Theoretical and Practical Aspects]. Ugdymo psichologija, 21, 6674.
Grineviien, N. (1998). Vaik krybos skatinimas socialiniuose aidimuose [Fostering Childrens Creation in Social
Games]. Pedagogika, 35, 120127.
Hickey, M. (2003). Creative Thinking in the Context of Music Composition. In M. Hickey (ed.). Why and How to Teach
Music Composition: A New Horizon for Music Education (pp. 3153). Reston, VA: MENC.
Kaluinait, K. (2003). Krybinio mstymo ugdymas dinamikai diferencijuoto dails mokymo procese [Development
of Creative Thinking in the Dynamically Differentiated Process of Teaching Fine Arts]. Pedagogika, 65, 98105.
Kaluinait, K. (2004). Dails mokytojas: profesiniai nuostatai ir praktika [The Teacher of Fine Arts: Professional
Attitudes and Practice]. Pedagogika, 70, 9297.
Kaluinait, K. (2005). Tv poirio dail reikm VVII klasi mokini vizualins veiklos motyvacijai [The
Significance of Parents Attitude towards Fine Arts to Motivation of 5th-7th Grade Pupils Visual Activity].
Pedagogika, 78, 5559.
Kaluinait, K., utautien, E. (2007). Meno srities student vidiniai ir ioriniai dails mokymosi motyvacijos veiksniai
[Internal and External Motivation Factors of Studying Fine Arts of Students in Art]. Pedagogika, 86, 123127.
Karkockien, D., Butkien, G. (2005). Student krybikumo ir intelekto gebjim ssajos [Some Relationship between
Students Creative and Intellectual Abilities]. Psichologija, 31, 6074.
Kim, K. H. (2006). Is Creativity Unidimensional or Multidimensional? Analyses of the Torrance Tests of Creative
Thinking. Creativity Research Journal, 18(3), 251259.
Kirshenblatt-Gimblett, B. (1976). Speech Play: Research and Resources for Studying Linguistic Creativity. Pennsylvania:
University of Pennsylvania Press.
Klimovien, G. (1994). Apie krybik darbo organizavimo form taikym mokant usienio kalbos [On Creative
Application of Forms of Work Organization when Teaching Foreign Language]. Pedagogika, 30, 103113.
Kondratien, R., Kievias, J. (2007). Bsimojo specialisto profesins brandos ir krybingumo tarpusavio priklausomyb
studij procese [Interdependence of a Future Specialists Vocational Maturity and Creativity in the Study
Process]. Pedagogika, 88, 3135.
Kozbelt, A. (2008). Performance Time Productivity and Versality Estimates for 102 Classical Composers. Psychology
of Music, 37 (1), p. 2546.

58
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Leong, S., Burnard, P., Jeanneret, N. et al. (2012). Assessing Creativity in Music: International Perspectives and
Practices. In E. McPherson, G. F. Welch (ed.). The Oxford Handbook of Music Education (pp. 389407). Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Levickait, R. (2010). Krybikumo fenomenas kaip kompleksinio reikinio evoliucija [ Phenomenon of Creativity
as Evolution of Integrated Phenomenon ] https://www.mruni.eu/upload/iblock/6c5/021_Levickaite.pdf
(15.04.2016).
Matonis, V. (1986). Estetins ir menins smons taka asmenybs krybiniam mstymui. Ininerijos projektuotojo
krybingumo ugdymo pedagogins problemos. [The Influence of Aesthetic and Artistic Consciousness upon the
Creative Thinking]. Vilnius.
Mazzola, G., Park, J., Thalmann, F. (2011). Musical Creativity: Strategies and Tools in Composition and Improvisation.
New York: Springer Verlag.
McIntyre, P. (2008). Creativity and Cultural Production: a Study of Contemporary Western Popular Music Songwriting.
Creativity Research Journal, 20 (1), 4052.
Megalakaki, O., Craft, A., Cremin, T. (2012). The Nature of Creativity: Cognitive and Confluence Perspectives.
Electronic Journal of Research in Educational Psychology, 10(3), 10351056.
Mikolinien, V. (1996). Mokytojo krybikumas ir ugdymo proceso atsinaujinimo galimybs. Pedagogika [A
Teachers Creativity and Possibilities of Renewal of Educational Process], 32, 310.
Murphy, P. (ed.) (2002). Learners, Learning and Assessment. London: Sage Publications.
Novak, J. D., Caas, A. J. (2013). The Theory Underlying Concept Maps and How to Construct and Use Them http://
cmap.ihmc.us/docs/theory-of-concept-maps (05.01.2016)
Odena, O. (2012). Creativity in the Secondary Music Classroom. In G. McPherson, G. Welch (ed.). Oxford Handbook
of Music Education, 1 (pp. 512528). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Petrulyt, A. (1995). Krybikumo ugdymo aktualijos [Issues in Development of Creativity]. Vilnius: Leidybos centras.
Petrulyt, A. (2001). Krybikumo ugdymas mokant [Development of Creativity in Teaching]. Vilnius: Presvika.
Petrulyt, A. (2004). Skirtingo jaunesniojo mokyklinio amiaus vaik krybinio mstymo struktriniai ypatumai
[Structural Peculiarities of Creative Thinking of Junior School Age Children]. Ugdymo psichologija, 13, 3438.
Petrulyt, A. (2006). IXXII klasi mokini krybikumas, savs vertinimas ir mokymosi skm [Creativity, Self-
Esteem and Academic Success of Students from 9th-12th Grades]. Ugdymo psichologija, 16, 3946.
Petrulyt, A. (2007). Vidurins mokyklos sustiprinto mokymosi profilio mokini krybikumo ypatumai [Creativity
Features of Senior Pupils in the Context of Specialization of Education]. Pedagogika, 86, 9098.
Petrulyt, A. (2008). Paaugli krybikumas ir sveikatos kontrols lokusas kaip mokymosi skms veiksniai [Creativity
and Health Control Locus in Teenagers as the Dimensions of Achievement in Learning]. Pedagogika, 90, 115
120.
Piliiauskas, A. (2005). Jaunojo atlikjo krybikumo ir savarankikumo ugdymas: galimybs, bdai, reikm. Muzikos
atlikjo ir pedagogo krybin ir sociokultrin veikla [Development of Creativity and Self-Dependence of a
Young Performer: Possibilities, Ways, Significance. Creative and Socio-Cultural Activity of a Music Performer
and a Pedagogue]. Panevys, 914.
Plucker, J. A., Makel, M. C. (2010). Assessment of Creativity. In J. C. Kaufman, R. J. Sternberg (ed.). The Cambridge
Handbook of Creativity (pp. 4873). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Ponelien R., Gumuliauskien A. (2008). Priemokyklinio amiaus vaik krybikumo apraikos meninje veikloje
[Manifestation of Pre-School Childrens Creativity in Artistic Activity]. Socialiniai mokslai, 1 (17), 98105.
Prakurotien, A. (2000). Krybingumo ugdymas lietuvi liaudies menu per dails ir darbeli pamokas pradinse klasse
[Development of Creativity through Lithuanian Folk Art in Arts and Handicrafts Lessons in Primary Classes].
Pedagogika, 47, 95103.
Prakurotien, A. (2001). Teorinis ir empirinis krybingumo ugdymo per dails ir darbeli pamokas pradinse klasse
modelis [Theoretical and Empirical Model of Development of Creativity in Arts and Handicrafts Lessons in
Primary Classes]. Pedagogika, 48, 7583.
Rajeckas V. (2000). Studijos - krybingo mokymosi tsinys [University Studies as Continuation of Creative School
Learning]. Pedagogika, 47, 1926.
Richards, R. (2007). Everyday Creativity: Our Hidden Potential. In: R. Richards (ed.). Everyday Creativity and New
Views of Human Nature: Psychological, Social and Spiritual Perspectives (pp. 2553). Washington: American
Psychological Association.
Rimkut-Jankuvien, S. (2012). Development of Creativity of Senior Pupils in the Music Class. The Changing Face of
Music and Art Education: Interdisciplinary Journal for Music and Art Pedagogy. Creativity, Musicality, Well-
Being, 4, 4154.
Rimkut-Jankuvien, S. (2014). Use of Musical Computer Technologies (MCT) in the Process of Music Education of
Senior Pupils. Problems in Music Pedagogy, 13(1), 5567.
Rimkute-Jankuvien, S. (2015). Development of Senior Pupils Musical Creativity through the Application of Musical
Computer Technologies. Doctoral dissertation, Klaipeda University.

59
RESEARCH PAPERS
Sawyer, R. K. (2006). Explaining Creativity: The Science of Human Innovation. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Schorokien, V. (2000). Pirmosios ir antrosios klass mokini krybins nuostatos [Creative Attitudes of the 1st and
the 2nd Grade Pupils]. Pedagogika, 43, 117124.
Schorokien, V. (2004). Krybini nuostat ugdymas pirmoje ir antroje klasse [Development of Creative Attitudes in
the 1st and the 2nd Grades]. Pedagogika, 74, 115119.
Schorokien, V. (2006). Mokytoj ir tv poiris pradini klasi mokini kryb [Attitude of Teachers and Parents
to the Creation of Primary Pupils]. Pedagogika, 84, 141145.
Simonton, D. K. (1977). Creative Productivity, Age, and Stress: A Biographical Time-Series Analysis of 10 Classical
Composers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35 (11), 791804.
Smilde, R. (2009). Musicians as Lifelong Learners. In P. Alheit, H. von Felden (ed.). Lebenslanges Lernen und
ersiehungswissenschaftliche Biographieforschung: Konzepte und Forschung im europischen Diskurs (pp.
175189). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag fr Sozialwissenschaften.
Stauffer, S. L. (2002). Connections between the Musical and Life Experiences of Young Composers and Their
Compositions. Journal of Research in Music Education, 50 (4), 301322.
Tijnelien, O. (2001). Didaktinis krybingumas - mokytojo autoriteto bruoas [Didactic Creativity as a Feature of a
Teachers Authority]. Pedagogika, 50, 3042.
Tijnelien, O. (2007). Krybikai dirbanio mokytojo kalbos bruoai [The Features of the Language of a Creatively
Working Teacher]. Pedagogika, 87, 4958.
Urban (1991). Recent Trends in Creativity Research and Theory in Western Europe. European Journal of High Ability,
1, 99113.
Veale, T. (2012). Exploding the Creativity Myth: The Computational Foundations of Linguistic Creativity. London:
Bloomsbury Academic.
Vismantien, R. (2005). Dails mokymas - laisva kryba ar ini perteikimas: mokytoj ir mokini poiris [Fine Art
Teaching - Free Creation or Knowledge Conveyance: Teacher and Pupils Standpoints]. Pedagogika, 78, 4854.
Webster, P. (2003). What do you Mean, Make My Music Different Encouraging Revision and Extensions in Childrens
Music Composition. In M. Hickey (ed.). Why and How to Teach Music Composition: A New Horizon for Music
Education (pp. 5568). Reston, VA: MENC.
Wiggins, J. (2006). Compositional Process in Music. In L. Bresler (ed.). International Handbook of Research in Arts
Education (pp. 453470). Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag GmbH.
Woodman, R. W., Sawyer, J. E., Griffin, R. W. (1993). Toward a Theory of Organizational Creativity. Academy of
Management: Review, 18 (2), 293321.
alys, V. (2013). Muzikinis ugdymas, naujj medij technologijos ir men integracija [Music Education, New Media
Technologies and Integration of Arts]. Mokytoj ugdymas, 20 (1), 119134.

THE IMPACT OF SOCIETAL CHANGES ON TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMMEMES IN

MUSIC EDUCATION.
AN DE BISSCHOP, KAREN VAN PETEGEM, MIRELLA RUIGROK
School of Arts, Royal Conservatory Ghent

Abstract
In this paper, good practice will be presented for dealing with the difficulty of balancing between institutionalised
curricula and teaching culture on the one hand, and societal progress and challenges on the other hand. Firstly, teaching
students to be future creative professionals requires a stable curriculum, with attention to the music specifics as well
as to more general social skills. Music education in this paper deals with state-organized music schools and not with
music education in compulsory education. The focus will be on innovation in music education, and thereby a direct link
will be made between the level of the professional situation of the music teacher and the level of teacher preparation.
At the level of the professional situation of the music teacher in music education, we notice two interesting tendencies.
Firstly, because of a democratic deficit and probably related to that, there is a very cognitive learning approach to music
education in Flanders (Belgium). We must acknowledge that the curricula of music education are changing towards a
more competence oriented approach, based on the different roles a musician could or should play in society. Secondly,
a more extreme answer to the democratic deficit of institutionalised music culture is the rise of musically oriented
community arts projects that teach music to all kinds of social groups, often without any knowledge of music writing
and often in challenging social contexts.
These evolutions as well have consequences at the level of teacher preparation at the School of Arts Royal Conservatory
of Ghent. The basis is a set of teacher competences that is regulated by decree (2007), but we have and use the freedom
to make choices in how we think we best reach these goals according to societal changes. The analysis of indicators
representing these competences has an impact on our curriculum in terms of content, integration of theory and practice,
60
 RESEARCH PAPERS
and didactic approaches. In this way, innovation and creativity in music education are reflected into our teacher training
programme and considered as leading values.
Key words: Creativity in teaching music, Community arts music projects, Music teacher preparation.

Introduction
Creativity is certainly a core concept in music, but it doesnt only relate to the nature of playing music.
Creativity as well has something to do with the methodology and content of teaching music creative
teaching and teaching for creativity in this sense are interrelated (McMillan, 2012). Therefore, it is important
to address the perspective of teacher preparation for musicians, because at this level a good and balanced
curriculum allows future music teachers to learn how to be creative in their own teaching activities, and, most
importantly, to have their pupils experience music as a creative activity, and not only as a technical issue.
As illustrated in Figure 1, two societal developments are taking place at this moment in Flanders
(Belgium). The first societal development is the renewal of the curricula of the state-organised music schools,
and the second one is the rise of community arts music projects. These developments are important in this
regard, because they hold the message and tools for teacher education of musicians, to give more attention
to creativity in teaching music.

Societal changes

Cr
eat Community
Music
ivi Arts
Education
ty

Teacher
preparation

Figure 1. Creativity as a tool for teacher preparation programmes as an answer to societal changes

We will explain in more detail the characteristics of these societal changes as mentioned in Figure 1,
and return afterwards to the teacher preparation curriculum at the School of Arts Royal Conservatory
of Ghent, thereby trying to illustrate how we translate these external demands by making choices in our
own curriculum. We do this because we are educating the teachers of tomorrow, and creativity in the field
ultimately also depends on our teacher preparation. This means we are part of a system, as illustrated in
Figure 1, where societal evolutions have an impact on our teacher preparation, and the teachers we educate
will also be participants in future societal evolutions. So it is an interaction in two ways: from societal
changes to teacher preparation, and vice versa. Where teacher preparation uses creativity, as administered in
music education and community arts projects, societal challenges can be met.

Creativity as the ability to adapt flexibly to different learning environments

A great deal of research has been done on creativity, at first regarding the very meaning of what it means
to be creative. One can say that creativity involves the ability to produce a work that is both original
and appropriate, leading to new inventions and viewpoints in any area (Sternberg & Lubart, 1996). In this
sense creativity is not so much music-specific, but plays a crucial role in any kind of art creation process.
Psychometric studies, for example, showed that various creativity-relevant skills determine creativity across

61
RESEARCH PAPERS
many different domains. Some of these skills are divergent thinking, the tolerance for ambiguity, and the
valuing of the creative processes as such, and not only the products eventually lead to (Amabile, 1996; Silvia,
2008).
Undoubtedly, these skills are important in creativity in the domain of music as well (Olivetti Belardinelli,
2002). Although we know this, a considerable part of our culture in music teaching is focused on a very
technical perspective of music (Vicente & Daz, 2012): understanding of musical scales, harmony in singing,
learning the names of musical notes, and playing this or that work without any faults or hesitation. Since
the beginning of the 20th century, different methods have been developed, which have sought to offer an
alternative to the passive method of learning to read music (Zoltan Kodaly, Shinichi Suzuki, John Paynter,
Carl Orff, Jos Wuytack); but most of these methods focus on the mastery of an instrument, and not so much
on the larger social contexts in which music is embedded as a practice, involving different functions. The
perfect mastery of an instrument is not always the primary aim of making music; on the contrary sometimes
music is but a catalyst for broader educational or social goals. In this sense, creativity in music is not an
aspect of music that can simply be divided into different skills that can be taught using a certain methodology
or even curriculum. It rather consists of the ability for a music teacher to adapt flexibly to different learning
environments and contexts, to a diversity of pupils with and without musical background, and to adjust their
teaching to the limits and opportunities a certain social context brings along.
It is exactly this skill that is emphasised by two societal developments in Flanders (Belgium) in the
domain of music teaching. Both developments in a sense are based on the human cultural rights, and the
fact that state-organised music schools and professional music productions do not reach a large part of our
citizens, more specifically children and young people with an ethnically-culturally diverse background, as
well people living on the lower end of the social ladder (Bamford, 2007).

State-organised music schools in reformation to meet the challenges

The first societal development as mentioned in Figure 1 is the renewal of the curricula in state-organised
music schools. To better understand the renewal it is important to explain the current structure and content
of the curriculum in music schools. The official state-organised music schools belong to the Flemish policy
department of Education. Musical instruction of an instrument is mainly taught individually, based on the
traditional master-apprentice model, analogous to lessons at the Conservatory, educating the soloist for a
high level of competition. Lessons are given by qualified teachers, according to a national curriculum and
within a particular structure. At this moment two main fields are included: classical music and jazz/pop
music. The lessons can be started at the age of eight and it takes at least ten years to complete the entire
programme, which consists of a lower, middle and a higher degree.
There are four main subjects in the programme. First, solfge where general theory and practice of music
is taught (tonal scales, measures and rhythms, study of the G- and F-clef, solfeggio, ear training). Second, the
main focus is on technical-motor competences, as well as cognitive and affective skills necessarily to play
a certain instrument. Traditionally, this is mainly taught individually. Third, ensemble playing is organised
in small groups of homogeneous (for example flute choir, string ensemble) or heterogeneous combinations.
Finally, general music culture is a theoretical course focusing on the broader content of music within a
historical and stylistic perspective.
Since 1990 the current curriculum has been left unchanged, but for several years the Flemish Government
has been preparing a significant renewal that will be implemented from 2018.
In the course of this innovation several researches and pilot projects have been done. The main deficits
of the current system can be summarised in a few topics: to start playing music at the age of eight is
acknowledged to be too late; artistic formation is mainly focused on instrumental mastery; the focus on the
cognitive approach, competition and performance leads to soloists rather than team players; the population
reached is too white and too elite, in contrast with the existing societal diversity (Bamford, 2007, pp. 57100
and 189193).
These findings resulted in recommendations for change and pilot experiments implemented in the music
schools. One of the experiments from Schrooten & Bosman (2016) highlights a kaleidoscopic view of the
music pupil, saying the pupil has to develop a lot of different competences in order to be a good musician.
62
 RESEARCH PAPERS
This implies different perspectives of looking at a pupil: the pupil as an artist, researcher, performer, team
player, unique person and craftsman.
The new decree that will regulate the curricula and organisation of the state-organised music schools
leaves more freedom and autonomy at the level of the school. This will make it possible for a school to
articulate its own focus (for example all types of instruments, different music genres), to meet local needs in
terms of population and cooperation, flexible itineraries.
The most important outlines according this new decree will be that pupils may start music education at
the age of six instead of eight. At this level a pupil can explore several art domains and expression forms, to
discover their own interests and talents. More cooperation among several art domains will create opportunities
to develop skills in music, visual arts, drama and dance. This corresponds with looking at the pupil from
different perspectives, as mentioned before.
As part of the increased autonomy of music schools, it will be a considerable challenge to reach more
layers of the population, such as disabled persons, other cultures, vulnerable people... Setting up social-
artistic projects outside the schools can support this need.

Community arts projects emphasising music as communication, improvisation and the oral tra-
dition of teaching music.
A second societal development grounded in the democratic deficit of institutionalised music culture, is
the rise of musically oriented community arts projects (cfr. Figure 1) that teach music to all kinds of social
groups, often in challenging social contexts and without any knowledge of formal music notation. It is
important to stress that the majority of these projects are not part of the formal education policy, but are part
of the cultural policy, often subsidized by the Arts-decree, and some of them arise in the social sector, being
part of a more integrated approach towards inclusion of vulnerable people in society. This means that the
aims of these projects are both artistic and social, and that the process of creating music together is more
important than the technical mastering of an instrument. For the music teacher or musical supervisor this
means that the classical way of teaching music, which is very cognitive and starts with reading music, is not
appropriate here.
Community arts projects are very diverse in nature (Higgins, 2012), but we give two concrete local
examples to show what we are talking about.
The Ostend Street Orchestra (Klein Verhaal vzw) is a recent project that started in 2014 in Ostend, a
harbour city in Belgium. The project started from the realisation that Ostend has a lot of homeless people,
people that often are forgotten when we try to make institutionalised culture more accessible for everyone.
Even less often do we ask ourselves the question: how can they become an active participant in creating new
music and performing music on stage? The project works with homeless people who are interested in making
music and find for themselves the mental and physical space to make time every week to attend a rehearsal.
Three professional musicians (a jazz-drummer, a jazz-singer and a jazz-trumpet player) are working with the
group: they compose music with them, prepare them for performances on stage, and participate as musicians
in the project.
The Wild Classical Music Ensemble is a project of a community arts organisation (With.vzw) that
is working with disabled people, both in the fine arts and in music. In 2007, one of the inspirers of the
organisation, a professional sound artist and drummer, met five people with a mental disability who were
working with different fine art media, but also showed a will and talent to make music. Originally, the
band focused on free improvisation, sound and object experimentations and experimental music notations.
Recently, they have begun to incorporate the sound/rock riffs of the guitar player, broadening their sound
into free punk noise or rock hybrid. The Wild Classical Music Ensemble also worked together with other
professional orchestras, for example Spectra Ensemble, making experimental music.
If we analyse these projects in terms of their characteristics, we can say that although they are very
diverse, they have a lot in common:
socially inclusive approach (everyone can join the group with special attention to people in all
kinds of vulnerable situations);
no necessity of mastery of an instrument (but welcome);

63
RESEARCH PAPERS
oral tradition of music teaching (written music is only used as a memory aid);
improvisation has a key role;
music is communication in the first place performance and mastery is an accessory to that.
We might say that being a music teacher or musical supervisor in these projects requires really different
skills than the ones that we associate with a classical trainee in music, and at the level of teacher preparation we
notice that for students with a classical conservatory background, the leap towards teaching and supervising
in such projects is often challenging. In terms of the competences and roles we already mentioned in relation
to the renewal of the state-organised music schools, the skills needed for these community arts projects should
emphasize the musician as a unique person, as a team worker and as a researcher. These roles articulate that
creating art with other people is always a creative process that involves a lot of social skills, and there is no
music curriculum, which stands on its own. It always has to be interpreted and contextualised in a certain
social setting. If we want teachers to be able to adapt flexibly to different educational contexts, if we want
them to be creative in teaching methods themselves and if we want them to educate pupils to be creative
musicians, participating in these projects is a very important learning opportunity.

Getting started: looking for a balanced curriculum

At the level of teacher preparation, some actions are undertaken as an answer to these societal changes.
First a theoretical framework (Aelterman, 1999) is set out by the teacher preparation to determine which
competences and working strategies can be useful to challenge future teachers to explore all roles assigned.
Within the teacher preparation programme the focus is on a set of competences reflecting different aspects of
working in the classroom with pupils, within the school with colleagues, and beyond with social partners.
As previously stated, the external demands on the educational field are high and diverse. For this reason we
need to prepare our future teachers to persist and fulfil these great expectations. This is not an easy job, but
knowledge, awareness and practice in these different roles can help our students to extend their capacities
to shine in the profession. All of the needed competences require a certain autonomy and self-reliance of
future teachers to enter the profession in an empowered way. Related to societal tendencies, some things
need to be accentuated within the diversity of these roles. It is a strength that teachers can fluently shift
between different roles, depending on the context and expectations of the moment. The challenge is to create
an innovative context in which skills of both the teacher and pupils can be expanded. For that reason it is
important that teacher preparation programmes follow the evolutions, not only at the policy level but also
implement these changes in practice. An important exercise which has been done, is the gathering of tasks
and demands of the teaching profession within a cluster of competences, that can be used as a theoretical
frame (Aelterman, 1999).
The ten competences used as a frame for a balanced curriculum are:
1. The teacher as a guide of the learning and developing process.
2. The teacher as an educator.
3. The teacher as the expert, musician.
4. The teacher as the organizer.
5. The teacher as a researcher.
6. The teacher as a part of the school team.
7. The teacher as a partner of parents.
8. The teacher as a partner of external parties.
9. The teacher as a part of the educational community.
10. The teacher as a cultural participant.
Within the teacher preparation at the Conservatory of the School of Arts Ghent, these competences are
translated and integrated into diverse courses of the curriculum, mentioned in the next paragraphs. The aim
is to make students aware of all these roles, so they are well prepared and capable to realise these roles in a
creative way and in diverse situations.
In the teacher preparation programme, special attention is given to the last competence to meet societal
changes: the teacher as a cultural participant. Students are not only involved in cross-over initiatives
between several art domains to explore their capacities and flexibility as a teacher; they also participate into
64
 RESEARCH PAPERS
community arts projects. There they transpose their skills of music education to a social artistic context.
They learn about contacts and collaborations with other partners outside the school. This requires appropriate
actions and communication strategies where the teacher steps outside the school. Teachers need to be aware
of general educational structures, agogic models and partners in the field. They need to participate in projects
or act within the educational or community arts field. The position of the teacher/artist/performer within
society is a key question at this level. Teachers need to think about art agogics and their contribution to the
educational and social field. They are capable of thinking about educational topics, changes in educational
policy, and to act as a cultural participant with an opinion and personal ideas.
According to the theoretical framework of the ten competences to install a balanced curriculum in
teacher preparation, it can be stated that the first five competences are situated at the micro level. This level
describes teachers competences within the classroom, with the learning process as a central concept. As a
guide through the educational learning process of their pupils, students of the teacher preparation learn to set
goals, are aware of pupil levels and have capacities to determine the difficulty of the learning content. This
is strongly linked to the societal challenge of reaching more layers of the population, being familiar with the
issue of diversity.
When referring to the teacher preparation program, in courses such as Introduction in developmental
psychology and Specific didactics students learn to adjust to the level of their pupils. Knowledge, practice
and experimentation of different working strategies, along with sufficient media and the effect of certain
individual or group settings on reaching the educational goals, are aspects students in the teacher preparation
programme get to know in courses such as Powerful learning environments and Classroom management
and reflection. Future teachers learn to instil a positive class climate. This means they can create authentic
interactions with and among pupils (Bingham & Sidorkin, 2004). They find a way of communicating
verbally and non-verbally about knowledge, but also feelings and emotions, strongly related to the
discipline. Courses such as Classroom management and Seminars on communication and reflection focus
on these topics. Teachers and pupils need to feel safe and unconcerned in the classroom. These are main
conditions to instil an excellent working environment to trigger learning motivation and creativity (Lehmann,
Sloboda, & Woody, 2007). All these aspects refer to the role of the teacher as an educator.
Teachers are also considered to be experts within their discipline one of their main tasks is to teach pupils
how to be a great musician; to share the feeling of making music as a soloist and also in groups. Different
techniques, an abundant amount of repertoire, and knowledge about the discipline are basic conditions for
teachers to act as a performer and share the passion with pupils. Creativity, experienced in community arts
projects and also in music education pilots (Schrooten & Bosman, 2016) is an important tool for meeting
societal challenges. For this reason, creativity needs to be addressed in teacher education programmes.
Through courses such as Didactics and agogics of the art discipline and Specific didactics, students learn
how to translate their specific expertise into creative learning and developing processes in the classroom
(Burnard, 2012). However, it is also important to know how to further broaden their own expertise and
individual arts practice and performance (Klickstein, 2009).
A structured learning environment, class management, planning activities and time management are
capacities that characterise the teacher as an organiser (Byo & Sims, 2014), ot only within the classroom, but
also in contacts outside the classroom and even outside the school. These competences can be considered
an important topic within teacher preparation and need to be implemented in a creative way. An interactive
portfolio has been developed and requires organisational skills from students. It is a methodology used in
teacher preparation to overview all lessons, reflections, feedback and supervision moments during the process.
These portfolios are administered by the students themselves. It is an indicator of how well structured and
organised they are. These interactive portfolios also allow different parties to closely follow the evolution
of the students. Not only the pedagogue and mentor of teacher preparation at the Conservatory, but also
the mentors at music schools are involved in the educational process and growth of the student becoming a
teacher.
In many courses of the teacher preparation programme, the student is challenged to develop and increase
the competence of being a researcher. In recent developments, characteristics such as being critical, reflective,
defending a clear opinion, making a transparent analysis and questioning ones own practice are important

65
RESEARCH PAPERS
competences of teachers in a changing world. A course such as Art didactics and art agogics research
increases teachers expertise in this topic. In almost all courses of teacher preparation students are expected
to be critical and reflective towards their own practice.
Teaching is not only working with pupils, but also refers to activities outside the classroom, but within
the school. As a team, teachers need to work together. They have to share leading values and work as a team
to reach the goals set out by the school. Also within a developing society, the feeling of solidarity is crucial.
Within a transparent policy, teachers need to strive for the same goals. Working across disciplines within
the school lifts the work of teachers and students to a higher level. It is fascinating and inspiring for each
individual when disciplines find each other from a certain perspective. In the teacher preparation programme
students need to participate in some meso events. This means they have to take part in the daily work of a
teacher outside the classroom and have to describe the added value from this task for them as a future teacher.
The purpose is for them to have an active role within this field.
Not only teachers need to work together. Good contacts with the parents of pupils is an added value for the
educational process as parents are an important partner for teachers in the learning process of pupils. Certain
communication techniques and social skills are a fixed value within our teacher preparation programme. It is
also important that students learn to explain how pupils function within the educational context. A common
language between all parties involved is always useful.
The process and evolution of students acquiring these competences are captured in a self-evaluation
exercise. Students have to situate themselves in these different roles at different times in the learning
process and reflect about their capacities with respect to this main frame of competences. They also learn to
categorise each action or task of the teacher training programme within this frame. This makes it possible to
overview all activities and understand the coherence between different assignments, courses and activities of
the teacher preparation programme.
To conclude, we can state that the enormous challenge of teacher preparation is to address societal
changes as described in this paper not only through innovations in music education, but also by actively
participating in community arts projects, students need to learn competences to foster creativity in music.
When activities and expertise in both fields are blended, opportunities are created to enhance this creativity.
Flexible learning environments and contexts will make future teachers better prepared for societal changes.
Through specific competences, teachers are aware of what is expected in the profession, so actions and
internships are not limited to classrooms within schools but also beyond. Making music in different settings
stimulates cross-over and collaboration between disciplines. Music as a common language needs to be
accessible and inspiring for everyone. In this context, education as well as community arts projects are
fields that need to be fully explored. Reaching diverse groups, using creative strategies, thinking multi-
disciplinarily are only a few of the competences future teachers need to meet societal changes.

References
Aelterman, A. (1999). Beroepsprofielen en basiscompetenties voor de leraar: instrumenten in de kwaliteitszorg van
overheid en opleiders. Informatie vernieuwing Onderwijs, 20 (75), 1828.
Amabile, T.M. (1983), The Social Psychology of Creativity. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Bamford, A. (2007). Kwaliteit en consistentie: kunst- en cultuureducatie in Vlaanderen. Brussel.
Bingham, C. W. & Sidorkin, A.M. (2004). No Education without relation. New Yourk: Peter Lang.
Burnard, P. (2012). Musical creativities in practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Byo, J. L. & Sims, W.L. (2014). Classroom management in music education. In Emmer, E. & Sabornie E. J. (pp. 220),
Handbook of classroom management. New York: Routledge Taylor & Francis Group.
Decreet van 15/06/2007 betreffende het volwassenenonderwijs Afdeling II: Hoger beroepsonderwijs en de specifieke
lerarenomleiding
Higgins, L. (2012). Community Music. In theory and in practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Klickstein, G. (2009). The musicians way. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Lehmann, A. C., Sloboda, J. A., and Woody, R. H. (2007). Psychology for musicians. Understanding and acquiring the
skills. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
McMillan, J. (2012). Examining creativity in teacher training. Perspectives from music education. Journal of Research,
Policy and Practice of Teachers and Teacher Education, (2), 1, pp. 1632.
Schrooten, E. & Bosman, L (2016). Kunstig competent: pilootproject in het kader van een vernieuwingstraject van het
Deeltijds Kunstonderwijs. Ministerie van Onderwijs.
66
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Sternberg, R. J. & Lubart, T.I. (1996), Investing in Creativity. American Journal of Psychology, 7, pp.677688.
Silvia, P.J. (2008). Another look at creativity and intelligence. Exploring higher order models and probable confounds.
Personality and individual differences, 44, 10121021.
Olivetti Belardinelli, M. (2002), Beyond global and local theories of musical creativity: looking for specific indicators
of mental activity during music processing. The ESCOM 10th Anniversary Conference, Liege, in: Delige, I.
& Wiggins, G. A. (eds.), Musical Creativity, New York: Psychology Press, 322344.
Vicente, A. & Diaz, M. T. (2012), New Challenges for music studies in higher education, Precedia Social and
Behavioural Sciences, 69, 571578.

PROSPECTIVE MUSIC TEACHERS PERCEPTIONS OF MUSICAL CREATIVITY

BAAK GORGORETTI
Eastern Medterranean Unversty

Abstract
Being creative and teaching creatively are important debate topics in the contemporary world of education. Nowadays
many factors affect the development of creativity such as education, multi-media technologies, culture and gender. The
overall aim of the present study therefore was to explore prospective music teachers perceptions of musical creativity.
Specifically, the study examined prospective music teachers views related to musical creativity and development of
musical creativity during their university education.
The study involved semi-structured interviews held with 22 prospective music teachers in order to elicit their perceptions
of musical creativity. In addition, they were asked whether the content of their education and learning experiences
influence their views on musical creativity. Also, prospective music teachers perceptions on the adequacy of their
creative potential for design of innovative musical activities were explored.
Perceptual data were collected and content analysed as follows: (1) coding the data, (2) identification of themes, (3)
identification of emerging sub-themes, if any, (4) analysis and interpretation of findings. Finally, the results were
discussed in relation to the pertinent research to date and suggestions were offered.
Keywords: Prospective music teachers, perception(s), musical creativity.

Introduction
Creativity has been promoted in certain cultures and educational systems, and it is considered one of
the most important 21st century skills, however creativity is still a controversial topic. Creativity is one of
the strands in the music curriculum of Turkey (for pupils aged 7 to 14), which was introduced in 2007. In
addition to the introduction of the basic principles of the Orff-Schlwerk approach, the curriculum pays
special attention to musical creativity. In Turkey and North Cyprus, an ongoing debate on musical creativity
has been about how to use activities to promote musical creativity in classrooms. Although both improvising
and composing appear in the music curriculum, they have not been applied much in music lessons. Also, in
Turkey and North Cyprus, the music education system has used several activities for musical creativity in
lessons such as rhythm accompaniment to songs, movement ostinato, sound stories and improvising body
percussion.
The concept of creativity has been revisited (Craft, 2001) and changed due to such factors as the rapid
development of technology, innovations in education systems and individual profiles of learners. Amabile
and Tighe (1993) defined creativity as a product that is not only different but also appropriate, correct,
useful, valuable, or expressive of meaning (p.52). Philpott (2001) described creativity as a slippery
notion. Creativity has also been defined as a skill to integrate information in a new way for practical use,
offering new ideas without relating to past ones (Higgins & Morgan, 2000). The view of musical creativity
is not unidimensional any longer, and the devising notion of musical creativity has changed (Burnard, 2012).
According to Negus and Pickering, The meaning of creativity is integrally tied to changing historical
processes, technologies and social conditions, and conceptions of individuals and society (2004, p. vii).
It should be noted that perceptions on musical creativity change from time to time and from place to place
with different historical practices (Burnard, 2012). In addition, democratic creativity enforced the meaning
of creativity, so that with guidance and good circumstances everyone can show creativeness (NACCCE,
1999). The term creativity has two meanings: a way of thinking and insinuating improvisation and/or

67
RESEARCH PAPERS
composing activities (Odena & Welch, 2012). There have been two perspectives on creativity traditional
and new (Odena, 2001). Traditionally, creativity was regarded as interrelated with the works of known adult
composers and artists; whereas creativity within the new perspective is viewed as imaginative thinking
and it takes part mostly in school music lessons (Odena, 2001). In this regard, two different approaches to
creativity have been applied to music education principles; the first describing composition/improvisation
activities, the second describing thinking style (Odena, 2009).
While discussions of musical creativity are in progress, the views on musical creativity of the new
generation of music teachers constitute one of the dimensions of this debate. Over the past decades, since
1999, in Turkey and North Cyprus the same curriculum of Music Teacher Education has been offered. This
curriculum consists of three specialised areas: music culture, professional knowledge (pedagogic courses)
and basics (theoretical and practical) of Turkish and Western music. The curriculum is comprised of 86
courses, totalling 240 credits across 8 terms.
It is noteworthy that prospective music teachers need to experience creative activities during their
university years before integrating creative approaches to their teaching practice (Grainger, Barner, &
Scoffham, 2004). Teachers views about creativity will provide insights to their practices related to creativity.
In addition, new basics for their professional preparation and training will be offered (Diakidoy & Kanari,
1999). In this regard, whether creative activities are included in the curriculum of Music Teacher Education
Programmes in the Northern Cyprus context need to be explored, which motivated the present article
examining prospective music teachers perceptions on musical creativity. Specifically, the current study
investigated the effect of the courses, knowledge and experience gained during the undergraduate studies
on prospective music teachers musical creativity. The study also aimed to examine their perceptions of the
adequacy of their creative potential for design of innovative musical activities.

Methods

Data collection and data analysis

The present study was designed as a survey, the major tool for data collection being an interview. Since
the main purpose was to examine the perceptions of prospective music teachers and make new suggestions,
the interview was designed in a semi-structured format and its questions were intended to elicit the
respondents perceptions on musical creativity as follows: their perceptions on the influence of the content
of their education and learning experiences on their musical creativity, and their perceptions on the adequacy
of their creative potential for design of innovative musical activities. The prospective music teachers were
interviewed individually in their mother tongueTurkish, within their educational context. The interviews
lasted 30 minutes, and they were audio-recorded and subsequently transcribed.
For data analysis, initially the transcription document of each interview and subsequently all interviews
were examined in order to have an overview of the data. The next stage was to analyse the content of
the qualitative reports in accordance with the major themes. After the identification and verification of the
themes were completed, the related categories were developed. Finally, the most representative interview
extracts selected for the presentation of findings were translated from Turkish to English, and the reliability
of the perceptual data was ensured through the inter-rater reliability procedure involving a colleague and the
author, both being native speakers of Turkish and proficient in English.

Participants
The participants for the present study were selected through purposeful sampling, thus the study involved
22 final year students of the Music Teacher Education Programme at Eastern Mediterranean University. The
age of the respondents ranged from 22 to 24 years. By the time of the study the prospective music teachers
completed at least 33 of the 52 required theoretical and teaching methods courses in the programme. In
their last year, the participants of this study continued with teaching experience and practice courses over 6
months, in addition to delivering practice lessons at schools.

68
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Findings
The findings of the present study are presented below in accordance with three main themes: the influence
of the content of BA education on students musical creativity, the effect of their learning experiences on their
musical creativity, and the adequacy of their creative potential for design of innovative musical activities.
The influence of the content of BA education on the participants musical creativity
Most prospective music teachers (N=10) stated that the music teaching methods course is one of the
most important courses that developed their musical creativity. In this regard, the interviewees also reported
other courses such as play-dance-music (N=5), instrument (N=3), harmony-counterpoint (N=3), educational
music repertoire (N=2), community service applications (N=1), teaching experience (N=1), approaches in
pre-school music education (N=1), and accompaniment (N=1). Some of the representative insights from the
students are presented below:
Rather than music theory courses, courses such as music teaching methods and community service
applications had a positive effect on my musical creativity. (PMT)
Most of the courses were mainly theoretical so I developed my musical creativity through my individual
instrument practices. But over the last two years, thanks to the music teaching methods course, I discovered
several ways to develop my musical creativity such as planning music activities for children, doing research
on musical creativity and applying new ideas to my learning. (PMT)
Thus, the participants emphasised that practical rather than theoretical courses had a positive effect on
their musical creativity. In addition, they shared that pedagogical courses restrict their musical creativity.
Pedagogical courses restrict my creativity. (PMT)
Further, the prospective music teachers reflected on the effect of the courses taken during their
undergraduate studies and felt that their composing, improvising, accompanying, interpretation, musical
thinking skills, and ability to express music in different ways had improved. In this regard, they also
mentioned the importance of using holistic music teaching approaches, which has been highlighted during
the creative musical activities conducted throughout their studies. Some of the representative insights from
the respondents are presented below:
Some courses improved my ability for creative thinking from various perspectives without putting
limitations on my imagination. (PMT)
While teaching music we understood about using more elements together at the same time, for example,
body percussion, instruments and different materials. (PMT)
The courses I took had an impact on the development of my interpretation and musical thinking skill.
(PMT)
The effect of the participants learning experiences on their musical creativity
Some prospective music teachers (N=4) expressed that when teaching music, using games and
dramatization helped them to develop their musical creativity. Other participants (N=4) felt that they improved
their musical creativity through participation in Orff activities, doing accompaniment, attending teaching
experience course and preparing worksheets. In addition, one respondent shared that his improvisation skill
improved. Another two prospective music teachers reported that their composing ability developed. Yet
another participant expressed that he couldnt find any opportunity in this regard.
With the music teaching methods course the idea that music can only be taught theoretically by all means
changed my mind. (PMT)
The adequacy of the participants creative potential for design of innovative musical activities
Most prospective music teachers (N=11) stated that they perceived themselves as adequate for designing
innovative musical activities. One participant regarded his development of innovative musical activities as
fair, another respondent stated that he needed more development in this regard. Yet another prospective music
teacher pointed out that his adequacy would change according to the target age group. Only two respondents
expressed that they did not perceive themselves as adequate for designing innovative musical activities.
Further, the prospective music teachers shared that when topics related to music are taught through
games, they appeal more to senses, which promotes the quality of instructional processes. One interviewee
emphasised that he perceived himself as adequate to teach different subjects, whereas another respondent
expressed that by doing research and following innovation the adequacy of his creative potential for design of

69
RESEARCH PAPERS
innovative musical activities would improve more. Some of the representative insights from the participants
are presented below:
I felt I was shy and insufficient to create and apply musical activities. Sometimes I put myself in place
of the teacher and ask myself: What would I do if I were the teacher? and later on I felt inadequate.
But towards the end of my student life, with the help of such courses as music teaching methods, teaching
experiences and the skills I gained, I no longer feel inadequate. (PMT)
I was not using creativity before my university years. But with the courses I took and knowledge I gained
now I can use my creativity. (PMT)
I feel adequate for preparing materials for my lessons, also for teaching a piece to be interpreted in
several ways. (PMT)
While teaching an instrument I can develop creative ideas more easily. (PMT)
I consider myself inadequate since the way I was raised in my family and through my environment
inhibited the development of my creativity (PMT).

Discussion and conclusion

Thus, the majority of the prospective music teachers, who were involved in this study, stated that they
had adequate musical creativity. The participants emphasized that their educational experiences throughout
their university studies made a positive impact on their ability to create and apply creative musical activities.
Further, most of the respondents reported that the activities and applications in the music teaching methods
course were very useful for the improvement of their musical creativity. In addition, a range of other courses
such as accompaniment, play-dance-music, instrument, harmony-counterpoint, educational music repertoire,
community service applications benefitted their improvisation, composing, accompanying, performing, and
creative thinking skills.
Furthermore, according to the interviewees, the application-oriented courses promoted their active
participation, consolidated their learning and improved their creativity. Specifically, the practices and
activities during their teaching practice year developed their creativity, also giving them many opportunities
to improvise or to develop new ideas. In a similar vein, modelling and designing musical materials for
teaching practice experiences was also beneficial for the music student teachers in terms of musical
creativity. In this regard, some prospective music teachers noted that, specifically, the practical courses had
a positive effect on their musical creativity. An interesting finding from the qualitative reports was that that
the pedagogical courses do not raise their creativity. They added that other factors had a negative impact
on musical creativity; specifically, culture, environmental factors, the education system and some customs
limited the use of creativity.
Overall, the qualitative results of the present survey seemed to indicate that prospective music teachers
expressed various perceptions on musical creativity, which are important in that these provided insights to
the ways they complete creativity-related activities or perform in this regard. This finding on the perception
of creativity is in line with the view of creativity in terms of imagination but not with intelligence by Fryer
and Collings (1991, p.12). In this regard, the participants expressed the following:
I think creativity is to express what we feel in a good way. (PMT)
Musical creativity is a product of our imagination and all senses. (PMT)
Musical creativity means embodying abstract concepts. (PMT)Musical creativity means teaching music
not only through notes but also through body percussion, musical materials and dramatization. (PMT)
Musical creativity means converting events and experiences to music, musical creativity covers all
strands of music. (PMT)
Musical creativity is improvising and momentary musical impressions. (PMT)
One of the promising results of this study was that prospective music teachers felt that the school
experience course developed their musical creativity. Specifically, the observations and activities in this
course gave them many opportunities to express and improve their musical creativity. This result was in
line with Odena and Welchs finding (2007) that music teachers observed an improvement in their creative
products during their professional teaching experiences. The development of musical creativity in classrooms
promotes interaction, therefore we can establish a link between the two phenomena.
70
 RESEARCH PAPERS
In addition, the results of the present survey necessitate reconsideration of the definition of musical
creativity. The pertinent research to date has noted that expansion of the concept of creativity would require
that music teachers reassess the purpose of creativity in music learning (Crow, 2008). Views about learning
and knowledge are strictly connected with views about creativity; hence they can affect teaching approaches
(Foss & Kleinsasser, 1996; Kember, 1997). It should be noted that recognition of creativity is not clearly
linked to teachers knowledge and information, yet it is implied (Kokotsaki, 2011). The traditional view that
musical creativity only includes improvisation and composing has now changed, and is no longer valid.
Therefore, given the realities and conditions of todays changing world it is important to initiate endeavours
for placing more emphasis on creativity in music curricula.
Specifically, promotion of creativity has to be revised in terms of sharing ideas, identifying weaknesses
in both schools and teacher preparation institutions, joint learning, hence taking universal decisions to
improve music education all around the world (Kokotsaki, 2011). In this regard, Stavrou (2012) emphasized
that innovative studies have to be done to promote the musical settings in teacher education institutes, and
Harding (2010) noted that creative reflection and responses should be introduced in training programmes.
Finally, teachers need an awareness of the complexity of creative thinking comprised of such features
as fluency, originality, flexibility and elaboration, as well as encompassing such artistic criteria of creativity
as originality, structure and expressiveness (Rozman, 2009). These recent views on creativity in general and
music teachers views on creativity in particular, as well as on such issues such as creative musicianship and
creative pedagogy (Abramo & Reynold, 2015) are worthy of new discussions and research. This will raise
another question in the near future: how many identities will a new generation of music teachers construct?

References
Abramo, J. M. & Reynold, A. (2015). Pedagogical Creativity as a framework for music teacher education. Journal of
Music Teacher Education, 25(1), 3751.
Amabile, T.M., and E. Tighe. (1993). Questions of creativity In Creativity. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Crow, B. (2008). Changing conceptions of educational creativity: a study of student teachers experience of musical
creativity. Music Education Research, 10(3), 373388.
Craft, A. (2001). An analysis of research and literature on creativity in Education. Research report produced for the
Qualifications and Curriculum Authority. http://www.creativetallis.com/uploads/2/2/8/7/2287089/creativity_
in_education_report.pdf. (12.04.2016)
Diakidoy, I. A. & Kanari, E. (1999). Student teachers beliefs about creativity. British Educational Research Journal,
25(2)-225243.
Foss, D. H. & Kleinsasser, R. C. (1996). Preservice elementary teachers views of pedagogical and mathematical
content knowledge, Teaching and Teacher Education, 12(4), 429442.
Grainger, T., Barnes, J., & Scoffham, S. (2004). A creative Cocktail: Creative teaching in initial teacher education.
Journal of Education for Teaching, 30(3), 243253.
Harding, T. (2010). Fostering creativity for leadership and leading change. Arts Education Policy Review, 111(2), 5153.
Hargreaves, D. J., Welch, G., Purves, R. & Marshall, N. (2005). Effective teaching in secondary school music: teacher
and pupil identities. ESRC End of Award Report Award R000223751.
Higgins, M. & Morgan, J. (2000). The role of creativity in planning: The creative practitioner. Planning Practice &
Research, 15(1/2), 117127.
Kember, D. (1997). A reconceptualization of the research into university academics conceptions of teaching. Learning
and Instruction, 7(3), 255275.
Kokotsaki, D. (2011). Student teachers conceptions of creativity in the secondary music classroom. Thinking Skills and
Creativity, 6(2), 100113.
NACCE (National Advisory Committee on Creative and Cultural Education Report). (1999). All our futures: Creativity,
culture and education. London: DfEE Publications.
Negus, K. & Pickering, M. (2004). Creativity, communication, and culture value. London: Sage.
Odena, O. (2001). Developing a framework for the study of teachers views of creativity in music education. Goldsmiths
Journal of Education, 4(1), 5967.
Odena, O. & Welch, G. (2009). A generative model of teachers thinking on musical creativity. Psychology of Music,
37(4), 416442.
Philpott, C. (2001). Learning to teach music in the secondary school. London: RoutledgeFalmer.
Rozman, J. C. (2009). Musical creativity in Slovenian elementary schools. Educational Research, 51(1), 6176.
Stavrou, N. E. (2012). Fostering musical creativity in pre-service teacher education: Challenges and possibilities.
International Journal of Music Education 31(1), 3552.

71
RESEARCH PAPERS

THE ATTITUDES OF CZECH UNIVERSITY STUDENTS TOWARDS ART MUSIC OF THE FIRST
TWO THIRDS OF THE 20TH CENTURY AS AN INSPIRATION FOR CREATIVE ACTIVITY FOR
CHILDREN
RADKA HLADILOV, MAREK SEDLEK
Masaryk University, Brno

Abstract
The study presents the results of nationwide musical-sociological research on the attitudes of university students of the
Czech Republic towards contemporary art music of the 20th century. The research deals with issues such as positive,
negative attitudes, and the tolerance of participants to music samples. It examines is the role of music education in
conjunction with participants attitude to listened music. The second part of the study presents an idea for practical
music creative activity: a workshop based on a creative listening activity for children that shows how avant-garde music
can be presented in music lessons. The aim of this workshop was to stress the importance of a creative approach to
music teaching and learning in a more productive way, interconnecting the theoretical basis of music research activities
with practical use in music school lessons.
Key words: contemporary classical music, empirical research, listening activities, music education.

Musical-sociological research on musical preferences

In 2015, the Music Department of the Faculty of Education, Masaryk University in Brno, Czech
Republic, conducted nationwide empirical musical-sociological research with the aim of examining the
musical attitudes of university students towards different musical styles of classical music of the first two
thirds of the 20th century. The research was conducted using Computer Assisted Web Interviewing, which
combines an online sound questionnaire and a written questionnaire. Each participant was required to listen
to 10 music samples of art music of the 20th century. They could only listen to each composition once.
Participants also had the option of pressing the stop button and choosing a reason why they finished listening
to the music sample before the end of the piece. The aim of the research was to determine the positive,
negative or neutral attitudes of participants to the music samples; to showing the ability of the respondent
to identify music composers; and based on other statistical categories mentioned later in this publication,
to answer the question: What effect does the level of music education have on the respondents within the
examined aspects?
2213 participants from a range of university students of the Czech Republic were divided into 3 groups
according to their level of music education 1292 students had received compulsory music education,
which means they studied music as a mandatory subject within their elementary or secondary school. There
were 823 students with an extended music education participants from this group also attended extra
music lessons, e.g. elementary music schools. Finally, the remaining 98 students belonged to the group
of professional music education who specialised in music they either studied at a conservatory, music
academy or music at university.
The team of university lecturers and doctoral students collected data from April to July 2015. The
first phase of the research study was to send a music questionnaire to Czech university students across the
entire country. Respondents had two and a half months to listen to the samples and answer the associated
questionnaire. At the end of June, the period of listening was completed and data collation commenced.
The research started with the theoretical input which containing music analyses of selected compositions.
The basis of this sound questionnaire was the following ten music compositions, which were selected as
the most significant pieces of music that represent various styles of art music in the 20th century:
Claude Debussy: The Sea (3rd movement);
Bla Bartk: Music for Strings, Percussion and Celesta (4th movement Allegro molto);
Igor Stravinsky: Symphony of Psalms (1st movement);
Bohuslav Martin: Symphony No. 4 (1st movement);
Leo Janek: Taras Bulba (3rd movement The Prophecy and Death of Taras Bulba);
Krzysztof Penderecki: Threnody to the Victims of Hiroshima for 52 string instruments;
Alban Berg: Violin concerto (1st movement);
72
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Gyrgy Ligeti: Atmospheres;
Arnold Schnberg: A Survivor from Warsaw;
Paul Hindemith: Symphonic Metamorphosis on Themes of Carl Maria von Weber (4th movement).
The choice of compositions was based on the fact that 20th century music had evolved into two
different lines the so-called classical line (Debussy, Bartk, Stravinsky, Martin, Janek, Hindemith) as
representatives of impressionism, neoclassicism or neofolklorism and the so-called avant-garde line (Berg,
Ligeti, Penderecki, Schnberg) as representatives of expressionism and sonoristic music. The selected
compositions are time-proved and frequently performed works composed between the years 1905 and 1961.
It was assumed that there would be a certain probability that respondents would have encountered the style
or genre of music of this period during their schooling in music lessons. The selected composers are present
in elementary and secondary school music textbooks commonly used in the Czech Republic.
This set of selected compositions of art music of the first third of the 20th century also follows a previous
long-term research activity at the Department of Music, which focused on preceding music periods and there
will be new research, expected to be initiated in 2016. This will focus on music of the 20th century (the
post-modern period). The practical reasons behind the choice of the ten music samples was to ensure that the
participants did not feel overwhelmed and also to attempt to obtain the largest possible number of finished
questionnaires. The compositions were presented to the participants in their full running length.
As mentioned above, the research examined participant attitudes towards listened music: positive attitude
to listened music (I like listening to this music sample), negative attitude (I do not like listening to this
music sample) and neutral attitude (I dont mind listening to this music sample). Tolerance was the sum
of positive and neutral attitudes. Another aspect, which was examined in the research study was the ability to
identify a composer of a composition. The above-mentioned aspects of preference, tolerance or intolerance
to music samples were translated into statistical categories of the average time of listening to music samples,
modus, median, the most frequent interval of finishing to the listening of a music sample. The results of this
musical-sociological research study also showed respondents reasons for discontinuing listening to music
samples. The results regarding all participants and all music compositions showed that 16.34% of respondents
had a positive attitude to the music samples. The preferred samples were compositions by Bartk, Martin,
Hindemith and Debussy. Music samples by these composers were evaluated positively by more than 20% of
respondents. Among the other positively perceived compositions (more than 17% of respondents) were pieces
by Janek, Stravinsky and Berg in which the neoclassical style was represented. Overall, a neutral attitude
to music samples was noted, since more than 50% of the respondents chose the option I dont mind listening
to this music sample . Seven music samples were dominant, in a range from 63.67% to 68.91% and included
Debussy, Bartk, Stravinsky, Martin, Janek, Berg and Hindemith. Participants had less than neutral
attitudes to Ligeti, Schnberg and Penderecki. Participants had a generally negative attitude towards listening
to this group of avant-garde compositions. Participants were tolerant mostly towards 7 of the samples, which
were close to the neoclassical style. The least tolerance corresponded with dodecaphonic and sonoristic music.

Figure 1. Positive attitude to music samples according to music education

73
RESEARCH PAPERS
This section presents the attitudes to music samples according to participants music education.
Responders evaluated most positively music samples by Bartk, which was in 1st place and Martin, which
took 2nd place, within all types of music education. The 3rd place differed according to the music education
background of participants where students with compulsory and extended music education preferred the
sample by Hindemith, while students with professional music education appreciated Janek. Generally,
students with professional music education evaluated listening to music samples more positively than the
other groups.
A neutral attitude prevailed among participants with compulsory music education backgrounds. The
value of neutral attitude decreased from compulsory through extended to professional music education (the
lowest values). The more music education a participant had experienced, the more pronounced was their
attitude to music samples, expressly gravitating towards a positive attitude.
The largest tolerance was measured with participants who had extended and professional music education.
Regarding responders with compulsory and extended music education, music samples by Bartk, Martin
and Debussy gained the highest tolerance. Participants with professional music education were most tolerant
to the music sample by Hindemith.
The highest amount of negative attitude was measured among participants with compulsory music
education. On the other hand, the smallest amount of negative attitude was measured among participants
with professional music education. The order of music samples with the highest amount receiving a negative
evaluation was identical with all types of music education: Penderecki, Ligeti and Schnberg.

Figure 2. Attitudes of respondents according to music education

Other results related to the identification of music composers. Participants tried to identify music
composers one third of responses was correct. Music education of respondents had a great impact on
identification of music composers. Participants with professional music education identified music composers
correctly in 24% of cases, while participants with extended music education in 2% and compulsory music
education only in 1%.
Using computer analysis mathematical-sociological categories, the results of the statistical analysis
of time of listening to music samples was obtained. Most of the participants discontinued listening to the
sample soon after the start. Less than 6% of respondents listening to the entire sample. The average length
of the music samples was 464.5 seconds. The average time of listening was 94 seconds. Modus, which is
the second at which the highest number of participants stopped the sample, was the 11th second. Median,
which represents the middle value of the periods of listening of all participants, shows the time of listening,
behind which half of the participants continued listening, was the 44th second. The most frequent ten-second
interval of stopping the sample early was the period between the 11th and 20th second. The results show
that students with professional music education had higher values relating to the average time of listening,
median, modus and the most frequent interval of finishing early than students with compulsory and extended
music education.
74
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Concerning the reasons for an early finish, overall, 81% of participants stated their reason. Half of the
answers was the option I dont have time to listen to the sample till the end. One third of the answers were:
the composition didnt interest me at all About one tenth of the answers were the options the composition
is too distant from popular music that I listen to and the composition is too difficult for listening and I
dont understand i.. Only 4% of the answers was the option I know the composition. The response I
dont have time to listen to the sample till the end corresponded with the number of positive attitudes to
music sample, while reason the composition didnt catch my attention at all corresponded with a negative
attitude to the music samples.
In summary, the results of the research have shown that higher music education of students has a
considerable impact on their attitudes to listened music samples. Positive attitudes of participants prevailed
with compositions from the classical era, while negative attitudes corresponded mostly with the avant-
garde era (dodecaphony and sonoristic music). Music education of students had a great impact on positive
attitudes and the identification of composers. It is evident that music education of participants has an influence
on the formation of positive attitudes to music and art itself. Thus, current music teachers can be inspired by
the outcomes of this research and acquaint children with the issue of art music of the 20th century in order
to understand its meaning, its position in the history of music and its variability and innovations within the
framework of art of the 20th century.

Avant-garde music as an inspiration for creative activity for children

Inspired by the outcomes of the research, both authors of the presented study (as members of the research
team) decided to lead a practical music-creative workshop for children to present an artwork of 20th century
music and to uncover its meaning. This creative activity was based on semiotics of the music composition
Threnody to the Victims of Hiroshima (19591961) by Krzysztof Penderecki. This composition (figuring
in previous research) was chosen for its very expressive potential and the pronounced possibility of use
as an inspiration for ongoing music activity. The introductory passage is typical for its sound roughness
and, in terms of musical semiotics, there are possible icons such as an evocation of a flying object or as an
expression of aggression, attack, strength or index, which functions as an association of feelings of terror,
fear and anxiety.
A music workshop took place at the Elementary Music School of Jaroslav Kvapil in Brno where a
group of 10 children (11 to 14 years old) participated in musical activities. The workshop consisted of three
parts. The first part was a listening activity. Children listened to the composition Threnody to the Victims
of Hiroshima, while they did not know anything about the composition. At this time the children had to
answer the following question: How does the music affect you when listening to the composition? They
reacted to music and made the following statements to express their reactions: panic, horror, fear, madness,
negative feelings, it is frightening, weird, distressing, crazy, noisy, curiosity, a little scary, danger, strange,
hopelessness, confusion, anger, stress, response, calming end. The children were able to reflect on the
music using phrases such as: I am afraid. or I am falling somewhere and everywhere around me there are
noises. Especially surprising was the statement of a 12-year-old girl who wrote: I have strange feelings
like something happened to me, if I were somewhere away and did not know what happened to me, I could
do nothing and did not know what to do, it is as if I was somewhere in a really weird, ugly place. Some city,
where there is a big noise, in a different realm. From a semiotic point of view indexes prevailed among
these childrens responses icons were completely missing here.
The second part of the lesson was devoted to uncovering the meaning of the music composition. In this
receptive-listening activity children were motivated to uncover the meaning of the composition. They were
asked the question: What could be the meaning of the composition? Pupils were creative as can be seen
from their answers: escape, artistic significance, to bring man into tension, curiosity, fear, as if it was a
warning, it sounds like music from a horror, fear, war, maltreatment, to intimidate, to horrify, to express
various emotions, to express horror, dying. This activity helped the children to understand the meaning of
the composition, so the semantic aspect had been covered.

75
RESEARCH PAPERS
The third part of the lesson was a creative activity based on improvisation using Orff instruments. As
the children were listening to the composition and talking about its meaning, the structure and expressional
means of this composition were discussed too. Later, the children agreed on a certain structure for the
improvising activity, which was as follows: surprising introduction creating tension: sound mixture
(creating crescendo and decrescendo), using clusters and catharsis (calming end). Similarly to Pendereckis
composition, the children were creating soundscapes, clusters and their own rhythms using a piano and Orff
instruments.
After the music workshop based on Pendereckis composition, it was evident that the children were a bit
surprised about sonoristic music some negative emotion could be seen s in their facial expressions. During
the discussion about this composition, it was found out that the children would not listen to this piece of music
in their leisure time, but on the other hand, they were curious about the meaning of the composition and they
said that the composition is remarkable. After that they compared the traditional, 18th and 19th century styles
of classical music with 20th century music. The discussion revealed that the children from elementary music
school preferred traditional classical music such as Bach, Mozart, Beethoven or Tchaikovsky, but definitely
did not object to listening to modern art music, especially when they understand it.

Conclusion
Contemporary teachers have a choice whether to include art music of the 20th century into their lessons.
It depends on every teacher to what extent he/she will teach modern art to young learners. Our observation
regarding teaching this type music lesson was that it is essential to implement some creative elements in
teaching music. While doing such activities, children use divergent thinking and their minds can be more
open to modern artworks. Both the research and the workshop confirmed how music education is important
in developing music preferences of young people and their music orientation in their future life.

References
Sedlek, M. (2005). Vchodiska poslechovch innost ve vuce hudebn vchovy na zkladnch a stednch kolch
: k smantick analze Obtem Hiroimy Krzysztofa Pendereckho). [Background for listening activities
in music education at primary and secondary schools: the semantic analysis of Threnody to the Victims
of Hiroshima by Krzysztof Penderecki]. In P. Hala (Ed.), Musica viva in schola XIX. (pp.6881.). Brno:
Masarykova univerzita. Crha, B., Prudkov, M. & Sedlek, M. (2013). Music Preferences of Undergraduate
Students in the European Union Countries. Brno: Masarykova univerzita.
Crha, B., Bbarov, M., Hladilov, R., Jurkov, T., Kuerov, L., Ostr, F., Szendiuchov, M., rmkov, K. &
Voborn Zlesk, Z. (2015). Postoje vysokokolskch student v esk republice k artificiln hudb prvnch
dvou tetin 20. stolet.[The Attitudes of University Students in the Czech Republic to the Art Music of the First
Two-Thirds of the 20th Century]. Brno: Masarykova univerzita.
Hladilov, R. (2015). Musical Analysis and Statistics of Time of the Listening Its Graphical Representation in
Research The Attitudes of University Students in the Czech Republic to the Art Music of the First Two-
Thirds of the 20th Century. In M. Sedlek (Ed.), Music Preferences of Youth as a Contemporary Music
Education Issue (pp. 1523). Brno: Masarykova univerzita. http://www.ped.muni.cz/wmus/studium/sborniky/
youth_music_preferences_as_music_education_issues.pdf
Kuerov, J. (2003). Zu den Einstellungen der Jugend zur Volksmusik : Am Beispiel von manchen Orten in Mahren.
[The attitudes of young people towards folk music: Based on the example of some regions in Moravia)]. Studia
Musicologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae, 44/13, 131140. Budapest: Akadmiai Kiad.
Sedlek, M. (2015). A Typical University Student Music Listener in the Czech Republic and the European Union
According to Researches 20122013. In M. Sedlek (Ed.), Music Preferences of Youth as a Contemporary
Music Education Issue (pp. 6066). Brno: Masarykova univerzita. http://www.ped.muni.cz/wmus/studium/
sborniky/youth_music_preferences_as_music_education_issues.pdf
Sedlek, M. (2015). Music Preferences of Youth as a Contemporary Music Education Issue. Brno: Masarykova
univerzita. http://www.ped.muni.cz/wmus/studium/sborniky/youth_music_preferences_as_music_education_
issues.pdf

76
 RESEARCH PAPERS

THE QUALITY OF PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION OF INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC TEACHERS:

EVALUATION OF AN ONLINE COLLABORATIVE COURSE
MICHELE BIASUTTI, ELEONORA CONCINA, SARA FRATE
Padova University

Abstract
The current research intends to verify if in-service music teachers could benefit from an online educational experience
focused on reflective skill development. A collaborative online course for professional development of in-service music
instrumental and vocal teachers has been considered and the students satisfaction has been assessed. The training
program has been developed considering the principles of collaborative learning. A socio-constructivist perspective
has been adopted to design a web-based educational context where teachers may contribute to create shared knowledge
and improve their professional skills. The participants (N=22) were engaged in collaborative learning activities in
presence and online. During the course music teachers were offered face to face lessons consisting of workshops and
online lessons, which included asynchronous forum discussions and Wikis activities. The didactic activities covered
several dimensions of teaching pedagogy and music education, and were planned to fulfil the professional development
needs of music teachers. The topics incorporated the theoretical principles of didactics, the psycho-pedagogy of music
education, the contexts of the educational relationship, an introduction to music therapy, reflective and effective
teaching, curriculum design and adult education. The last activity of the course engaged participants in collaboratively
designing a project in small groups in a Wiki virtual environment within the Moodle platform.
Data about participants satisfaction were collected using a mixed method approach that included quantitative and
qualitative instruments. Quantitative data were analysed using statistical analysis and qualitative data were subjected to
an inductive content analysis of the final focus groups. The analysis identifies the aspects of the collaborative learning
experience considered most important and the aspects that should be improved. In addition, results have shown the
professional development that participants reported in their teaching activity. The key factors that contributed to the
effectiveness of the course as well as implications for designing professional learning activities for instrumental and
vocal teachers are also discussed.
Keywords: Instrumental and vocal music teacher, online training course, online collaborative learning, professional
development, online asynchronous lessons.

Introduction
Instrumental and vocal music teachers have to face new educational situations and contexts, which require
them to improve their professional skills. Social and cultural changes demand that the teacher assess his/her
competences and knowledge, in order to accommodate students individual needs. In educational research,
several studies have considered the role of pre-service experiences in contributing to the development of
musical and teaching abilities and professional self-confidence among music educators (Biasutti, 2012;
Biasutti, Hennessy, & de Vugt-Jansen, 2015; Paul, Teachout, Sullivan, Kelly, Bauer, & Raiber, 2001). Before
starting the professional activities, student teachers have to be supported by educational activities focused
on authentic-context learning (Paul et al., 2001), and creative approaches to music education (Biasutti,
Hennessy, & de Vugt-Jansen, 2015). However, music teacher preparation does not end when teachers enter
the classroom, but must be considered a continuous process that can support music educators throughout their
teaching career. Early in-service music teachers expressed the need for continuous professional development,
which should promote the achievement of musical and pedagogical knowledge and skills (Ballatyne and
Packer, 2004). Initial preparation has a relevant role in their professional activity, but, it is not sufficient to
support them along their teaching career. Professional development opportunities should promote relevant
improvements in music teachers educational activity, and, more importantly, they should positively affect
music student learning (Bauer, 2007).

In-service music teacher education and on-line educational experiences

In-service music education may benefit from new technologies, since online tools offer a more flexible
and easily accessible educational experience. Moreover, virtual environments can support and enhance
collaborative learning (Johnson & Johnson, 1988). Online activities can promote peer collaboration and

77
RESEARCH PAPERS
the exchange of different experiences and points of view (Biasutti, 2011), enriching training experiences:
participants do not learn only from theory, but also from experiences, and in collaboration with colleagues they
may develop an intellectual community (Ching & Hursh, 2014, p. 81), which can move from knowledge
sharing to knowledge building. In music education, the development of a community of music teachers may
be considered one of the most effective instrument for professional development (Pellegrino, Sweet, Kastner,
Russell, and Reese, 2014), since it may create a social space where people are free to share their experiences
and express their doubts and requests connected to music education. In addition, in these communities,
cooperative learning activities may be proposed and supported, stimulating a new way of collaboration and
self-education among music educators.
In recent years, many experiences have been developed for offering music teachers opportunities for
improving their professional skills (Walls, 2008; Albert, 2015). A study conducted by Walls (2008) has
considered distance learning for in-service music teachers. Participants followed a blended educational
programme, including synchronous online lessons and in-presence activities, originally developed for
university students studying for a music education Master degree. After the conclusion of the programme,
teachers were interviewed in order to evaluate their satisfaction and the impact the course had had on
their professional development. According to the findings, participants were satisfied with the course,
and they recognized the relevance the educational programme has had on their professional skills. The
main improvements were related to three dimension of music teachers professionalism, namely, teaching
philosophy, teaching practice, and personal growth. Albert (2015) examined teachers motivations for
attending a university Master programme for music teachers comparing one delivered in presence with
another one with the same content presented online. The experiences of two participants were considered,
both of them already working as music teachers. In particular, the reasons which influenced the choice of
an in-presence or of a distance learning course were considered. Findings showed that for pre-service
music education students a blended course may be the best solution, since it includes positive features
of both online and in-presence lessons. Online learning is characterize by more flexibility and less costs,
while traditional in presence lessons includes more possibilities to develop interpersonal relationships with
classmates, professors and academic staff. However, for in-service teachers who have already developed
teaching expertise, the online distance-learning seems the best solution for supporting professional growth
while engaging daily in teaching activity.
Considering the research discussed above, the aim of the current study is to assess participants satisfaction
and participants perceptions related to an online collaborative course for instrumental and vocal in-service
teachers, using a mixed-method methodology. Its impact on teachers professional development has also
been considered as well the participants professional development.

Methods
The course
An online course has been offered to music teachers by an Italian university. It was structured as a
blended course, since it offers in presence lessons, consisting of workshops, and online asynchronous
lessons, which included forum discussions, and a final project with Wiki activities. The face to face lessons
were three workshops with expert music educators focused on body percussion, music for singing, playing,
understanding, dancing, and music and disability. The online lessons were delivered asynchronously, they
were structured into weekly modules, and they were planned in order to fulfil professional development
needs of music teachers, covering three main areas of music education: the fundamentals of teaching theory,
music performing skills, and music and disability. The first area (fundamentals of teaching theory) included
five modules and was focused on teaching and learning theoretical principles, the role of the educational
relationship and contexts in the teaching-learning process, designing and assessing skills in instrumental
teaching. The second area (music performing skills) included five modules, which presented and discussed
the theoretical approach of sound before sign, the role of emotions in music interpretation, the development
of auditory and creative skills, musical memory and sight-reading abilities, and the theoretical principles of

78
 RESEARCH PAPERS
body percussion, including the BAPNE method. The third area (music and disability) included two modules
and discussed the topics of music and disability in the primary school and music therapy interventions. The
last activity of the course engaged participants in collaboratively designing a project in small groups in a
Wiki virtual environment within the Moodle platform. In the last in presence lesson participants present
and discuss the project with the class, the teachers, and the tutors. Participants could plan practical didactic
activities or conduct an in depth examination of some theoretical issues pertaining to the main topics of the
course. Each group had about 2 months to choose the topic and to complete the task, discussing online in the
dedicated forum under the supervision of tutors.
Participants
22 teachers (9 women and 13 men) were engaged in the online course. They all were instrumental and
vocal music teachers who were already working in private and public music schools.
The course evaluation questionnaire
To evaluate teachers satisfaction and perspectives about the course and the perceived improvement in
their professional activity, a mixed-method questionnaire was offered. The purpose was to ask participants
their opinion about each educational module and workshop. The questionnaire was structured in 12 sections
for evaluating the online modules, three sections for evaluating the workshops, and a final section for
collecting general comments on the course. Considering the evaluation of the online modules, each section
was focused on a specific module; it was divided into four closed questions, considering four assessment
dimensions: the quality of the material, the coherence of the structure, the fairness of the work-load, and
the usefulness for professional activity. Participants were asked to rate their level of agreement with each
question for each module on a 5-point Likert scale (where 1 = totally disagree, and 5 = totally agree).
Considering the evaluation of workshops, each section was focused on a specific workshop, and included
eight closed questions for evaluating the face to face activities, the expert teacher, and the overall workshop.
The final section consists of six open-ended questions in which the participants described and discussed the
main positive features of the course, issues and problems that have emerged during the educational activities,
and the stimuli that the course had offered for their professional development.
Procedure
The questionnaire was administered during the final face to face lesson of the course, after discussions of
the final projects. On the same occasion the teachers participated in a final focus group for a more in depth
discussion on the positive features and other issues pertaining to the experience. Participants were informed
about the main aim of the survey, and they were assured that their responses would remain anonymous.

Results
Data analysis
Quantitative analyses were used for data derived from the closed questions, while qualitative analyses
were proposed for examining the information collected by the open-ended questions.
Quantitative analysis
Quantitative data were analysed using PAS. Descriptive statistical analyses (means and standard
deviations) were provided for the answers on the module and workshop sections. Results are reported in
Table 1-2.

79
RESEARCH PAPERS
Table 1. Mean and SD for the assessment dimensions of the online modules
Usefulness
Clarity of Coherent Balanced for the
the material structure work load professional
activity
Online modules M (SD) M (SD) M (SD) M (SD)

1. Fundamentals of teaching theory

Teaching and learning: two faces of the same
3.73 (.83) 3.86 (.83) 3.82 (.80) 3.82 (.85)
reality
The protagonists of the educational relationship 3.91 (.75) 3.86 (.83) 3.77 (.81) 3.95 (.86)
in the teaching-learning process

The contexts of the educational relationships 3.77 (.81) 3.86 (.83) 3.77 (.87) 3.77 (.87)

Planning the change 3.76 (.77) 3.76 (.77) 3.76 (.89) 3.76 (.83)
Planning and assessing musical education and
3.77 (.87) 3.77 (.92) 3.86 (.83) 3.82 (.96)
instruction

2. Musical performing skills

3.91 (.81) 4.00 (.82) 3.91 (.92) 3.91 (1.02)
Sound before sign

Musical interpretation and emotions 3.86 (.91) 3.81 (1.08) 3.86 (.89) 3.57 (1.16)

Auditory-creative skills 3.77 (.81) 3.77 (.81) 3.86 (.77) 3.68 (.89)

Musical memory and sight-reading 3.73 (.94) 3.91 (.81) 3.86 (.83) 3.68 (.99)

Body percussion: definitions and origins,

performers and the BAPNE method 4.09 (.81) 4.09 (.81) 4.04 (.79) 3.91 (1.02)
3. Music and disability

Music and disability in primary school 3.81 (.93) 3.76 (.83) 3.52 (1.03) 3.71 (.80)
The main diseases and music therapy
interventions 3.55 (.83) 3.55 (.89) 3.45 (1.05) 3.45 (.60)

Table 2. Mean and SD for the assessment dimensions of the face to face workshops

Evaluation of Evaluation of General

the activities the teacher evaluation
Face to face workshops M (SD) M (SD) M (SD)

1. Body percussion 4.14 (.87) 4.35 (.75) 4.18 (.73)

3.43 (1.05) 3.80 (1.04) 3.55 (.94)
2. Music for singing, playing, understanding, and dancing

3. Music and disability 4.17 (.92) 4.18 (.85) 4.11 (.83)

1. Evaluation of the online modules

Considering the clarity of the material, the highest mean score was expressed for the module Body
percussion: definitions and origins, performers and the BAPNE method (mean= 4.09, SD= .81), followed
by the modules The protagonists of the educational relationship in the teaching-learning process (mean=
3.91, SD= .75 ) and Sound before sign (mean= 3.91, SD= .81).
With regard to the coherence of the structure of the modules, the module Body percussion: definitions
and origins, performers and the BAPNE method obtained the highest mean score (mean= 4.09, SD= .81); it

80
 RESEARCH PAPERS
was followed by the modules Sound before sign (mean= 4.00, SD= .82), and Musical memory and sight
reading (mean= 3.91, SD= .81).
Considering the dimension of fairness of the work-load, the module Body percussion: definitions and
origins, performers and the BAPNE method reported the highest evaluation mean score (mean= 4.04, SD=
.79); another module with a high mean score was Sound before sign (mean= 3.91, SD= .92).
Examining the dimension of the usefulness of the content for professional activity, the highest evaluation
emerged for the module The protagonists of the educational relationship in the teaching-learning process
(mean= 3.95, SD= .86), followed by the modules Sound before sign (mean= 3.91, SD= 1.02), and Body
percussion: definitions and origins, performers and the BAPNE method (mean= 3.91, SD= 1.02).
2. Evaluation of the in-presence workshops
With reference to the evaluation of the activities proposed, participants reported the highest mean score
for the workshop Music and disability (mean= 4.17, SD= .92). Considering the evaluation of the expert
music educators, the workshop Body percussion obtained the highest mean score (mean= 4.35, SD= .75);
this was also the workshop with the highest overall evaluation (mean= 4.35, SD= .75).
Qualitative analyses
In order to better understand the experience of the participants and the impact that the course has had on
their professional activity, a content analysis (Glaser & Strauss, 1967) was performed for the responses to the
open-ended questions (Biasutti & EL-Deghaidy, 2015). The responses to the general evaluation questionnaire
were divided into three main groups: hints and suggestions for professional development derived from course
participation (question 4), positive features of the course and the activities (questions 3 and 6), and issues and
possible improvements (questions 1, 2, and 5).
Q. 4. What new perspectives and hints for your professional activity did the course offer you?
Participants recognized that the online course helped them to acquire and develop many aspects related
to their educational activity. From their responses, three families were defined: social and communicative;
cognitive, and didactic-methodological. Families and codes for the professional development dimension are
reported in Table 3.
The social and communicative family includes several features connected with interpersonal relationships,
both among colleagues and between teacher and students. The participants stated to have developed a
better ability to help students., and one teacher reported that I see now in comparison with colleagues the
possibility of finding some solutions that may be useful for my work.
In the cognitive family, aspects regarding the cognitive dimension of professional development have
been discussed. Teachers recognised that their participation in the online course improved their abilities to
learn new information and competences, to examine different topics more in-depth, and to reflect upon their
teaching activity. In addition, they felt more confident in putting into play their professional abilities. They
reported: I feel to have acquired many essential pieces of information., The thorough examination of
very important topics, I have learnt to give myself a challenge and to analyse everything from different
points of view, and Mainly, it has helped me to develop more awareness in all the teaching techniques.
Considering the improvement of their professional abilities, participants also highlighted the didactic-
methodological aspects that they developed thanks to the course.
In the didactic-methodological family, features related to didactic skills emerged; the teachers reported to
have introduced some innovations in their didactic activities, as stated in the following quote: The course
has transmitted new ideas about the activities that can be done with the students. They have also acquired
more expertise in planning the educational activities: ... it has provided new hints for the planning activity.
The teachers also recognised the value of paying more attention to assessment, as stated by the following
participant: it made me reflecting upon the importance of assessment. In general, the course seems to
have brought an overall improvement in participants professional abilities, contributing to the development
of several skills, to knowledge acquisition, and to enabling professional self-confidence.

81
RESEARCH PAPERS
Table 3. Families and codes for open question 4
Families Codes
Social and communicative Teacher-student relationship
Colleagues teamwork
Cognitive Learning
Examining topics in-depth
Reflective teaching
Confidence
Didactic-methodological Innovation
Planning skills
Assessment
Teacher improvement

Q. 3. What have been the positive aspects in participating in wiki collaborative activities? Q. 6. What
have been the positive aspects of the course and of the modules?
With regard to the positive features of the Wiki activities and of the course, four families emerged from
participants responses: social features, organisational features, operational features, methods and content.
Families and codes for the positive features of the Wiki activities and of the course are reported in Table 4.
In the social features family, participants reported positive aspects connected to the enhancement and
empowerment of social relationships among themselves, and to the exchange of views and ideas with other
colleagues. The possibility of making new acquaintances has been very worthwhile, as reported in the
following statement: Collaboration with colleagues that I did not know before. Participants particularly
appreciated the interaction and collaboration with other music teachers, as conditions that allowed them
to compare their ideas and attitudes with others and to exchange views as stated in the following quotes:
Positive aspects are: interacting with other participants remotely, The possibility to compare myself
to others about real aspects of my professional life, the continuous exchange with other participants,
Collaborating. All these aspects highlight the relevance of the social dimension in the process of teachers
professional development: this may create a network of educators in which different experiences and
expertise, and reflection on them could contribute to enriching and improving individual teaching skills.
The organisational features family includes elements connected to the organisation of the activities,
with particular regard to the project team work. The option to divide the course assignment into different
tasks among group members has been considered a very positive aspect, as stated in the following sentence
Assignment division among group members. Another characteristic that has been much appreciated was
the freedom in time management, namely The possibility to use the software at any hour. Other positive
features reported are independence in the online work (Freedom and work independence) and the clarity
of the assignment proposed (Clearness in assignment).
In the operational features family, participants referred to the characteristics of the online learning
instruments, which allow different people to work at any time in any place on the same task. Participants
expressed the importance of remote connection and virtual teamwork, as reported in the following
statements: Interacting with other participants remotely and The possibility to work together from
home. Participants also recognised the usefulness of some specific characteristics of the online activity,
such as the possibility of sharing the material in real time (The possibility to share the material quickly),
to modifying it (The possibility to modify), and to recover previous versions of the project in Wiki (The
possibility to recover the file archive). These aspects reflect the flexibility of the Wiki tool and of the online
learning, which can be adapted to different participants personal and professional needs.
Finally, in the methods and content family, the teachers involved in the course described some elements
of the online modules and material they appreciated best. They referred to the variety and to the relevance
for music teachers of the topics proposed during the course: one participant mentioned Topics that are
interesting and stimulating for our teaching activity. Also, the importance of discussing and reflecting
upon didactic principles has been highlighted (From a didactic perspective I feel that I have acquired
much important information). Another reported positive aspect is the opportunity to meet and discuss with

82
 RESEARCH PAPERS
experts in the field of music education during the workshops, as expressed in the following statement The
workshops with the experts have been very useful.
All these dimensions underline the importance for music teachers to find space for interpersonal exchange
and to be offered some practical solutions which can facilitate the participation in educational programmes.
Participants recognised their need not only to be presented interesting topics, but also to access them in a
more effective and efficient way.

Table 4. Families and codes for open questions 3 and 6

Families Codes
Social features Knowing each other
Interaction
Comparing themselves to other
Exchanging views
Collaboration
Organisational features Assignment division
Time management
Freedom and work independence
Clear tasks
Operational features Remote connection
Virtual teamwork
Real-time sharing
Modifying
Track of previous versions
Methods and content Significant for teachers
Didactic principles
Variety of topics
Interaction with experts

Q. 1. Were there any problems in the use of the Moodle platform? If so, what? Q. 2. What difficulties
did you meet in doing Wiki collaborative activities? Q. 5. What are the features of the course and of the
modules that should be improved?
According to participants experiences, during the online course some difficulties emerged, which have to
be reconsidered and solved in future course implementations. The weak points of the course can be included
in five families: technical issues, social issues, organisational issues, contents, and methods. Families and
codes for the features to be improved are reported in Table 5.
In the technical issues family, participants reported problems connected to the use of the technological
instruments (especially the Moodle platform and Wiki) for course activities. Some teachers found difficulties
in Wiki activities, since Wiki represented a tool they were not used to, as reported in the following statement:
I am not used to it and I consider it much too complex. Other problems referred to virtual communication,
as some participants affirmed that sometimes they did not receive e-mail messages from the course tutors
(Sometimes I did not receive notifications through e-mails). These issues derived from the technologies
used for the course, and they highlight the critical points that may characterise online learning activities.
Participants recognised that some difficulties also arose in social interactions with course colleagues. The
social issues family includes aspects that required an empowerment of the social dimension. Online activities
are characterised by a lack of face-to-face contact, and the difficulties are well explained by one teacher Not
to see each other is always difficult; to make projects together, working only in virtual spaces is not easy.
Another problem is related to working with new people (Working in a group with unknown colleagues is
not easy...), a demanding situation which requires, engaging socially, getting acquainted with unknown
colleagues, and cognitively focusing on educational activities, all at the same time. Participants also asked
for more involvement and collaboration within the groups of teachers as stated in the following quotes:
besides reading and rephrasing what we have read, it would be better if we also could discuss it actively
... and It would be better if we could have an additional incentive (...) for being guided in this direction.

83
RESEARCH PAPERS
In the organisational issues family, attention is focused on problems and difficulties related to the
organisation of the modules and the collaborative activities. The main difficulties seemed related to the
number of participants in the groups, considered too high, and to the need for more coordination in the forum
discussions, that may point to a need to introduce the specific role of coordinator. In addition, participants
asked for more feedback from the tutors about their activities. They expressed these requests in the following
statements: Smaller groups allow for more interaction, more exchange, So, maybe, it would be nice if
there was a more coordinated discussion.., If there would be a person, that may be an external person, but
he/she may be also one of us, that coordinates the weekly discussion, maybe it would be nice to have deep
feedback, just saying, from somebody who is not our colleague. Also, the workload presented some critical
points, particularly with reference to workload balance and the division of assignment tasks. Some participants
reported: in some situations I find myself in difficulties with the workload and There may be the risk of
having situations in which some people work hard and others do nothing, it is not fair!. Finally, participants
pointed out some issues in time management, namely the need of more time for studying and understanding
each module (Could you reconsider the time given for each module?) and the need to receive in time the
weekly materials and assignments (each module should be put online in time on Monday morning).
During the course some issues connected to the contents were identified. In the contents family, participants
expressed their suggestions for improving the themes discussed during the course and the way they were
presented. They asked for a clearer framework, which could facilitate the understanding of the educational
topics, as reported by one teacher: A more schematic explanation could be more effective and usable. In
their opinion, some relevant topics should have been discussed more in depth, while the presentation of other
less important themes should have been simplified: these considerations are summarised in the following
statement There should be less topics but a little more deepened. Another critical point was highlighted in
the request of less theory and more practical examples and hints (Some modules lacked practical hints).
In the methods family, the teachers reported their need of more relevant questions in the assignment tasks
and of more encouragement of the discussion on the part of the online tutors: I think that often the questions
were not relevant nor contextualized and recommended encouraging more discussion, not letting it be just
a list of opinions/experiences.

Table 5. Families and codes for open questions 1, 2, and 5

Families Codes
Technical issues Instrument too complex
No notifications (sometimes)
Social issues Lack of face-to-face contact
Working with unknown colleagues
Need of more discussion
Need of more help
Organisational issues Too many participants
Need of more coordination
Need of having a coordinator
Need of more feedback from the tutors
Workload too heavy
Unfair workload division
Need of more time
Modules opening on time
Contents Need of a more clear framework
Degree of detail of the contents
Less theory-more practice
Methods Need of more relevant questions
Need of encouraging the discussion

84
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Discussion
The present study aimed to assess participants satisfaction and professional development as a consequence
of their participation in an online training course.
The quantitative evaluation of the modules and workshops proposed during the course showed that the
mean rates were all above 3.5 (range 15), which could be considered a good result. In addition, participants
acknowledged the relevance of the discussed themes for their professional activity.
The analysis of qualitative responses revealed some relevant dimensions regarding the development
of teachers professional competence: social and communicative, cognitive, didactic-methodological.
Participants reported the role of social interaction and collaboration in supporting their learning. This result
confirm what was found by EL-Deghaidy and Nouby (2008), who recognized the social dimension as one
of the main positive features of online supported learning. As reported by Pellegrino (2014), instrumental
and vocal music teachers professional development may benefit from the creation of a social community
in which people find a space for sharing experiences and knowledge, and collaborative learning can be
supported.
The cognitive dimension has been also recognized as one of the main areas that is improved due to
course participation. The course succeeded in stimulating and developing the learning skills and the abilities
that allow the teacher to critically reflect and examine his/her teaching activity. Moreover, participants also
enhance their confidence in their professional competence. Similar findings were reported by Biasutti and
EL-Deghaidy (2015), who found that online collaborative learning activities fostered cognitive abilities
among student teachers.
The professional development stimulated by the participation in the online course is also expressed in
the didactical-methodological dimension. The teachers claim to have acquired and enhanced their didactic
abilities connected to activity planning and to assessment; in addition, they knew many new activities that
could be proposed to students during music lessons. These aspects confirm what Walls (2008) has found
with in-service music teachers involved in a blended Master degree: teaching practice was one of the main
dimensions that was fostered by their participation in the online lessons.
The current study, due to its exploratory nature, presents some limitations: it is considered a small group
of participants and examined only one year of a more extended educational cycle that lasted three years:
each year has the same structure with in presence workshops, online asynchronous lessons, with different
and more specific topics about music education and general pedagogy, and a final project in Wiki. To offer a
more complete overview of the impact of the course on music teachers professional development, different
groups of participants and a complete training cycle should be examined in future research.

References
Albert, D. J. (2015). Online versus traditional master of music in music education degree programs. Journal of Music
Teacher Education, 25 (1), 5264.
Ballatyne, J. & Packer, J. (2004). Effectiveness of pre-service music teacher education programmes: perception of
early-career music teachers. Music Education Research, 26, (3), 299312.
Bauer, W., I. (2007). Research on professional development for experienced music teachers. Journal of Music Teacher
Education, 17 (1), 1221.
Biasutti, M. (2011). The students experience of a collaborative e-learning university module. Computers & Education,
57, 18651875.
Biasutti, M. (2012). Teaching beliefs: a comparison between primary and secondary school trainee teachers, Journal of
Education for Teaching; Teaching: International research and pedagogy, 38 (3), 231244.
Biasutti, M. & EL-Deghaidy, H. (2015). Interdisciplinary project based learning: an online wiki experience in teacher
education. Technology, Pedagogy, and Education, 24 (3), 339355.
Biasutti, M., Hennessy, S. & de Vugt-Jansen, H. (2015). Confidence development in non-music specialist trainee
primary teachers after an intensive programme. British Journal of Music Education, 32 (2), 143161.
Ching, C. C. & Hursh, A. W. (2014). Peer modeling and innovation adoption among teachers in online professional
development. Computers & Education, 73, 7281.
EL-Deghaidy, H. & Nouby, A. M. (2008). Effectiveness of a blended e-learning cooperative approach in an Egyptian
teacher education programme. Computers & Education, 9881006.
Glaser, B. J. & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The discovery of the Grounded Theory. Strategies for qualitative research. New
Brunswick: Aldine Transaction.

85
RESEARCH PAPERS
Johnson, R. T. & Johnson, D. W. (1988). Cooperative learning: Two heads learn better than one. Transforming
Education: In context, 18, 4, 34.
Paul, S. J., Teachout, D. J., Sullivan, J. M., Kelly, S. N., Bauer, W. I. & Raiber, N. A. (2001). Authentic-context learning
activities in instrumental teacher education. Journal of Research in Music Education, 2, 136145.
Pellegrino, K., Sweet, B., Kastner, J. D., Russell, H. A. & Reese, J. (2014). Becoming music teachers educators:
Learning from and with each other in a professional development community. International Journal of Music
Education, 32 (4), 462477.
Walls, K. C. (2008). Distance learning in graduate music teacher education: promoting professional development and
satisfaction of music teachers. Journal of Music Teacher Education, 18 (1), 5566.

ONLINE MUSIC LEARNING: ASSESSING COMPOSING ACTIVITIES

MICHELE BIASUTTI
Padova University

Abstract
The present study assessed the effectiveness of an e-learning environment to enable students to compose music
collaboratively. The participants worked online by using synchronous and asynchronous tools to create a project in which
they collaboratively composed a new piece of music. After the learning sessions, individual semi-structured interviews
with the participants were collected to analyse the participants perspectives regarding the e-learning environments
functionality, the resources of the e-learning platform, and their overall e-learning experience. Qualitative analyses
of forum discussions for metacognitive dimensions, and semi-structured interview transcriptions were prepared.
The findings showed that the participants successfully completed the composition task in the virtual environment. In
addition, they demonstrated metacognitive processes during the activities. Moreover, four themes were apparent in
the semi-structured interview transcriptions: Teamwork, the platform, face-to-face/online differences, and strengths/
weaknesses. Overall, the participants exhibited an awareness of the potential of the online tools, and the task performed.
The findings are discussed regarding the metacognitive processes, and the following aspects of the virtual activity
which were effective: the learning environment, the platform, the technological resources, the level of challenge, and
the nature of the activity. Implications of the findings for further research on virtual collaborative composition and
educational applications are developed.
Key words: Online collaborative learning, E-learning, Asynchronous and synchronous resources, Online music
creativity.

Introduction
Several studies in the field of online learning have investigated technical solutions to online learning, and
methodological issues related to online learning research, and many ideas for improving learning approaches
have been provided (Karvounidis, Chimos, Bersimis & Douligeris, 2014; Ng, 2014; Tseng & Yeh, 2013; Wu &
Huang, 2013). In early online learning approaches, an instructional model was used in which online tools were
merely considered a means for practice. More recently, however, this instructional model has been updated
with more interactive didactic methods based on socio-constructivism, and collaborative activities have been
developed. These methods aim to respect the learners experience, and to stimulate divergent thinking in
participants. Prior research has also highlighted relevant aspects of the online learning process related to, for
instance, pedagogy, didactic methods, online environments, tools, organisation and creativity, and has offered
suggestions for designing high-quality learning environments (Biasutti & EL-Deghaidy, 2012; 2014).
The growth of e-learning products has also affected music education, and several music-related tools, and
software programs have been developed (Akoumianakis, 2011; Hadjileontiadou, Nikolaidou, Hadjileontiadis
& Balafoutas, 2004; Yu, Lai, Tsai & Chang, 2010). Technological advancements have supported the
development of e-learning products by providing technological solutions for activities that were previously
impossible, such as interacting online in real time to perform and compose music. The potential of the
Internet has expanded, and through any web search engine one can find thousands of online tools that are
now available for music learning. However, many of these online tools have not been evaluated. Thus, the
effectiveness of the online tools and resources need to be tested, and the pedagogical and didactic approaches
to the online learning activities need to be assessed (Seddon & Biasutti, 2009). Moreover, many of the didactic
approaches related to the music learning resources available on the Internet are based on an instructional

86
 RESEARCH PAPERS
model that involves simple practice, whereas interactive didactic methods based on collaboration are used
less often.
The current study presents a project in which participants worked online to collaboratively compose a
new piece of music. The learning environment also allowed the participants to interact synchronously, which
was a challenging, and complex task. Special software was used to allow more than two participants to
interact in real time, and powerful technological solutions were adopted to minimize the latency of the signal.
The learning experience was then tested to assess the effectiveness of the online environment.

Theoretical background
In the present study, principles related to collaborative online learning, and online music learning was
combined to form the theoretical background.

Online collaborative learning

There is a growing interest in the factors that contribute to the effectiveness of online collaborative activities
(Donnelly & Boniface, 2013; Tseng & Yeh, 2013). Prior research has addressed several issues related to
online collaboration, such as the strengths and weaknesses of online collaborative activities, the process
of collaborative knowledge construction, and the dimensions of metacognition. A positive relationship and
collaboration during online activities are relevant factors in online collaboration, since students satisfaction
with online activities is connected with their perceived levels of collaborative learning. The strengths of online
collaborative learning include the ability to compare ideas, collaborate, learn from peers, share knowledge,
and skills to support other participants, analyse and integrate different points of view, plan in a group, manage
the workload, and use an effective platform (Biasutti, 2011). Moreover, crucial factors for building trust for
teamwork include individual accountability, familiarity with team members, commitment toward quality work,
and team cohesion (Tseng & Yeh, 2013). Positive interdependence (i.e., the perception that participants are
linked with others) developed during online activities is also important, as well as aspects such as establishing a
positive group environment, and creating a sense of community. Other aspects include technology competence,
technology utility, and technology resourcing (Donnelly & Boniface, 2013). Conversely, factors that impede
online collaboration include insufficient ability in workload management, different levels of engagement,
insufficient coordination and organization, and technical issues (Biasutti, 2011).
Group coordination and dynamics have been addressed in several previous studies. For instance, prior
research has examined the process of collaborative knowledge construction, which describes learners cognitive
processes that occur during collaborative learning, with a focus on the exploration of their processes rather than
considering the mere products. Collaborative knowledge construction depends on specific social, and cognitive
processes, as well as the interaction between these processes. Regarding social interaction, Wu, Hwang, and Kuo
(2014) demonstrated that highly interactive students have higher learning achievements than less interactive
students, indicating the importance of the social dimension of the learning process, and the importance of
interaction among group members for knowledge construction. Furthermore, the discourse among the learners
in a group is important during collaborative learning, which relates to the cognitive dimension of learning,
and the participants knowledge construction during collaborative activities. Regarding other online activities,
Anderson and Simpson (2004) argued that while discussions in online forums induce basic processes such as
the exchange of information, and the investigation of ideas, more articulated processes such as higher-order
cognitive skills are not activated. By contrast, Biasutti (2011) has demonstrated that wiki activities can induce
higher-order cognitive skills, such as the evaluation of various elements, and subsequent decision making.
Higher-order cognitive skills involve metacognition and reflection on performed actions, and metacognitive
processes have been recognized as a crucial factor for enhancing group coordination, and fostering effective
learning. Sharing cognitive experiences is another fundamental aspect of the development of metacognitive
skills, allowing participants to control and assess one anothers behaviours, cognitive processes, and feelings
(Kwon, Hong & Laffey, 2013). Activities such as evaluating group activities, reflecting on the results, and
considering approaches to collaboration enhance group coordination and performance. In this way, a group
can set realistic goals and select the proper strategy to achieve them. Regarding metacognition, Akyol and
Garrison (2011) developed a metacognitive construct with the following three metacognitive dimensions:

87
RESEARCH PAPERS
knowledge of cognition, monitoring of cognition, and regulation of cognition. Knowledge of cognition
refers to the awareness of oneself as a learner and the awareness of ones knowledge, and skills concerning
personal cognitive processes. Monitoring of cognition refers to the willingness to reflect upon the learning
process, and involves understanding progression, assessing tasks, and making judgments about content
validity. Regulation of cognition refers to the interactive aspect of metacognition when students are engaged
in providing or asking for help from others to mutually improve their learning experience. This theoretical
framework can be used to explore cognitive and metacognitive development, and it was validated by Akyol
and Garrison (2011) for assessing metacognition in online discussions.

Online music learning

Several studies, primarily in school settings, have examined the application of information and
communication technology (ICT) in music composition (for a review see Biasutti, 2012). Although prior
studies in the music domain have focused on the use of technology, they were generally conducted in face-
to-face environments. Furthermore, the few studies that were conducted in a virtual environment primarily
pertained to instrumental practice rather than music composition. For instance, Seddon and Biasutti (2009)
investigated the efficacy of a music e-learning resource for playing improvised blues. A qualitative research
approach was adopted that consisted of videotaped observations and semi-structured follow-up interviews.
The findings showed that all the participants successfully performed the musical activity in the online
setting, and that the online activities facilitated the development of abilities such as planning, organizing,
monitoring, and assessing ones competencies. In addition, the following aspects of the e-learning setting
were considered helpful: The use of particular topic themes, the synergy between theory and practice, the
flexibility of the work schedule, the easy use of the platform, and the full access to essential tools.

Summary of the theoretical background

The reviewed literature indicates several factors that influence the effectiveness of online collaborative
learning and metacognitive processing. Regarding online collaborative learning, factors such as the sharing
of knowledge and skills, the analysis and integration of different points of view, group planning, workload
management, the establishment of trust for teamwork, individual accountability, and commitment toward
quality work have been identified. In addition, social aspects such as familiarity with team members, positive
interdependence, team cohesion, and a sense of community have been considered. Other aspects of online
collaborative learning include technology competence, technology utility, and technology resourcing.
Regarding prior research conducted in the music domain, ICT tools have been considered suitable for
facilitating musical creativity, and for enabling online instrumental music learning (Seddon & Biasutti,
2009). Because previous studies on collaborative music composition were primarily conducted in face-to-
face environments (Biasutti, 2012), the current study aimed to address this gap in the literature by examining
collaborative music composition in a virtual environment. In so doing, the study aimed to identify the
successful aspects of the online collaborative activities, and to examine the metacognitive dimensions of
online music collaboration.

The current research

Research design and questions
The current research is a pilot study that aimed to test the efficacy of an e-learning environment built to
enable participants to collaboratively compose music online. The research design is qualitative: Individual,
semi-structured interviews were conducted with the participants after the learning sessions to analyse
the participants perspectives regarding the functionality of the e-learning environment, the resources of
the e-learning platform, and their overall experience with the e-learning process. In addition, the forum
discussions were analyzed with respect to the metacognitive dimensions. Although the study is exploratory
by nature, the following research questions were considered:
Did the virtual environment enable the participants to compose a satisfactory music piece?
Did the virtual environment enable the participants to utilize the metacognitive dimensions?
What were the participants perspectives regarding composing music through the online learning
activity?
88
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Method
Participants
Experienced musicians were involved in the online learning activity. In this way, it was possible to
compare previous face-to-face composition experiences with the current online composition experience.
The participants (n = 3) included the following three musicians: Marco (guitar), Matteo (bass guitar), and
Paolo (computer/keyboards/vocals). All the participants were Italian, and had prior experience with formal
instrumental music instruction in private music school, and a music conservatory. The participants had
approximately twenty years of experience in performing in rock bands, and their ages ranged from 37 to 39
years (mean age 38). The participants are members of the band Reeta Pawone, which was formed in 2001.
The music genre performed by the participants was electronic rock, a form of rock music that involves the
use of computers, and other electronic instruments to generate sounds. The group has recorded two CDs,
and is working on a third. One participant was studying at a university in the northern Italy at the time of the
research.

Equipment
Moodle was used as a platform for the online activities, and an e-learning environment was designed
to work both asynchronously and synchronously. The tools that were used for working asynchronously
included a database, a blog, a diary set up as a wiki, and several forums for discussing ideas related to
composing music, the music content, and technical issues. In addition, the following software was used for
the synchronous activities: ooVoo for video and eJAMMING for audio. ooVoo software was adopted because
it allows for a real-time video connection of more than two people. However, the audio quality of ooVoo is
poor for music making, and for this reason, eJAMMING was used for the audio. A Dropbox database was
used to upload and share the live rehearsals. The participants used PCs with webcams to interact with one
another.

Procedure
The task assigned to the participants was to collaboratively compose a new piece of music that could
be used for their repertoire within the online environment. No style or genre constraints were imposed.
The proposed task is an authentic activity for musicians, and is not an artificial experimental task. This
design provided ecological validity to the study, and offered a meaningful and motivating activity for the
participants (Kump, Moskaliuk, Dennerlein & Ley, 2013).

Figure 1. The participants while working, and ooVoo screenshot (lower right)

89
RESEARCH PAPERS

Figure 2. ooVoo images

An online tutor was available on the platform. During the virtual work, the participants had to respect the
following rules:
Compose a new piece of music, not a rework of a previous piece of music;
Perform the work online and in the designed platform only. Do not discuss the new piece of music on
the phone or in the presence of another;
If you are working individually, please take notes and inform the other participants of your work
through the platform. Please use the forums and the other tools for these purposes, and consider that you can
also upload additional multimedia files to the platform if necessary;
Keep a weekly diary of the work progress in which all the participants can contribute with their
observations. The diary is set up as a wiki tool, so everybody can integrate or modify the text;
Immediately inform the tutor about any inconvenience or technical problem.
The participants worked asynchronously on the platform to define general aspects, exchange ideas, and
develop the composition process. In addition, the participants interacted synchronously to experiment with
their ideas in four real-time sessions of approximately ninety minutes each, as shown in Figures 1 and 2. The
online activities took place over a period of approximately two and a half months.

The semi-structured interviews

At the end of the activities, the researcher conducted individual semi-structured interviews with the
participants to collect their reflections on the learning experience. Broad questions were proposed to the
participants to provide them the opportunity to describe, and assess their experiences. Any further problems
raised by the participants were investigated through additional questions. The following questions were
proposed:
(1) How did you collaborate during the online activities?
(2) What role did the members have during the online activities?
(3) Please indicate the differences between composing music online, and composing music face-to-face.
(4) What were the benefits of the online collaborative activities?
(5) What were the disadvantages of the online collaborative activities?
(6) What were the most and least useful tools provided by the online platform?
(7) In what way were the blogs, diaries, and forums helpful?
(8) What kind of problems did you have, and how did you resolve them?
(9) What new perspectives did you develop from collaboratively working online?
The semi-structured interviews were audio recorded and transcribed verbatim for analysis. Before the
results are presented, it may be helpful to provide a description of the virtual activities to explain the tasks
involved in the online collaborative activities.

Description of the online activities

During the online activities, the participants actively collaborated through experimentation by sharing
and discussing ideas, composing and performing music, assessing the composition, and making decisions
together. The participants were engaged in a collaborative process in which their ideas were rehearsed and

90
 RESEARCH PAPERS
discussed. The work started with listening to music by other rock bands online followed by a discussion. The
aim was to draw inspiration from listening to the atmosphere of music by other bands, and to define general
aspects of the musical piece to be composed. The live sessions started with improvisation, which provided a
way for the participants to experiment with their ideas, and musical material. Paolo then proposed a backing
track facilitated by a computer, and the participants improvised over the backing track. Paolo manipulated
the backing track on the computer during live composition sessions, and the other musicians developed their
ideas for their tracks. All the video and audio recordings of the live sessions were uploaded on the platform
and reviewed by the participants. The participants exchanged ideas on the platform about the improvisations
and the musical material developed during the sessions, offering new ideas and discussing other aspects
related to the music. The participants then evaluated the various sessions, and collectively decided what to
select and how to develop the musical material to be included in the new music piece.
The participants interacted online via the platform among several different forums, a diary (activated
within a wiki resource), and a blog. A screenshot of the composition discussion forum is provided in Figure 3.

Figure 3. Screenshot of the composition discussion forum

The platform was useful to plan the work, organize virtual meetings, discuss technical issues, develop the
composition process, and share feelings. Regarding the forums, the participants established the following seven
forums: Listening, software for online performance, session planning, composition, instruments, technical,
and events. Although the forums had different names, the topics overlapped because, e.g., composing issues
were discussed in both the composing forum, and the listening forum. A detailed description of the online
interactions is reported in Table 1.

91
RESEARCH PAPERS
Table 1. The online interactions within the platform
Online resource Interventions Content description
Forum: Listening 59 Links to music by other rock bands for drawing inspiration, and listening to the
atmosphere of other music; detailed comments on the music; proposals of demos.
Forum: Software 7 Characteristics of the software for online performance; passwords; comments on
for online the functionality of the software; and technical problems such as the latency of
performance Internet streaming.
Forum: Session 29 Planning of the synchronous (real-time) sessions; appointments for the sessions
planning (synchronous activity); discussions of technical resources; suggestions for
improving the organization of the composition activity.
Forum: 20 Comments on and detailed evaluation of the live sessions performed by the
Composition group; proposals for selecting and organizing the material; proposals for
modifying sounds, and parts of the music piece.
Forum: 3 The musical instruments that were available for the overall project, and the
Instruments instruments that the musicians intend to use during individual sessions.
Forum: Technical 11 Discussions about the technical set up and technical problems.
Forum: Events 7 Events and concerts by other rock bands.
Blog 1 Personal feelings.
Diary 12 Descriptions of how the activities proceeded, including personal comments.

The final piece was recorded live during the last session. It was constructed with layers of sound,
consisting of musical loops over which the participants played their instrumental parts. The final piece was
not written down in a formal way but was recorded on multi-track software.

Results
The data consisted of discussions on the forums, transcripts of the semi-structured interviews, and video
recordings of the synchronous sessions. For the purposes of this paper, only the forum discussions, and semi-
structured interview transcripts were considered.

Analysis and results of the forum discussions with respect to the metacognitive dimensions
The Akyol and Garrisons (2011) framework has been used to analyse the forum discussions. Accordingly,
the analysis focused on the following three metacognitive dimensions described in the theoretical background
section: Knowledge of cognition, monitoring of cognition, and regulation of cognition. The coding process
was later validated by an independent researcher who separately checked the coding to ensure that the coding
actually reflected the metacognitive dimensions considered. The following quotes are coding examples for
each of the dimensions of metacognition.

Knowledge of cognition:
(...) I think, the use of the computer especially when you do electronic music, allows you to create music
more focused on the sound rather than music designed to be arranged.
(...) Conversely, the advantage of the PC is to give you an opportunity to experiment with sounds.
(...) I would use this tool in the future, at least in the process of composing music, and for preparing the
material.
(...) Music on SoundCloud more and more allows you to break down the song form, to get a sense of
sound pieces but without a clear beginning and end.

Monitoring of cognition:
(...) Pleasant creation of a carpet of sounds with a minimal rhythm section.
(...)Yes, but we are adding ideas on ideas ...
(...) Next time, it would be better to do a more analytical job, because improvising goes well, but then
you have to synthesize.
(...) The rhythm section is still quite rugged.
(...) It would be worth considering in detail various parts because the general idea is clear, but we have
to arrange it in detail.
92
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Regulation of cognition:
(...) Why you do not like the drum at 3 57?
(...) Drum: First and second parts. Paolo, can you change the sound of the snare? Something more soft,
(...)
(...) But, I am more interested in collecting your impressions (...)
(...) I must admit that I did not get your points (...)
(...) Listening to various music pieces with you, I understood that (...)

Analysis and results of the semi-structured interviews

The transcripts of the semi-structured interviews were analysed by using an inductive method based on
grounded theory. An adaptation of the constant comparative method, which has been successfully employed
in previous qualitative studies (Biasutti, 2011), was used. The following five phases were adopted: (1)
immersion, in which all the discernibly different behaviours are recognized; (2) categorization, in which
categories appear from the discernibly different behaviours; (3) phenomenological reduction, in which
themes come out from the categories; (4) triangulation, in which supplementary elements are used to sustain
the researchers interpretations; and (5) interpretation, the final step in which a complete explanation of
outcomes is provided in connection with previous research and/or models. In the immersion phase, the
transcripts were read several times to acquire a high level of familiarity with the raw data, and then, the
discernibly different answers were identified. In the categorization phase, similar behaviours were sorted into
similar categories, and 17 distinct categories emerged from the discernibly different answers. Four themes
were derived from the 17 categories during the phenomenological reduction phase: Teamwork, the platform,
face-to-face/online differences, and strengths/weaknesses. A diagrammatic version of the first three phases
of analysis for the semi-structured interviews is provided in Figure 4.

Figure 4. Diagram of the three phases of analysis for the interview data

93
RESEARCH PAPERS
Support for the researchers interpretations of the themes was provided through the process of
triangulation. Examination of the semi-structured interview transcripts and forum interactions indicated that
the participants independently referred to the researchers interpretations of the themes. The data supporting
the process of triangulation are reported in Table 2.

Table 2. Supporting quotations for the themes of the semi-structured interviews

Themes Supporting quotations Interpretation
Teamwork Performing the instrument for the electronic These quotations support the interpretation of
programming, Paolo has a structural role a teamwork theme because the participants
We have revised the various parts in a sequence that refer to roles and collaboration during the
was shared by all of us. collaborative activities.
Working in groups is positive for creativity
Platform The most interesting thing was the use of the forum These quotations support the interpretation
... of a platform theme because the participants
... the diary was used primarily by me, ... evaluated specific aspects of the online
No problem with the platform, it is easy to use environment.
Face-to- Certainly, the online work was more flexible. These quotations support the interpretation
face/online The online work was more systematic, better of a face-to-face/online differences theme
differences organized. because the participants compared the face-
Working online made the process followed during the to-face modality with the online activities and
development of the musical materialmore explicit. processes.
Strengths and The advantage of working online is the possibility to These quotations support the interpretation
weaknesses operate within my own home environment, ... of a strengths/weaknesses theme because
From the point of view of time, it is a big advantage the participants referred to advantages and
to work online. disadvantages of the online work.
There were no disadvantages for my part, with
the exception of the feeling of a lack of something
compared to the normal sessions in a physical place,
...

The coding of the semi-structured interview data was later validated by an independent researcher who
separately checked the data coding. The original researcher and the independent researcher discussed any
possible disagreements related to the coding. Changes to the original coding were made accordingly. Below,
detailed descriptions of the emergent themes are reported.
Teamwork
The participants considered teamwork to be essential during the online activities, and the coding process
revealed the following categories: Roles and collaboration. Regarding roles, the participants acknowledged
that they have particular roles in making music, and each participant had his/her own specialty. Paolo uses
a computer, and his role is to define the structural part of the piece and to design the backing track, while
Matteo and Marco focus more on the sound and the music phrases to be arranged onto the backing track.
Matteo is more proactive than Marco in composing the music, while Marco focuses more on the sound
effects of the guitar. According to Matteo, Performing the instrument for the electronic programming, Paolo
has a structural role. The construction of the music piece then revolves around the various proposals and
ideas. I think Paolo and I were more proactive, while Marco was less purposeful because he spends more
time on the sounds.
Collaboration was a key aspect at all stages of the online activities from the generation of ideas to the
composition of the music. The collaboration developed through virtual discussions and activities, and
the participants exchanged ideas and shared decisions in a democratic setting, Together we contributed
to the production of the musical material (Paolo). The arrangements were developed following a
series of discussions between the three of us in relation to the material produced with the improvisation
... (Marco). In addition, the collaboration involved sharing ideas and principles, The samples produced
during improvisation were then reprocessed (...) on the basis of exchanged impressions in the forum after
listening (Paolo). We have revised the various parts in a sequence that was shared by all of us ... (Paolo).

94
 RESEARCH PAPERS
These quotes highlight the collaboration that occurred during the online activities, and the creative learning
environment that was established. The discussions enabled the participants to clarify their thoughts, and to
make relevant decisions when composing the music piece. The participants were considered equals, and the
virtual learning environment facilitated egalitarian participation, as reported by Paolo, The online situation
has permitted a more horizontal process, and less binding to the original proposal.
Platform
The platform was deemed functional, and several useful tools for the online work were highlighted by the
participants. The related categories included more suitable functions, less suitable functions, and problems.
The discussion forum and the database used for uploading the session recordings were considered to
be the more suitable functions of the platform. The forum gave continuity to the composition process, as
reported by Paolo, The most interesting thing was the use of the forum that gave me a sense of continuity
while working, which is lost in a face-to-face situation. Face-to-face, when we finish the sessions, we
pull the plug, and everyone reworks the material on his own. Thus, the forum constituted a tool that
helped the participants share their opinions, and more explicitly reflect on the process. The platform further
strengthened the sense of community through practice based on collaborative work. Sharing recordings was
important because it enabled the participants to listen, and identify fragments for potential revision.
The participants identified the diary as a less suitable function of the platform. Specifically, the diary was
not considered particularly useful for articulating the work, as reported by Matteo, Well, the diary was used
primarily by me, then, seeing that the others were not very attracted to this thing ... I have not used it a lot.
Regarding problems, the encountered issues were mostly technical, e.g., related to the availability of
broadband Internet, as a very powerful connection was required for the synchronous sessions.
Face-to-face/online differences
The participants shared their opinions regarding face-to-face versus online interaction for composing
music. Specific aspects of the online work, for instance, related to the organization of the work and work
method, the composition process, time management, technical resources, and the achieved results, emerged.
Regarding the organization of the work and work method, it was reported that working online is more
systematic than working face-to-face. As Paolo stated, The online work was more systematic, better
organized.
Regarding the composition process, the participants stated that it closely resembled face-to-face
collaboration with respect to the basic operations, although there were differences in the overall process.
Moreover, the basic principles that were followed to compose the music piece and the efforts to produce
the musical material were considered to be similar in between two different settings, I think we set up the
online work more or less like the one we set up face-to-face, where a large part of the exchange of opinions,
ideas and suggestions is via email, SMS, or phone. Here, we have been working exclusively online (Marco).
However, it was reported that the online tools facilitated the comprehensive composition process, and the
development of a metacognitive dimension. As Paolo asserted, Working online made the process followed
during the development of the musical material more explicit. This statement demonstrates that the online
environment enhanced the participants reflection on, and awareness of the performed task.
Working online also increased the flexibility of the work, and facilitated time management. As Matteo
reported, There was definitely better time management due to the fact that everyone needed to make fewer
trips with equipment, tools, etc..
The technical resources and technology involved in working online were deemed to be more developed
than those in a face-to-face setting because the online setting required a fast Internet connection to minimize
the latency of the signal transmission during the synchronous sessions. As Paolo stated, Good communication
requires a telecommunications system that can offer good capacity for data transmission. For the rest, it does
not require additional technical resources than those used in face-to-face situations.
With regard to the achieved results, the participants expressed satisfaction with the work performed.
As Marco noted, I am personally satisfied both with the music piece, and with the online experience (...).
The music piece is a bit different from what we have composed so far, more ambient, almost as a kind of
soundtrack .... Interestingly, the music offers good suggestions on what to experiment with in the coming
months. Matteo, however, encountered difficulties in making aesthetic comparisons between the composed

95
RESEARCH PAPERS
piece, and their previous pieces, It is difficult to compare this music piece with the previous ones ...; we
should make others in this way, and then you could make a comparison with those made previously in a face-
to-face situation. () Anyway, I am pleased with the finished composition, and also with the experience.
Results fully achieved.
Strengths/weaknesses
The participants indicated that the online process entailed logistical, organisational, emotive, and
compositional strengths, as well as technical, communicative, and emotive weaknesses.
Regarding the logistical strength of the online process, Paolo stated that the advantage of working online
is the possibility to operate within my own home environment, without having to move my equipment.
Regarding resources, Marco remarked about the opportunity to have a whole range of instruments and
materials that you may not have in an external rehearsal because they are at your home, and not in the
rehearsal room. Similarly, Matteo recognized the opportunity to have access at any time to the archives,
and your instruments. Because we do not have a dedicated rehearsal room, at the end of each session, we
must move all the stuff. This is the reason that many times we do not bring with us things that maybe could
have been useful during the session.
In discussing the organisation of the online process, the participants unanimously expressed the advantage
of being able to individually manage their time, Surely the possibility to optimize time, and space (Matteo);
the possibility to make the most use of your time (no movement, no downtime) (Marco); the possibility to
work without space-temporal or practical constraints.
Regarding the emotive strength of the online process, Marco reported that a more comfortable situation
occurred by rehearsing at home, working at home, I have developed a greater feeling of tranquillity.
Regarding the composition process, the participants noted that working online was more reflexive than
working face-to-face. Indeed, the online environment affected the overall composition process by facilitating
the stylistic elaboration of the material, as reported by Matteo, The impression is that there is a continuity of
style while composing online. Moreover, the participants developed a more logical approach to composing
music based on systematic reflection. As Paolo reported, I had the feeling of working in an arranged,
perhaps even more logical way: Improvisation, discussion, and processing. The online collaborative work
further opened several operational perspectives. For example, Paolo stated that there is the possibility of
enlarging in a theoretically infinite way the possibility of exchanging, and processing the musical material.
() From a compositional point of view, this was a new perspective that opened an exciting new dimension
for me. In addition, Matteo reported that having a virtual interaction opens a new window for creativity
development; this is very positive.
The technical disadvantages that were noted in the online collaborative process included some latency
in the signal transmission online. Such latency created an aerial effect that was appreciated by participants.
However, it was not possible to work on very precise rhythmical solutions within such circumstances. As
Matteo asserted, (...) while in a situation like this one, where maybe you have even a little latency, you
cannot be very precise, although the program works very well, (...) but you may be stimulated to work on the
atmosphere of the music (...). I mean, it developed better (...). Face-to-face (...), you have more possibilities
to use the rhythm than here (...). Another technical disadvantage related to the audio volume, which could
not be as loud in the online sessions as in face-to-face sessions, and this lack of power influenced the
participants feelings associated with the music. As Matteo reported, Concerning the rhythm, for example,
in a face-to-face situation, you feel it more, because the sound comes out more aggressively since you have
a more powerful amplifier in front of you.
Regarding communicative disadvantages, Marco noted an aspect of visual communication, Sometimes,
it was difficult to interact visually or gesturally. In addition, when listening to what was done previously, it
was sometimes hard to understand when the other participants were listening or when they were interacting
with the music, perhaps re-improvising on ideas already expressed.
Regarding the emotive weakness of the online process, Paolo reported feeling a lack of physical
presence during the online sessions, There were no disadvantages for my part, with the exception of
the feeling of a lack of something compared to the normal sessions in a physical place, at least for the
performance aspects.
96
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Regarding how to improve online collaborative work, the participants identified the systematic nature of
the work, We must be more systematic during the elaboration of the material; some ideas are often left out
too quickly. However, this is also related to a compromise between the need to produce the material, and the
time available (Paolo).

Discussion
Regarding the first research question, the online environment was considered effective because the
participants were able to compose a new piece. Moreover, the participants positively evaluated the
experience, and the new music piece, indicating that collaborative composition activities can be performed
in virtual environments. This result extends findings reported by previous research regarding the use of ICT
for composing music.
Regarding the second research question, the results showed that the participants engaged in metacognitive
processing during the online composition activities. The online work proceeded at a metacognitive level, and
the participants were stimulated to reflect on their actions, and decisions. As noted in Matteos diary, The
work goes on, and we are now mastering the technological resources; therefore, we focus on creativity.
This quote provides evidence that the online learning activities stimulated the development of higher-order
cognitive abilities in the participants, which is consistent with previous findings reported by Biasutti (2011),
and Lin and Jou (2013). In addition, the metacognitive analysis conducted with the framework developed by
Akyol and Garrison (2011) provided evidence that the participants reflected on their knowledge, evaluated
the progress of the activities, and regulated their cognitive resources based on the roles of their bandmates.
These findings are in line with Akyol and Garrisons (2011) results regarding the distinct metacognitive
dimensions. The online learning activities also stimulated cognitive processes in the participants, as they
made aesthetic evaluations, synthesized different perspectives, and developed critical thinking skills. This
result is consistent with the findings of Tseng and Yeh (2013), who reported that processes associated with
teamwork can promote critical thinking skills in students. In the current research, the participants reported
that the online environment allowed them to develop an even more logical approach to music composition
based on orderly reflection than the face-to-face setting, as the online environment allowed them to organize
their activities, and supported them in composing the music piece in a sequential fashion.
Regarding the third research question, the participants identified components relevant to the online
composition experience. These included teamwork, the platform, face-to-face/online differences, and
strengths/weaknesses. The platform was considered useful for planning the work, organizing online meetings,
discussing technical issues, developing the composition process, and sharing feelings. Indeed, collaboration
and teamwork were considered key components of the online work (Donnelly & Boniface, 2013; Tseng &
Yeh, 2013). Other comments related to the organization of the work and work method, time management,
and technical resources. The participants also noted strengths and weaknesses of the online experience.
These strengths and weaknesses can be exploited to provide guidelines on how to utilize online tools more
efficiently to support future research projects involving composing music in an e-learning setting.
The findings of the present study contribute to a better understanding of the usefulness of collaborative
online environments and resources, and reveal certain aspects of the virtual setting that render online
collaborative activities efficacious for learning. These aspects include the opportunity for collaboration, the
dynamics of the group, and the use of appropriate technology (Biasutti, 2011). In addition, in line with Tseng
and Yehs (2013) findings, other aspects, such as individual accountability, familiarity with team members,
commitment toward quality work, and team cohesion, were found to affect the online collaboration process.
Overall, several factors affected the online collaboration process, including the learning environment, the
platform, the technology resources, the level of challenge, and the nature of the activity.
The learning environment was important for the online collaboration process because it was simple
yet effective, and because it offered the participants an opportunity to collaboratively work online. The
participants interacted continuously while composing a piece of music, showing commitment to the task.
The platform provided support for the online collaboration process and facilitated collaborative work
and actions such as sharing during listening situations, as well as discussing and developing a cooperative
decision process. The platform fostered a sense of community based on cooperation and collaboration, as

97
RESEARCH PAPERS
reported by Donnelly and Boniface (2013). The participants felt reflective, and actively engaged in the
composition process, demonstrating commitment and responsibility (Tseng & Yeh, 2013).
Regarding technological resources, the software programs that were used for the synchronous sessions
performed satisfactorily, and full access to necessary resources was a key aspect of the effectiveness of the
online activities for composing music. Indeed, previous studies have demonstrated that adequate technical
solutions are crucial for achieving high-quality results (Valentn, et al., 2013).
The participants noted the challenge of the activities, and they were actively engaged in performing the
activities. As Matteo noted, Working online is a new and exciting experience (...); performing online is
particularly challenging and compelling for its employment of technology. This quote demonstrates that the
online activities were considered challenging, and that they effectively stimulated the involvement of all the
participants, as occurred in the study by Seddon and Biasutti (2009).
With regard to the nature of the activity, the assigned task to collaboratively compose a music piece
regardless of style or genre constraints was simple and useful, and allowed the participants to interact
naturally in the virtual environment. The task was an authentic activity for musicians, and the use of
authentic activities is crucial for facilitating collaboration within virtual settings. The nature of the learning
environment was also important, as online activities should be performed in a realistic setting (Kump et al.,
2013). The authenticity of the activities strengthened the ecological validity of the study, and stimulated the
involvement of the participants. Moreover, the open-ended nature of the task facilitated the development
of collaborative work, motivating the participants to achieve at least a functional level of cooperation. The
flexible work schedule was another relevant aspect, as it allowed the participants to feel more comfortable
in making decisions about the work activities, which is consistent with Seddon and Biasuttis (2009) results.
Other elements such as constant interaction, deep involvement, and collaboration among the participants
were crucial for rendering the online activities effective, as reported by Tseng and Yeh (2013). In addition,
Anderson and Simpson (2004), and Seddon and Biasutti (2009) have reported similar findings, highlighting
the effects of the instructional design on the interactions among participants.

Conclusions and future work

There are several limitations to the current study. The results must be considered in relation to the
studys exploratory nature because only one music group was involved. Because of the limited number of
participants, it was not possible to include quantitative methods, so only qualitative methods were used. The
findings provide some insights into a possible methodology for evaluating the online tools within a virtual
setting. However, the generalizability of the results is limited by the studys methodological design In the
future, it would be interesting to design a study with a larger number of participants to increase the validity
of the results. Another limitation pertains to the assessment of the final product, which was not evaluated
by external experts. The music piece was only evaluated by participants, who were satisfied with the final
output.
The results of this study have implications for research on online music composition, and suggest the
need for further research on the nature of the processes involved in online music composition. The virtual
environment used in the study was effective for fostering online music composition, and could be applied to
develop online music composition projects involving participants from different parts of the world. Regarding
the technical implications of the findings, the synchronous resources were important tools for developing
ideas through improvisation, and they allowed participants to collaboratively compose their music piece. In
further research, it would be interesting to expand the use of asynchronous software for collaborative online
music composition in wiki environments, and to evaluate their effectiveness. In addition, other music genres,
such as contemporary and electronic music, could be considered.

References
Akoumianakis, D. (2011). Learning as Knowing: Towards Retaining and Visualizing Use in Virtual Settings.
Educational Technology & Society, 14(3), 5568.
Akyol, Z. & Garrison, D. R. (2011). Assessing metacognition in an online community of inquiry. The Internet and
Higher Education, 14(3), 183190.

98
 RESEARCH PAPERS
Anderson, B. & Simpson, M. (2004). Group and class contexts for learning and support online: Learning and affective
support online in small group and class contexts. The International Review of Research in Open and Distance
Learning, 5(3). http://www.irrodl.org/index.php/irrodl/article/view/208/291 (12.12.2014)
Biasutti, M. (2011). The student experience of a collaborative e-learning university module. Computers & Education,
57(3), 18651875.
Biasutti, M. (2012). Group music composing strategies: A case study within a rock band. British Journal of Music
Education, 29(3), 343357.
Biasutti, M. & EL-Deghaidy, H. (2012). Using Wiki in teacher education: Impact on knowledge management processes
and student satisfaction. Computers & Education, 59(3), 861872.
Biasutti, M. & EL-Deghaidy, H. (2014). Interdisciplinary project based learning: An online wiki experience in
teacher education. Technology, Pedagogy and Education, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1475939X.2014.899510
(12.12.2014)
Donnelly, D. F. & Boniface S. (2013). Consuming and creating: Early-adopting science teachers perceptions and use
of a wiki to support professional development. Computers & Education, 68, 920.
Hadjileontiadou, S. J., Nikolaidou, G. N., Hadjileontiadis, L. J. & Balafoutas, G. N. (2004). On enhancing on-line
collaboration using fuzzy logic modeling. Educational Technology & Society, 7(2), 6881.
Karvounidis, T., Chimos, K., Bersimis, S., & Douligeris, C. (2014). Evaluating Web 2.0 technologies in higher education
using students perceptions and performance. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 30(6), 577596.
Kump, B., Moskaliuk, J. Dennerlein, S. & Ley, T. (2013). Tracing knowledge co-evolution in a realistic course setting:
A wiki-based field experiment. Computers & Education, 69, 6070.
Kwon, K., Hong, R. Y. & Laffey, J. M. (2013). The educational impact of metacognitive group coordination in computer-
supported collaborative learning. Computers in Human Behavior, 29(4), 12711281.
Lin, Y. T. & Jou, M. (2013). Development of an integrated learning environment with knowledge management for
cultivating student critical thinking skills. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 103(26), 290298.
Ng, E. M. (2014). Using a mixed research method to evaluate the effectiveness of formative assessment in supporting
student teachers wiki authoring. Computers & Education, 73, 141148.
Seddon, F. A. & Biasutti, M. (2009). Evaluating a music e-learning resource: The participants perspective. Computers
and Education, 53(3), 541549.
Tseng, H. W. & Yeh, H-T. (2013). Team members perceptions of online teamwork learning experiences and building
teamwork trust: A qualitative study. Computers & Education, 63, 19.
Valentn, A., Mateos, P. M., Gonzlez-Tablas, M. M., Prez, L., Lpez, E. & Garca, I. (2013). Motivation and learning
strategies in the use of ICTs among university students. Computers & Education, 61, 5258.
Wu, C. H., Hwang, G. J. & Kuo, F. R. (2014). Collab-Analyzer: An environment for conducting web-based collaborative
learning activities and analyzing students information-searching behaviors. Australasian Journal of Educational
Technology, 30(3), 356374.
Wu, Y. C. J. & Huang, S. K. (2013). Making on-line logistics training sustainable through e-learning. Computers in
Human Behavior, 29(2), 323328.
Yu, P.-T., Lai, Y.-S., Tsai, H.-S. & Chang, Y.-H. (2010). Using a Multimodal Learning System to Support Music
Instruction. Educational Technology & Society, 13(3), 151162.

99
PRACTICE PAPERS

Practice papers

MUSIC TEACHING FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF UNIVERSITY STUDENTS: FOSTERING

CREATIVITY AND UPGRADING MUSICAL COMPETENCES
SABINA VIDULIN, LADA DURAKOVI
University of Juraj Dobrila in Pula

Abstract
The contemporary school in Croatia, beside the acquisition of knowledge and the development of abilities, is oriented
toward the development of pupils` creative potential. When encouraged to be creative, pupils are able to perceive
things and phenomena from another angle, to find different solutions, to be innovative. Being capable of using ICT
is considered one of the most important competences for teaching (Lavrnja, 2000; Matijevi, 2000) because it makes
possible for the educational outcomes to be reached in a simple way (Vidulin-Orbani, Durakovi, 2012). Therefore,
contemporary teaching should provide a balance of traditional and new technologies together with a creative approach
which will aid in the modernisation of music teaching. In the present article, the authors explore in which way the
students of music pedagogy can express their creative pedagogical ideas in teaching music. With the purpose of
innovating music lessons and making them more interesting, the students from the Academy of Music in Pula made
four educational films and a web and mobile application, which may be applied in school by using ICT. After the
analysis of pedagogical and musical competences that students have gained upon completing the said assignments, and
also of competences acquired by pupils through using these projects in the classroom, one can see that by designing and
using such multimedia tools the teaching process becomes adapted to the needs of pupils, which indirectly enhances the
comprehension, acquisition, and application of musical knowledge and skills, and also the general and musical culture.
Key words: competences, creativity, didactic teaching aids, ICT, music teaching, students.

Competences for knowledge societies

Educational institutions represent a system of the service industry which contributes to the development
of competences and professional qualifications. Apart from the acquisition of knowledge and development
of students skills, independence, and responsibility, these institutions also support innovativeness, creativity,
and the use of new technologies, since in this way one gains competences for life, work, and activity in
contemporary society.
Although the scientific community has not established a single definition of the concept of competence,
this notion is interpreted as synonymous or related to a number of terms: ability, capacity, efficiency,
proficiency, skill, but also as cognizance and responsibility (Weinert, 2001, after: Baranovi, 2006).
Minimal criteria for its definition have been determined according to the UNESCO World Report (2007):
competence is a prerequisite (capacity) for individual or group conduction of work (it derives from the
task that is to be carried out); it contains cognitive and non-cognitive (motivational, conative, ethical,
social) components; it is complex enough to ensure the completion of the task, where it differs from a skill,
which is an automated activity; learning is a necessary prerequisite for achieving it (Weinert, 2001, after:
Baranovi, 2006).
According to the authors who have studied the concept of competences (Woodruffe, 1991; Warr and
Conner, 1992; Green, 1999; Kurtz and Bartram, 2002), we typically find two-way definitions, which relate to:
the qualifications or standards for carrying out the task/ commitment, and the high successfulness in carrying
out the task/commitment. One of the possible definitions (Boyatzis, after Kurtz and Bartram, 2002) is that
competences are a substantial characteristic of a person, resulting in efficient and/or superior conduction of
activities; a competence can be a trait, motive, skill, aspect of self-image, a corpus of knowledge.
Mijatovi (2000) and Stanii (2006) discuss the concept of competence against the attainment of
certain educational outcomes, so they define them as: characteristics, qualifications, traits, properties,
features, abilities, knowledge, skills, performance, and qualities. In this context, the concept of competences
encompasses a combination of knowledge, skills, convictions, motivation and personal characteristics needed
for an individual to actively, professionally and efficiently act in a particular situation. Being competent
entails having the knowledge, skills, ability and being able to practically apply them.

100
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Razdevek-Puko (2005) classifies teacher competences in the following categories: being qualified for
new forms of class work, being qualified for new working tasks outside of the classroom in school and with
social partners, being qualified for fostering new competences and new knowledge in students, developing
ones own professionalism, using information and communication technologies.
Apart from the general teacher competences listed above, each profession also has specific, professional
competences needed for work. According to meNet Learning Outcomes in Music Teacher Training14,
descriptors, among other things, list the competences expected to be attained by the future music teacher.
They are classified into: musical and pedagogical knowledge, understanding and skills, general pedagogical
knowledge, understanding and skills; generic knowledge, understanding and skills. At the completion of
their studies, beginning teachers15:
are able to express their personal values regarding music, musical practices and music education;
are able to musically communicate through performing confidently, fluently and expressively;
have acquired a broad knowledge of musical styles, genres and traditions;
are able to compose and arrange music for learners;
appreciate the role, meaning and function of music in young peoples lives;
can help learners to orientate themselves in the field of music, and find ways of enabling their
engagement;
have strategies to enable learners to be familiar with the common elements and structures of music;
can motivate and facilitate the musical creativity of learners;
are able to initiate and develop ensembles;
know about ways to engage with music through different modes of listening;
have good working knowledge of the principal applications of technologies in music and can use
these to support learning;
have experience and knowledge of how music interacts and combines with other subject areas;
can connect artistic and cultural activities and expertise from in and out of school;
know that music can make a specific contribution to the life of the school and the broader community;
have developed a critical view of how music education in society is shaped and influenced by
economic, educational, cultural and social policies.
Since music teachers receive education in academies of music and related institutions, the teaching
process at universities should be directed toward the development of their pedagogical and professional
(musical) competences. Among numerous professional courses, students of music pedagogy should master
music-pedagogical knowledge and skills, which will primarily pertain to the pedagogical work with children
and youth in the domain of music. Professional competences are directly related to students knowledge and
skills in teaching methodology. In addition to the knowledge of fundamental educational disciplines, one
needs to be familiar with theories in teaching methodology, and also with systems, strategies, and methods
of practical teaching, principles of proper articulation of the lesson, and organization of the teaching process
with the assistance of various media. As professionals in the domain of music, teachers should bring music
closer to pupils, support pupil creativity and interest in musical works, and finally use modern technologies
so as to adapt the teaching process to pupils wishes and needs. The said requirements are achievable by
adapting the teaching process to the needs of pupils and by striving for their active role in the process of
comprehension, adoption, and application of knowledge and skills. The future teacher is expected to have
developed the following competences: communication skills, team work skills, skills of using information
and communication technologies, of reflexive thinking and self-evaluation, interpersonal skills, the capacity
for criticism and self-criticism.

14
Network Music Education Network (meNET) http://menet.mdw.ac.at/menetsite/Medien/
meNetLearningOutcomes.pdf (3. 4. 2015.)
15
http://menet.mdw.ac.at/menetsite/Medien/meNetLearningOutcomes.pdf (3. 4. 2015.), p. 5, 7.

101
PRACTICE PAPERS

It is an established fact that European educational policies are largely based on the development of
competences, which can be seen in numerous documents16. In the resolutions of the European Parliament
and Council establishing the Lifelong Learning Programme 2007201317, one finds the acquisition of key
competences in the entire vertical alignment of student training as one of the program priorities. The general
goal of the program is to contribute to the development of the European Union as a progressive society based
on knowledge gained precisely through life-long learning. One of the specific goals of the program is to
support the development of innovative contents, services, pedagogy and practice of life-long learning based
on information and communication technologies (ICT), and also the development of innovative products
and procedures, as well as the exchange of good practice in areas encompassed in the Life-long Learning
Programme, so as to improve the quality of education and training18.
Competences stand at the forefront of the Croatian Nacionalni okvirni kurikulum za predkolski odgoj i
obrazovanje te ope obvezno i srednjokolsko obrazovanje (2011) [National Curriculum Framework for Pre-
school Education and General Compulsory and Secondary Education]. A step forward in the new approach,
which moves the focus from the transfer of knowledge to the development of competences, entails a turn in
teaching and learning strategies. Traditional forms of learning are being replaced by an open didactic system:
the teacher can now choose contents, methods, and forms, during which the introduction of innovative
strategies for attaining goals from the curriculum is supported. Among the new methods, forms and types of
activities, such as problem-based learning, pair (tandem) learning, group learning, educational, experiential,
and project-based teaching, specific attention is paid to multimedia teaching and to the interdisciplinary
approach, which entails connecting contents from the curriculum according to the principles of inter-subject
correlation.

Competences as a platform for creative work: an overview of student multimedia assignments at

the Academy of Music in Pula
As part of music didactics and musicological courses, between 2011 and 2015 students completed
numerous assignments, such as keeping music listening logbooks, conceptualizing PPT and PREZI
presentations, and devising various multimedia tools as aids in the teaching process. In making these tools,
students used knowledge deriving from the course in music history, correlated and integrated with their
knowledge in related disciplines (music forms, harmony). They also relied on the knowledge they had
previously gained in other music courses, and also courses in information technologies, foreign languages,
general history, and geography. Since the ultimate goal of the assignments given to students was to contribute
to the modernization of music teaching in compulsory and secondary schools, the implementation of the
tasks directly corresponded with goals of the course in Didactics of Music.
Students designed and implemented innovative projects contributing to the advancement of the teaching
process by using ICT and motivating and supporting schoolchildren to gain new knowledge and skills.
From among the most creative products stemming from student assignments, we single out four educational
films and one mobile and web application. The film My Homeland was conceptualized and implemented
by using a mobile phone and PPT. The musical quiz The Weakest Link was made with the assistance of a
professional camera operator. The musical competition Win Over the Patron(us)19 was edited with the help
16
Common European Principles for Teacher Competences and Qualifications: European Commission: Education and
Culture (2010); Improving the Quality of Teacher Education: Commission of the European Communities (2007);
Tuning Educational Structures in Europe:Summary of Outcomes Education: Tuning Educational Structures in
Europe Workgroup: Education (2005); Teacher Education in Europe: An ETUCE Policy Paper European Trade
Union Committee for Education (2008); Key Competences for Lifelong Learning A European Reference
Framework: The European Parliament and the Council of the European Union (2006); Improving Competences
for the 21st Century: An Agenda for European Cooperation on Schools: Commission of the European Communities
(2008).
17
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2006:394:0010:0018:IT:PDF(1. 4. 2016.)
http://arhiva.mobilnost.hr/prilozi/05_1392807791_E+tjedan_odgoj_opce_obrazovanje_uvodna_ppt.pdf (1.4. 2016.
18
Ibid.
19
A word play intended to mean both Win us over and Win over the Patroness.

102
 PRACTICE PAPERS

of professional technical support, in Final Cut Pro software (version 7) for Apple computers, and the film
Johann Sebastian Bach was made in the form of a video clip in Windows Movie Maker. The mobile and web
application was made with the help of Grails technology. Each of the films and applications can be used for
the presentation, but also for the revision of the materials: the teacher can prepare concrete questions that
the pupils will answer after seeing the films, and thus gain new knowledge. The films and applications may
also represent a motivational activity in the introductory part of the lesson, which ensures that pupils should
become interested in the classwork and willing to actively participate in the teaching process. Likewise, the
films and applications are stimulating templates for independent work at home, for additional education and
self-education, since they motivate the pupils to make their own video recordings.
The value of these materials can be assessed by means of the pedagogical and professional (musical)
competences that students presented while making them, but also by means of the musical competences that
pupils gained through the use of multimedia teaching aids. Systematisation is given in Table 1.

Table 1. Pedagogical and musical competences of students and musical competences of pupils gained by making
the multimedia teaching aids and learning from the multimedia teaching aids
Assignment Pedagogical Musical competences
name competences
/students/ Students Pupils

*applies to all The students: The students: The pupils:

assignments - plan and implement - express their personal values - actively participate in the
guided, independent and regarding music; process of comprehension,
self-regulating learning; - musically communicate acquisition, and application of
- make teaching closer to the through different strategies musical knowledge and skills;
pupils wishes and needs; and fields; - provide a well-supported
- foster creativity; - can help learners to become opinion regarding music,
-foster an interest in musical familiar with the common musical elements, composers,
materials; elements and structures of etc.;
- develop their own music; - provide critical judgment on
professionalism; - have good working musical materials.
- provide a creative and knowledge of the principal
original contribution to the applications of technologies
teaching process; in music;
- have noticeable - have experience and
communication skills, the knowledge of how music
skill of using ICT, the skill interacts and combines with
of reflexive thinking, and other subject areas.
interpersonal skills;
- value the assignment
product and critically
evaluate its quality;
- stress the importance of art
and culture in contemporary
society;
- facilitate the aesthetic and
cultural education of pupils;
- influence the pupils
general and musical culture.

103
PRACTICE PAPERS

Assignment Pedagogical Musical competences

name competences
/students/ Students Pupils

My Homeland - create a new didactic aid - introduce various musical - memorize the data on
(film) in music teaching, which structures specific to some Croatian folklore regions;
facilitates learning of the Croatian folklore regions; - understand and organize the
materials and raises pupil - identify and stress important data that have been learned:
motivation for becoming data on Croatian traditional on singing types, typical
familiar with the national music; instruments, and folk dances in
tradition; - make a list of pieces to be Croatia;
- offer an interesting sung, played, and presented, - apply the newly learned
knowledge transfer: through select music tracks; materials by signing and
motivational questions the - single out important analysing the heard materials;
students raise the pupils components for every - differentiate between folklore
attention and motivate them individual region; regions according to the sound
to follow the film; - make connections between and musical elements;
- by correlating the materials the musical materials; - compare folk music and folk
and integrating knowledge - make a comparison of the customs;
in fine art, physical musical traditions of each - integrate the entire
education, natural and social region; knowledge on Croatian
science, and Croatian, the - find similarities and folklore.
students influence the pupils differences in the folklore
integral development; expression;
- make Guignol - integrate the music with
puppets, conceive of the other traditional elements;
dramatization of the plot, - comprise an instructive
and act; story;
- use the dialects of the - complete the assignment by
areas in which the film takes creating the final product;
place; - present the materials
- use PowerPoint and video through guided questions
presentations. and tasks for the analysis and
understanding of the film.

104
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Assignment Pedagogical Musical competences

name competences
/students/ Students Pupils

A Jump to Baroque - use the well-known quiz - single out the relevant data - memorize and recall
(the musical quiz) format to make their own, on the period of Baroque, information on the period of
musical version for the having in mind the pupils Baroque;
education purposes; age; - single out important elements
- make a contemporary - decide on the composers and suggested in the quiz;
didactic aid in teaching musical pieces to be used in - provide a comparison of
music, accelerating and the quiz; the musical characteristics of
facilitating the process of - discuss the makeup of the Baroque;
learning, where the pupils quiz; - interlink the contents
become acquainted with the - can recognize and into a unified whole as a
music and style of Baroque; differentiate between the recapitulation of the period of
- accurately control musical elements typical of Baroque;
knowledge transfer: Baroque music; - focus on the important
questions require that the - compress the full recorded features of Baroque music;
pupils carefully watch the materials to a pre-defined - make a comparison of the
quiz, and answers reveal time length; musical opuses of Baroque
how attentively the pupils - conduct research on the composers;
have followed the contents; lives and works of Baroque - reach conclusions on the
- assess the percentage of composers; musical style of Baroque.
correct answers and assign - make connections between
a grade; musical contents in a logical
- participate in the recording and humoristic way;
sessions and cooperate with - analyse the main elements
the professional camera and reveal the specific traits
operator. of each individual piece;
- conceive of the screenplay;
- prepare the texts for the quiz
host and contestants;
- provide arguments for the
importance of the quiz in
teaching music;
- present the materials with
guided questions and tasks for
analysis and for following the
quiz.

105
PRACTICE PAPERS

Assignment Pedagogical Musical competences

name competences
/students/ Students Pupils

Johann Sebastian - read and study various - decide to work on the video - recollect information on the
Bach materials from the literature clip dealing with the life and life and works of J. S. Bach;
(video clip) so as to complete the work of J. S. Bach; - single out important parts
educational film in the form - describe the social from the educational video
of a video clip; circumstances and position of program on Bach;
- make an informative artists during the composers - compare the life and work of
program, which uses text lifetime; Bach with some other famous
and audio materials to - single out relevant facts composers;
raise pupils concentration making Bach an important - relate the features of Baroque
and attention during their artist; music with the features of
familiarization with J. S. - stress the musical elements other musical periods;
Bach; important for the period, such - classify the pieces of J. S.
- support the educational that they should be intelligible Bach based on their types;
and cultural aspect of the for schoolchildren; - conceptualize an educational
teaching process; - look into the available video program on another
- make the video clip. literature on the life and work composer based on the pattern
of J. S. Bach; from the present recorded
- select characteristic musical show.
tracks;
- integrate the life and works
of the composer into a unified
whole;
- create a video clip in which
the materials are presented,
along with the information
on the life and works of this
well-known composer.

106
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Assignment Pedagogical Musical competences

name competences
/students/ Students Pupils

Win over the - make a valuable didactic - draw a potential list of - memorize information on the
Patron(us) tool to help students gain musical pieces which will be life and work of F. Liszt and F.
(TV program) knowledge, develop the used in presenting the opuses Chopin;
skills to listen to and analyse of Liszt and Chopin; - single out important data on
musical pieces, enrich their - study the lives of the two the period of Romanticism;
aural world through high composers; - differentiate between the
quality music; - find common points in their musical forms of Romanticism;
- make a TV program aimed biographies; - distinguish between the
to provide facts on the life - conduct group discussions musical expressions of Liszt
and works of two artists, on the right way to present and Chopin;
Liszt and Chopin. the composers and use the - compare the life and work of
materials; the two composers;
- compare previous student - reach conclusions on the
assignments and define period of Romanticism and its
the way in which this new basic features.
assignment will be recorded;
-make connections between
theoretical and musical
materials;
- analyse musical elements
typical of the period of
Romanticism;
- stress important elements
in the opuses of the two
composers;
- differentiate between the
musical tendencies of Liszt
and Chopin;
- use an original approach
to the preparation of the
television program;
- conceptualise the
conversation of the program
host and two competing
candidates;
- cooperate with the camera
operator and program editor.

107
PRACTICE PAPERS

Assignment Pedagogical Musical competences

name competences
/students/ Students Pupils

AMusEd mobile - find the way to ensure an - focus on important data - recollect some data related to
and web application easier and more interesting to be used for making the the life and work of art music
knowledge acquisition application; composers;
process; - draw a potential list of - organise and plan
- modernize teaching pieces; independent learning of music-
strategies so as to popularize - classify the musical pieces related materials;
art music; into periods and illustrate - focus on important facts and
- make appropriate teaching them with data related to the works;
materials: an application periods in which they were - find interesting facts about
taking the form of a made; the composers;
manual, which enables the - present and describe the - write a report;
systematization of study composers; - compare instruments;
materials and independent - plan work on the - recognize musical forms;
learning, and which also application: the data - differentiate between the
becomes a learning and collection phase and the musical elements;
homework check tool. database construction phase; - explore the potentials of the
- conduct research on the application;
materials suitable for data - classify the contents into
entry; separate wholes;
- single out important - present the outputs of their
elements to be incorporated study and exploration.
in the application (composers,
pieces);
- integrate the elements listed
above in an independent
whole;
- construct a web and mobile
application for the use of
contents that have been
entered.

The educational film intended for familiarisation with the folklore regions of Croatia, My Homeland20 is
intended for pupils in grades four and five at the compulsory school. The musical expression found in listening
to folk chants, in traditional singing and instrumentation, and in traditional dance, has been accompanied by
information from various other school subjects. In addition to the musical material, pupils gain knowledge
in art, nature and society, and the Croatian language. The entire narrative employs ICTs, a Power Point
presentation and video. The Power Point provided a secondary frame on which the scene is presented, while
the primary role was played by Guignol puppets. During the recording, the camera was set to present just the
puppets and the background playing the presentation. The scene was made in such a way that the images of
landscapes, cities, cultural monuments, buildings, and various other video materials presenting dances and
instrumental ensembles should accompany the pre-devised scenario.
The film is envisaged as a musical story taking the pupils on a journey through Croatian regions. In the
film, two Guignol puppets act as narrators who travel and get to know Croatia. The puppets talk about their
current location, commenting on the geographic features of the area, its myths and legends, they become
familiar with folk dances and with literature, through poetry. The pupils have the chance to hear and learn
about: Istrian two-voice singing, Dalmatian group singing, a ballad from Meimurje. They can see folk
dances, such as the Slavonic kolo, Istrian balun, and hear the sound of traditional instruments such as:
mandolin, tambura, roenica (a block flute similar to an oboe), vidalica (whistle pipes), lijerica (a three-
stringed instrument played with a bow).
20
The film was designed by students Maja Boli and Aleksandra Smoli. The video assignment was made by students
Maja Boli, Vera Dopu, Martina Mahi, Vedran Miji, Aleksandra Smoli. The clip was made in 2011 and presented
in Pula, at the First Forum of Music Pedagogy Students, which was part of the Second International Symposium of
Music Pedagogues.
108
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 1. Insert from My Homeland

The educational film intended for familiarisation with the music of the Baroque, A Jump into Baroque21
was based on the Croatian quiz The Weakest Link. The quiz was envisaged and recorded as a competition
of four major Baroque composers: Bach, Hndel, Vivaldi, and Lukai. The didactic aspects of this film are
seen in the fact it offers a familiarisation with the musical style of Baroque, part of the grade eight curriculum
in the compulsory school. The pupils can so become familiar with the principal characteristics of the period
through the composers active in the period and their work, and with the applicable terminology, such as
basso continuo, suite, cantata, oratorio, opera, etc. The quiz host asked the contestants elimination questions
dealing with the Baroque era. In addition to the educational segment, the film boasts a sense of humour
and irony. For instance, wrong answers are followed by the hosts sharp comments: Who thinks that basso
continuo is a drink? Who thinks that Romeo and Eurydice are in love? Who uses a bow to play the trumpet?
Who blows into a viola? Your memory lasts shorter than a harpsichord tone! All these comments caused the
pupils to smile, and thus contribute to a pleasant classroom atmosphere.

Figure 2. Insert from A Jump into Baroque

The educational film intended to contribute to life-long learning, Johann Sebastian Bach22 was made
with the help of YouTube video clips, photographs, and extensive literature. The authors used music history
textbooks, Bachs biographies, popular literature, and also encyclopaedias and lexicons. The film takes
21
The screenplay was jointly written by students Ivana Rubea, who played the role of the quiz host, and Jan Jankovi,
Jasmin Gaparac, Nikola Habek and Elvis Meeral, who appeared in the roles of Bach, Hndel, Vivaldi, and
Lukai. The video was recorded in 2013 and was presented in Pula, at the Third International Symposium of Music
Pedagogues, 2013.
22
The film in the form of a video clip was designed by student Jelena Koji.
109
PRACTICE PAPERS

the form of a video clip, and it was made in Windows Movie Maker (for Microsoft Windows). Several
representative musical pieces by Bach were selected those that are covered in compulsory school music
education. The students idea was that the film should look like a news program. The film starts with the
description of social circumstances in early 18th century Europe, and discusses the role of music in public
life. The most eminent composers active in the period are given, along with the principal features of Baroque.
A description of musical phenomena from this period of musical style follows: monody, basso continuo,
motoricity. The central part of the film is dedicated to J.S.Bach. The biography of the famous composer
is enriched with important examples from his opuses, followed by a description of the compositional and
technical features of the selected musical pieces.
The educational film intended for familiarisation with Romanticism in music Win Over the Patron(us)23
is intended for grade eight compulsory school pupils. The principal idea in conceiving the TV show was
to provide as many musical examples for pupils as possible and provide information on them in a simple,
interesting, and slightly humorous way, so that the pupils could easily memorise and adopt this information.
The students designed and recorded the play, and then had a professional editor make the final cut.
The film talks about Frdric Chopin and Franz List, two great virtuosos competing for the favour of a
wealthy patroness. The events take place at the moment in which Liszt, tired of the numerous tours, wishes to
settle down along with his chosen one, and Chopin, troubled by illness, looks for a way out of a bad financial
situation. The patroness is simultaneously the show host, and the one of the two pianists who manages to
convince her of his superiority over the other candidate shall receive abundant financial assistance. The witty
story in which the composers point out their own advantage compared to the competitor, provides details
from their lives and basic characteristics of their composed pieces; it explains the features of Romanticism
(melody, harmony, rhythm, dynamic) and the types: piano miniature, rhapsody, nocturne, etc. The film gives
details on the position of music in society, the locations in which Romantic music was performed, the traits
of Romantic composers. Apart from the takes recorded in the concert hall, the film gives shots of some
individual scores, excerpts from movies on the composers, etc.

Figure 3. Insert from Win Over the Patron(us)

The AMusEd (Antonijas Music Education) mobile and web application24 was made with the help of
Grails technology. It runs on a Tomcat 7 application server located at the web site thor.foi, which belongs to
23
The film was designed by students Marina Dari, Andrea Kruni and Petar Matoevi, and it was recorded by
student Frane Frleta. It was presented in Pula, at the Third Forum of Music Pedagogy Students, in 2015.
24
The author of the application and its contents is Antonija Puek, a first year Masters student of music pedagogy
at the Academy of Music in Pula. The mobile and web application were made in cooperation with Ivan vogor,
research fellow at the Faculty of Organization and Informatics in Varadin. The categories visible upon opening the
web application are identical to those available in the mobile application.

110
 PRACTICE PAPERS

the servers of the Faculty of Organisation and Informatics in Varadin (Croatia). The mobile application was
made for Android mobile devices25 and tablets with the minimum OS version 4.0. The application contains
three parts: Periods, Composers, and Works. If we wish to get information on the particular Period, we
click on the icon, after which a more detailed presentation follows. The same applies to the remaining two
categories (Composers, Works). Providing new entries and changes to the current categories is very simple,
and the application allows one to add new content. The principal purpose of the AMusEd application is
to ensure easier and quicker acquisition of knowledge on musical pieces and their elements, and broader
popularisation of classical music.

Conclusion
The basic purpose of products of student multimedia assignments is easier and quicker acquisition
of knowledge on musical periods, composers, pieces, and their constituent elements, and finally the
popularisation of classical music at large. Using multimedia aids in music teaching helps one define and
utilise a broad array of musical phenomena, and enables pupils to gain knowledge on musical forms, periods,
and styles. Apart from knowledge acquisition, pupils enrich their aural world with high quality pieces, which
will reflect on their aesthetic and cultural education.
The use of multimedia teaching aids in the music classroom will not replace other teaching methods, such
as oral exposition, conversation, text appreciation, demonstration, and the whole range of other strategies
that have been successfully used in teaching. However, these teaching aids can improve, accelerate, and
facilitate knowledge transfer and make the learning process more attractive and interesting. On the other
hand, creating and using multimedia aids directly influences student and pupil competences: the student
designs the teaching process in such a way that it should meet the pupils needs and thus provides an original
contribution to teaching by influencing the general and musical culture of the pupil. The pupil, on the other
hand, actively participates in the process of understanding, adopting, and applying the musical knowledge
and skills.
Since it is quite certain that teaching in the future will decreasingly take the form of traditional, ex cathedra
lecturing, and that the education process will increasingly rely on ICT, one should raise public awareness
on the need for appropriate education of future teachers. Among other things, the task for the professor is to
support the students to progress by conducting their own research, by giving them tasks in which they would
be encouraged to independently seek appropriate information, which they will then understand and critically
evaluate. Research assignments requiring the use of ICT represent a special challenge for students, because
this way the knowledge and experience that they have gained now becomes a platform for the expression of
their own creative potentials, and of innovative approaches to teaching.

References
Baranovi, B. (ed.) (2006). Nacionalni kurikulum za obvezno obrazovanje u Hrvatskoj razliite perspektive [The
national curriculum for compulsory education in Croatia different perspectives]. Zagreb: Institut za drutvena
istraivanja u Zagrebu Centar za istraivanje i razvoj obrazovanja.
https://www.idi.hr/images/stories/PDF_znanostidrustvo/Nac_kurikulum_punit.pdf (1.3.2016.)
Common European Principles for Teacher Competences and Qualifications: European Commission: Education and
Culture (2010) http://www.atee1.org/uploads/EUpolicies/common_eur_principles_en.pdf (25. 3. 2016.)
Green, P. C. (1999). Building Robust Competencies: Linking Human Resource Systems to Organizational Strategies.
San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Improving the Quality of Teacher Education: Commission of the European Communities (2007) http://www.atee1.org/
uploads/EUpolicies/improving_the_quality_of_teacher_education_aug2007.pdf (25.3.2016.)
Improving Competences for the 21st Century: An Agenda for European Cooperation on Schools: Commission of the
European Communities (2008). http://www.atee1.org/news/6/improving_competences_for_the_21st_century
(10.1.2016.)
Key Competences for Lifelong Learning A European Reference Framework: The European Parliament and the
Council of the European Union (2006) file:///C:/Users/Sabina/Downloads/YiA%20Key%20Competences%20
for%20Lifelong%20Learning%20-%20European%20Reference%20Framework.pdf (10.4.2016.)

Android is an open platform whose development is not limited, and it is free, unlike other platforms (iOS, Windows
25

Phone).

111
PRACTICE PAPERS
Kurtz, R., Bartram, D. (2002). Competency and Individual Performance: Modelling the World of Work. In I. T.
Robertson, M. Callinan & D. Bartram (Eds,), Organizational Effectiveness: The Role of Psychology (pp. 225
255). Chichester: John Wiley.
Lavrnja, I. (2000). Obrazovna tehnologija i mijenjanje uloge nastavnika [Educational technology and changing of the
teachers role]. In V. Rosi (Ed.), Nastavnik i suvremena obrazovna tehnologija [Teacher and the contemporary
educational technology](pp. 2732). Rijeka: Sveuilite u Rijeci, Odsjek za pedagogiju.
Matijevi, M. (2000). Hipermedijska obrazovna tehnologija u osnovnoj koli [Hypermedia educational technology in
primary compulsory school]. In V. Rosi (Ed.), Nastavnik i suvremena obrazovna tehnologija [Teacher and the
contemporary educational technology](pp. 3339). Rijeka: Sveuilite u Rijeci, Odsjek za pedagogiju.
Mijatovi, A. (2000). Leksikon temeljnih pedagogijskih pojmova [Lexicon of the fundamental pedagogical concepts].
Zagreb: Edip.
Nacionalni okvirni kurikulum za predkolski odgoj i obrazovanje te ope obvezno i srednjokolsko obrazovanje (2011)
[National Curriculum Framework for Pre-school Education and General Compulsory and Secondary Education].
Zagreb: Ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i sporta.
Network Music Education Network (meNET) http://menet.mdw.ac.at/menetsite/Medien/meNetLearningOutcomes.
pdf (3.4.2015)
Osvrt na provedbu Programa za cjeloivotno uenje i uvod u program Erasmus+ http://arhiva.mobilnost.hr/
prilozi/05_1392807791_E+tjedan_odgoj_opce_obrazovanje_uvodna_ppt.pdf (1.4. 2016.)
Raccomandazione del parlamento europeo e del consiglio del 18 dicembre 2006 relativa a competenze chiave per
lapprendimento permanente.
http://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2006:394:0010:0018:IT:PDF (1.4.2016.)
Razdevek-Puko (2005). Kakvoga uitelja/nastavnika treba (oekuje) kola danas (i sutra) [What kind of teacher
should be expected in school of today (and tomorrow)], Napredak 146 (1), 1320.
Stanii, S. (2006). kolska kultura za dobru kolu [School culture for a good school]. In S. Stanii (ed.), kolski
prirunik 2006./2007 (pp.176191). Zagreb: Znamen.
Teacher Education in Europe: An ETUCE Policy Paper European Trade Union Committee for Education (2008) http://
etuce.homestead.com/Publications2008/ETUCE_Policypaper_en_web.pdf (15.1.2016.)
Tuning Educational Structures in Europe: Summary of Outcomes Education: Tuning Educational Structures in
Europe Workgrop: Education (2005) http://tuningacademy.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/TuningEUII_Final-
Report_EN.pdf (22.2.2016.)
Vidulin-Orbani, S., Durakovi, L. (2012). Metodiki aspekti obrade muzikolokih pojmova: mediji u nastavi glazbe
[Didactical aspects of the musicological contents elaboration: media in music teaching]. Pula: Sveuilite Jurja
Dobrile u Puli.
Woodruffe, C. (1991). Competent by any other name. Personnel Management, 23 (9), 3034.
Warr, P., Conner, M. (1992). Job Competence and Cognition. Research in Organizational Behavior 14, 91127.

SOUNDING WAYS INTO MATHEMATICS

Maria Spychiger, Peter Mall
University of Music and Performing Arts Frankfurt/Main

Abstract
Music and mathematics are both sign systems, which overlap in many ways. The project Sounding ways into
mathematics aims to direct attention to the interconnections between music and mathematics, and to promoting
creative didactic ways to combine them in the classroom. The underlying theory of semiotic bundles describes how
communication and learning depends on simultaneous use of different sign systems. The project is part of the European
Music Portfolio. Contributors from teacher education institutions in seven European countries cooperatively develop
materials. Examples are collected in a teacher handbook which also provides theoretical background on the music-
math activities for the classroom. In its last phase, the project conducts teacher education courses in several European
countries with regards to the practice of combining music and mathematics.
Key words: Mathematics, music, semiotic system, experiences, transversal learning.

Introduction26
Music and mathematics share an odd character: many people believe that they are not good at one or
the other. The project European Music Portfolio Sounding Ways into Mathematics (EMP-Maths) aims
towards a different understanding. Everyone can sing and make music, and everyone can do mathematics.
This text is an excerpt from the EMP-Maths Teacher Handbook (Mall, Spychiger, Vogel, & Zerlik, 2016)
26

112
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Both topics are integral parts of our life and society. What needs to be improved is our ability to give students
opportunities to like them.
The project Sounding Ways into Mathematics is a collaboration of seven teacher training institutes in
order to develop a CPD (continuous professional development) course, that trains teachers in transversal
learning techniques, focused on music and mathematics. It is actually in its final phase and most of its
publications are ready for download from the projects website: maths.emportfolio.eu. The project was funded
by the European Union through the Lifelong Learning Programme.
This article highlights some of the core concepts behind the project: pattern recognition, music and
mathematics as sign systems, perception and action and making experiences. Finally we want to introduce
two activities developed for use in the classroom, that are part of the CPD courses provided by the EMP-
Maths consortium.
Pattern recognition. Pattern recognition is, first of all, paying attention to the connecting pattern (Bateson,
2002, p.16) and therefore is a basic human activity that is bound to awareness. Some theories claim that
attention is rhythmically organised (Auhagen, 2008, p.444). Attention to, and awareness of, connecting
mechanisms can be observed in children very frequently, and they often include expressions of happiness.
Rope skipping, jumping muddy puddles, and making rhythmic noises with sticks on fences are happy
childhood activities. The human capability for rhythmic synchronisation, as well as pattern recognition,
begins in early childhood and seems to be encouraged by dandling babies on the knees (Fischinger & Kopiez,
2008, p.459).
Humans have the capacity to follow rhythmic patterns from the first. Experiments with newborn babies
prove this very fact in that they are able to differentiate between rhythmic and non-rhythmic clicks (Gembris,
1998, p.403f.). Even early on, while floating in the womb of the mother, their leg movements show patterns
of tempo, which are in time with the mothers heartbeat (Gruhn, 2005, p.126). These early rhythmic musical
abilities have in common the babys capability of recognising patterns and tuning into them, or, as Bjrn
Merker has put it, can entrain to a repetitive beat (Merker, 2000, p.59). Later, entrainment is obvious
in countless activities, mostly through play; for example, with a ball in groups, in increasingly complex
activities such as when accompanying rhythmic language patterns and rhymes with movement and in
singing activities.
Another important aspect of pattern recognition is classification or chunking (Jourdain, 2001, p.163).
Chunks are small packages of information that we can handle as one unit. Chunks are treated hierarchically.
From small chunks, bigger ones are created. From those, further and bigger chunks are built, and so on. As
a matter of fact, we create patterns in order to chunk. Listening to a constant sequence of similar tones leads
to building groups of two or three (Auhagen, 2008, p.439), and therefore building (rhythmical) patterns.
Alikeness, nearness and similar behaviour are all features that enable mental pattern recognition. Not only
can we recognise patterns, but we also construct them and give meaning to them.
For example, the significance of chunks for the interaction with patterns (Vogel, 2005, p.446) becomes
important during the exploration of geometrical patterns. During the exploration it is important that the base
elements or units of the phenomenon are found (ibid.). Only the identification of these base units enables
the mathematical analysis of complex ornaments and clarifies the fascination of mathematics. Composers
use this capacity in order to write polyphonic pieces for monophonic instruments. They group tones in a way
that means our ear and mind hear two or more different voices.
Pattern recognition is an important task for hearing sounds (Bharucha & Mencl, W. Einar, 1996).
Recognising the sounds of instruments and octave equivalence is a pattern recognition task, as is our ability
to categorise tones C, D, E, F, G, A and B as a major scale and recognise the same melody when it is played in
different keys. This shows that pitch and key can serve to gate spectra into pitch-invariant representations
(Bharucha &Mencl, W. Einar, 1996, p.149). Bharucha et al. suggest that western listeners seem to have
a highly elaborated representation of keys and their relationships (ibid., p.148). Several studies show that
this is also important for sight-singing ability (Fine, Berry, & Rosner, 2006). This is especially the case with
the ability to predict following tones in sequences; this ability is better when these tones are part of tonal
melodies or well-known patterns.

113
PRACTICE PAPERS

The need for pattern recognition and synchronisation is rooted in nature. Small animals that hunt bigger
ones synchronise their steps in order to catch them (Fischinger & Kopiez, 2008, p. 460), and chimpanzees
synchronise their voices in order to increase the distance at which they can be heard (Merker, 2000).
The childhood games mentioned above, as well as activities such as rope skipping, jumping muddy
puddles and dancing, are occasions to practise coordination and pattern recognition (Spychiger, 2015a).
Pattern recognition and grouping enable us to do things simultaneously: marching, rowing, clapping
and playing symphonies. Doing things together (and letting others know about it) enforces the group,
attracts females and keeps enemies away; this is true at a recreation places campfire as well as deep in the
jungle, where chimpanzees do exactly the same thing (Merker, 2000). When things are done in complete
synchronisation, they are louder and more effective. Pattern recognition therefore is at the core of the shared
characteristics in mathematical and musical activities.
In all kinds of human activities, people show how they are not only capable of recognising patterns, but also
of creating and producing them. This takes us to the semiotic function circle model, which offers the integration
of those two aspects in human behaviour perception and action, as explained in the next chapter (figure 1).

music and mathematics as sign systems

Early semiotic theories described communication as a linear process where information was directly
transferred from one person to the other. Charles S. Pearce as an alternative developed the triadic classification
of the semiotic process, with the subjectobjectsign system. Still, this system defines communication
processes. Music, therefore, was not seen as a sign system, first of all because it has not an object to signify
(Spychiger, 2001, p. 55), and also because it is not the basis of a valid communication process.
Alfred Lang (1993) developed a semiotic model based on how a person relates to the world. It looks at sign
systems as the basis of human perception and action in an ongoing way, as shown in the semiotic function
circle (figure 1).27 This approach denies the need for a distinction between subject and object, and instead
distinguishes between processes that take place within the person and [] outside of the person (Spychiger,
2001, p. 57), using the terms presentant (in the place of the object) andinterpretant (in the place of the
subject). Musical mental processes, then, take place in a circular way; a musical perception (IntrO, what
comes in) leads to a musical experience (IntrA, what takes place within the person) that can evoke musical
production (ExtrO, what goes out from the person into the world). These musical actions then manifest
themselves outside of a person: as musical culture (which is ExtrA, ibid., p. 58). This point closes the circle,
which then creates new opportunities of musical perception again (as the arrows show in figure 1).

Figure 1. General psychological model of the personworld relationship. Semiotic function circle
(according to Spychiger, 2001).
27
Summarised in Spychiger (2001, p. 56).
114
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Understanding music as an independent sign system again makes it possible for us to compare this system
with other systems, e.g. mathematical ones, without neglecting the independent reason for music. We can
search for and find musical principles that can be explained mathematically. Music is full of symmetries, and
notation is a system with mathematical accuracy.
With the linear thinking left behind, many more sign systems were possible and more communicative
aspects (gestures, mimics) could be seen as independent sign systems. In actual communication, all these
systems interact and build a semiotic bundle (Arzarello, 2015). In modern educational theories for teaching
and learning, these bundles play an important role, because, with this approach, teaching processes and
interaction in the classroom can be described much more precisely.
With music and mathematics being proper sign systems and the theory of semiotic bundles, interdisciplinary
projects may gain new meaning. Just as gestures and mimicry complement aural communication, mathematics
can be used to explain music, and vice versa.
Although we do not believe that music is a mathematical system and vice versa, there are numerous
connections between both worlds (Bamberger, 2010; Brning, 2003; Christmann, 2011; Lorenz, 2003). With
the concept of semiotic bundles, we want to develop creative learning environments28 to bring together
several semiotic systems.

Perception and action

Perception and action are central elements in the semiotic function circle, which describes personworld
interaction: perception brings information into the person while, through the action, the person interacts with
the world. Inside the person, perception creates knowledge and action creates culture in the world (see figure 1).
In music education, this unity was not always obvious, as music education for many years was nothing
more than singing lessons. Only in the 1920s (in Germany), with the reform of Leo Kestenberg, did music
education develop to find a place in the scientific community, becoming a concern in teacher education as
well as in schools.
Still, action and perception were concurrent aspects in the philosophy of music education for a long time
(Spychiger, 1997). Especially well known is the discussion between Bennett Reimer and David Elliott.
Reimer, on the one hand, claimed that school music programs exist [only] to provide communities with
a variety of social services (Reimer, 1989, p.24). As a consequence, he wanted to strengthen perception
of music in the curriculum, and provide students with aesthetic experiences while learning about the great
musical artworks.
David Elliott, on the other side, criticised the prevalence of classical music in the curriculum and
corresponding teaching concepts, especially the lack of acceptance of affective elements (Elliott, 1987).
Together with Christopher Small, Elliott supports music making musicking as a central element in the
classroom (Elliott & Silverman, 2014; Small, 1998). The semiotic function circle explains the importance
of both elements action and perception for music education (Spychiger, 1997), as has been shown in the
general model for human life as a whole.
In modern mathematics education, the interplay of perception and action also gets more and more
important as students use action and perception cycles to develop mathematical understanding. A central
element of mathematics is the close look. The identification of patterns and their translation into a sign
system is a central mathematical task. Repetitions and, therefore, regularities can be found by observing
the written symbols. These regularities are the basis for mathematical insights. During the lessons, students
reconstruct this approach. Mathematical tasks serve as stimuli for activities performed on paper. With the
analyses of these activities, based on perception, regularities are found and transformed into awareness.
The discovery of mathematical aspects in everyday phenomena works in the same way. A modelling
process transfers central aspects of the real situation into a realistic model that contains the central structural
elements of the real situation. This is the foundation of a mathematical model. Action forces children to
discover mathematical regularities and structural principles in the classroom. Here, making mathematics
would be the corresponding concept to musicking making music. All the activities shown in the EMP-Maths

Such learning environments are shown in more detail in chapter 4.1 of the EMP-Maths Teacher Handbook (Mall,
28

Spychiger, Vogel, & Zerlik, 2016, p.19)

115
PRACTICE PAPERS

Teacher Handbook (Mall, Spychiger, Vogel, & Zerlik, 2016) combine elements of action and perception to
open minds and encourage emotions.

Making experiences
The activities developed in this project are meant to open the learning environments in which mathematical
and musical experiences can be formed. Musical and mathematical content are merged. They should provide
insights for both topics. Interdisciplinary learning environments frame this content differently and therefore
allow experiences that are not possible in subject-oriented learning situations.
As John Dewey (1925; 1980/1934) understood it, experience is an interactive, comprehensive event
that contains not only cognitive but also affective, emotional and aesthetic components (Neubert, 2008,
pp.234235). We follow his approach in not putting cognition at the centre of learning, but instead
experience. First, before reflection and thinking, we are immersed in feelings, aesthetic perception, and
current situational impressions (ibid., p. 235).
A sequence is taken intuitively out of the stream of events (Spychiger, 2015b, p.111), and is turned
into an experience from this emphasis. Real experience is a temporally limited unit with emotional quality,
descriptive character and nameable content: Those things, of which we say in recalling them, that was an
experience [] a quarrel with one who was once an intimate, a catastrophe finally averted by a heirs
breath [], that meal in a Paris restaurant [] (Dewey, 1980/1934, p.37). According to Dewey, experiences
are additionally marked by their communicative character. Through interaction, people can participate in the
experiences of others and potentially gain other perspectives on their own experiences (cf. Neubert, 2008,
p.238).

Figure 2. Visualizing the concept of experience related to John Dewey (1980/34) (Spychiger, 2015, p.112).

Against the background of Dewey, the EMP-Maths activities provide learning environments where
experiences are possible.
The EMP-Maths activities are developed to provoke entangled mathematical and musical events (see
figure 2). The situational base for the participants to have new experiences with mathematics and music, or
both, is created through the focus on a selection of singular events, for example through reflection and group
discussions. This approach can help to change the unconscious image of mathematics and music through
experiences in the EMP-Maths activities.

116
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Activities
The presentation of activities in all publications follows the concept of didactic design patterns (Vogel
& Wippermann, 2011). Design patterns describe general solutions for repeating problems in standardised
ways through formal structures. The formal structure in the EMP-M project consists of the parts overview,
preparatory deliberations, implementation and variations, of which implementation describes the actual
content together with a standard approach. The use of design patterns makes not only the process of
developing activities easier, but also helps teachers to easily access all necessary information.

Clapping the lowest common multiple of 2, 3 and 5

This activity uses body percussion elements to let students discover the lowest common multiple of 2, 3
and 5. First, the students learn body percussion patterns, each related to the numbers 2, 3 and 5. All patterns
end with a clap of the hands and use different body timbres (snap fingers, slap thighs, pound chest, stomp
foot), so they can more easily heard separately. In different steps, students learn to play their body percussion
pattern while counting to 30. Then different groups perform their patterns simultaneously, first 2 and 3, until
all three groups play together, still counting to 30.
Clapping and counting shows the multiples of each number through the clap of the hand. Every time,
two groups have this sound together, a common multiple is found, with the first appearance being the lowest
common multiple. Finally, reaching 30, all three groups clap together, showing the lowest common multiple
of 2, 3 and 5.

Twinkle, twinkle little star

This song offers multiple opportunities to introduce patterns, symmetries and reflections (using a mirror)
to students. Depending on what musical element students focus, they will discover different patterns. It also
provides students with the possibility to express themselves using their voice.
Students start this activity by singing the song several times. They then find their own way to notate
the song, following ups and downs. Each of these steps is accompanied by questions about patterns and
symmetries. Step by step, students will discover melodic and rhythmic patterns, build reflections using
mirrors and comparing these reflections with their own drawing. Finally, they use motifs of the song in order
to create their own patterns and learn to sing them.
This activity is not especially bound to the given song, but with many available versions it is a good
starting point. And in the end, students can listen to the variations to this song, composed by W.A.Mozart.

Conclusion
The project EMP-Maths: Sounding Ways into Mathematics aims to highlight the connectedness of
music and mathematics in every day live through classroom activities that are short and simple. Music and
mathematics play the role of equal partners in a modern interdisciplinary teaching approach.
Teachers are encouraged to join the newly developed CPD courses in order to implement the ideas in
the classroom. More information, as well as further activities and an online collaboration platform can be
accessed through the projects webpage: http://maths.emportfolio.eu.

References
Arzarello, F. (2015). Semiosis as a multimodal process, http://math.unipa.it/~grim/YESS-5/arzarello%20relime.pdf.
Auhagen, W. (2008). Rhythmus und Timing. In H. Bruhn (Ed.), Rororo: 55661 : Rowohlts Enzyklopdie.
Musikpsychologie. Das neue Handbuch (pp.437457). Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt.
Bamberger, J. (2010). Music, Math and Science: Towards an integrated curriculum. Journal for Learning through
Music. Retrieved from http://music-in-education.org/articles/1-G.pdf
Bateson, G. (2002). Mind and nature: A necessary unity. Advances in systems theory, complexity, and the human
sciences. Cresskill, N.J.: Hampton Press.
Bharucha, J. J., & Mencl, W. Einar. (1996). Two Issues in Auditory Cognition: Self-Organization of Octave Categories
and Pitch-Invariant Pattern Recognition. Psychological Science, 7(3), 142149. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9280.1996.
tb00347.x
Brning, S. (2003). Musik verstehen durch Mathematik. berlegungen zu Theorie und Praxis eines fcherbergreifenden
Ansatzes in der Musikpdagogik. Verl. Die Blaue Eule, Essen.

117
PRACTICE PAPERS
Christmann, N. (2011). Mathematik gestaltet (mit) Musik [Mathematics designs (with) music]. Der Mathematikunterricht,
57(1), 1323.
Dewey, J. (1925). Experience and nature. Later Works, 1935-1953, Vol. 1. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University
Press.
Dewey, J. (1980/1934). Art as Experience. New York: Perigee Books. New York: Perigee Books.
Elliott, D. J. (1987). Structure and Feeling in Jazz: Rethinking Philosophical Foundations. Bulletin of the Council for
Research in Music Education, (95), 1338. doi:10.2307/40318198
Elliott, D. J., & Silverman, M. (2014). Music matters: A philosophy of music education (Second edition).
Fine, P., Berry, A., & Rosner, B. (2006). The effect of pattern recognition and tonal predictability on sight-singing
ability. Psychology of Music, 34(4), 431447. doi:10.1177/0305735606067152
Fischinger, T., & Kopiez, R. (2008). Wirkungsphnomene des Rhythmus. In H. Bruhn (Ed.), Rororo: 55661 : Rowohlts
Enzyklopdie. Musikpsychologie. Das neue Handbuch (pp.458475). Reinbek bei Hamburg: Rowohlt.
Gembris, H. (1998). Grundlagen musikalischer Begabung und Entwicklung. Forum Musikpdagogik: Bd. 20. Augsburg:
Wissner.
Gruhn, W. (2005). Der Musikverstand: Neurobiologische Grundlagen des musikalischen Denkens, Hrens und Lernens
(2., neu berarb. Aufl.). Olms Forum: Vol. 2. Hildesheim: Olms, G.
Jourdain, R. (2001). Das wohltemperierte Gehirn: Wie Musik im Kopf entsteht und wirkt. Heidelberg, Berlin: Spektrum,
Akad. Verl.
Lang, A. (1993). Zeichen nach innen, Zeichen nach auen - eine semiotisch-konomische Psychologie als
Kulturwissenschaft. In P. Rusterholz & M. Svilar (Eds.), Berner Universittsschriften: Vol. 38. Welt der
Zeichen - Welt der Wirklichkeit. Referate der Mnchenwiler Tagung und der Vorlesungsreihe des Collegium
generale der Universitt Bern im Sommersemester 1992 (pp.5585). Bern: Haupt.
Lorenz, J.-H. (2003). Rhythmus und Mathematik. Sache, Wort, Zahl, 31(56), 1620.
Mall, P., Spychiger, M., Vogel, R., & Zerlik, J. (2016). European Music Portfolio (EMP) Maths Sounding Ways into
Mathematics. Retrieved from http://maths.emportfolio.eu/
Merker, B. (2000). Synchronous Chorusing and the Origins of Music. Musicae Scientiae, 3(1 suppl), 5973.
doi:10.1177/10298649000030S105
Neubert, S. (2008). John Dewey (18591952). In B. Dollinger (Ed.), Klassiker der Pdagogik. Die Bildung der
modernen Gesellschaft (2nd ed., pp.221246). Wiesbaden: VS, Verl. fr Sozialwiss.
Reimer, B. (1989). Music Education and Aesthetic Education: Past and Present. Music Educators Journal, 75(6), 22
28. doi:10.2307/3398124
Small, C. (1998). Musicking: The meanings of performing and listening. Music/culture. Hanover: University Press of
New England.
Spychiger, M. (1997). Aesthetic and praxial philosophies of music education compared: A semiotic consideration.
Philosophy of music education review, 5(1), 3341.
Spychiger, M. (2015a). Lernpsychologische Perspektiven fr eine grundschulspezifische Musikdidaktik. In M. Fuchs
(Ed.), Musikdidaktik Grundschule. Theoretische Grundlagen und Praxisvorschlge (1st ed., pp.5071).
Esslingen: Helbling.
Spychiger, M. (2015b). Theorie-Praxis Bezug im Mentoring. Beispiele und pdagogische Interaktionen in
Praxisgesprchen. In C. Villiger (Ed.), Zwischen Theorie und Praxis. Ansprche und Mglichkeiten in der
Lehrer(innen)bildung (pp.109130). Mnster [u.a.]: Waxmann.
Spychiger, M. B. (2001). Understanding Musical Activity and Musical Learning as Sign Processes: Toward a Semiotic
Approach to Music Education. Journal of Aesthetic Education, 35(1), 53. doi:10.2307/3333771
Vogel, R. (2005). Patterns - a fundamental idea of mathematical thinking and learning. Zentralblatt fr Didaktik der
Mathematik, 37(5), 445449. Retrieved from http://subs.emis.de/journals/ZDM/zdm055a17.pdf
Vogel, R., & Wippermann, S. (2011). Dokumentation didaktischen Wissens in der Hochschule: Didaktische Design
Patterns als eine Form des Best-Practice-Sharing im Bereich von IKT in der Hochschullehre. In K. Fuchs-
Kittowski, W. Umsttter, & R. Wagner-Dbler (Eds.), Wissenschaftsforschung Jahrbuch: Vol. 2004.
Wissensmanagement in der Wissenschaft (2nd ed., pp.2741). Berlin: Gesellschaft fr Wissenschaftsforschung
e.V. c/o Inst. f. Bibliotheks- und Informationswissenschaft der Humboldt-Universitt zu Berlin. Retrieved
from http://www.wissenschaftsforschung.de/JB04_27-41.pdf

118
 PRACTICE PAPERS

STAIRPLAY: INNOVATIVE LEARNING OFFERS WAYS TO DISCOVER THE WORLD

OF MUSIC NOTATION!
HUBERT GRUBER
University College of Teacher Education of Lower Austria in Baden/Vienna

Abstract
Stairplay music step by step, published by the Haus der Musik Wien in cooperation with the Lang Lang International
Music Foundation, was developed and designed by Hubert Gruber for schools and music schools to discover, experience
and understand the world of notes in a short time. This comprehensive learning offer is for children as well as grown-
ups and can easily be played in groups with a few or up to 40 people. It includes 21 cards as learning material, which
can be printed out. On them are the names of the notes (also with accidentals), which are the first seven letters of the
alphabet. They can be placed on the floor to walk on them and showing where the tones really belong. Any kind of
instrument and the voice can be used to give the notes on the cards a sound. The download of all these materials is free
and can be found in German and English at: http://www.hausdermusik.com. The aim and focus is to grasp, understand
and learn how to use the entire system of musical notation in an elementary, playful and holistic way. Learning the notes
is like learning the letters of the alphabet. Step by step, words, phrases, sentences, poems and stories are shaped and
created. Letters are an inexhaustible reservoir and tool for our human fantasy and power of imagination. They help us
to recognise and discover who we really are. And so it is with notes and music! The following text is largely taken from
the introduction of Stairplay, which can also be found on URL: http://www.hausdermusik.com/en/music-education/
stairplay-1/stairplay-the-game.
Keywords: musical notation, learning offers, music game.

Stairplay is an educational card-game for children and adults, for school and at home. With Stairplay
you can easily experience the world of notes, learning to understand them while discovering more of the
fascinating world of music. Stairplay consists of 21 cards. The cards can be found on the website (http://
www.hausdermusik.com/en/music-education/stairplay-1/stairplay-the-game). You can print out any of these
cards as many times as your particular Stairplay game requires.

Figure 1. One of the 21 Stairplay learning cards

On every card is the name of a particular note: The upper letter for countries, which speak German, as
well as for Denmark, Sweden, Norway, Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia or Slovenia, in the middle for
English-speaking countries, as well as for China and a few other countries and below for countries in which

119
PRACTICE PAPERS

a Latin-based language is spoken, such as Italy, France, Spain, Brazil or Mexico and which use the absolute
rather than the relative system of solfege.
Every note receives either the accidental # (sharp) or the accidental b (flat), which changes the name of
the note and the card receives either a red or blue note-head.

Figure 2. Stairplay card Ab and A#

Every card includes the two staves as they are used for the piano. The upper row has a treble clef, the
lower a bass clef, in conjunction with the respective note-hands. Therein can be found the respective note,
repeatedly depicted in its various octaves, from low to high.
Perhaps you are asking yourself whether the knowledge of notes and their names is important for making
music, singing or dancing. Not necessarily. However, this knowledge can certainly be a great help in learning
to better understand music and the world of sounds. Its like with a language. Whoever learns a language
needs the letters of the alphabet. Step by step, words, phrases, sentences, poems and stories are shaped and
created. Letters are an inexhaustible reservoir and tool for our human fantasy and power of imagination.
They help us to recognise and discover who we really are. So it is with notes and music!
Therefore the starting point is the first seven letters of the alphabet. These are the names of the notes as
they are on the Stairplay cards.

Figure 3. Stairplay cards on the ground in alphabetical order

These cards symbolise the individual keys of the piano. They are combined into a sounding staircase,
similar to the interactive sound-staircase in the Haus der Musik Wien. The historical staircase at the
beginning of the sound museums musical tour act as a piano with 13 movement-sensitive steps as keys,
each illuminating the activated note on the wall panel.

120
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 4. Lang Lang on the interactive sound-staircase

On URL: http://langlangfoundation.org/our-programs/keys-of-inspiration/collaboration/ you can see

Lang Langs visit to the interactive sound-staircase and his press conference at the Haus der Musik Wien and
on URL: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9sgzK11PClk you can see the dance presentation on the stairs
at the opening event. During your visit to the Haus der Musik Wien you can play, make music, sing, dance
and discover the sounds of the sound-staircase alone or with friends.

Figure 5. Visitors on the interactive sound-staircase

And this is what you can also do with the cards from Stairplay at home, at school, at music-school or
wherever you have the desire to do so. Place the Stairplay cards together on the floor or on the steps of a
stairway, like in the Haus der Musik Wien. Then proceed up and down between the cards, making music to
them with your voice and musical instruments.

121
PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 6 and 7. Playing with the Stairplay cards

If you place the cards in alphabetical order and play their sounds, the pitch will gradually get higher
each time. Because the distance between the sounds is not always the same, a distinctive sequence of tones
is created. This is one of the specialities, indeed one of the tonal secrets, of the world of notes and music.

Figure 8. This engenders a distinctive sound sequence

Another speciality is that contrary to the world of languages, music derives really only from seven notes/
note-names. While they may admittedly sound higher and lower in the different octaves, and through both
the accidentals # (sharp) and b (flat) are tonally re-coloured, music is basically, and not only in western
music, in these seven root-notes.
Some short examples: Start on A and go up and down the cards step by step. So you walk on an A-minor
scale. It begins as its name infers with A/a/la and it needs only the seven regular notes which can be found
on the white keys of the piano.

122
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 9. A-minor scale

Or start now on C and go up and down the cards step by step. Now you walk on a C-major scale. It begins
as its name infers with C/c/do and it needs also only the seven regular notes that can be found on the white
keys of the piano.

Figure 10. C-major scale

Next it is very easy to compose a short melody. Begin simply with only a few notes on such a scale,
going gradually up and down. Repeating notes is also possible. And you can do it together: THE FIRST

123
PRACTICE PAPERS

GOES UP AND DOWN AND INVENTS A MOTIF THE NEXT ONE TRIES TO REPEAT IT THE
THIRD INVENTS A CONCLUSION THE FOURTH REPEATS THE WHOLE MELODY. You can do it
like Ludwig van Beethoven:

Figure 11. A famous melody by Ludwig van Beethoven

To write down your melody use your note-hand because Youve got it in your fingers. This method is
the easiest way to transmit a melody from the sound-stairs to the stave. First place both hands on the keys
of the piano. Then turn both hands 90 degrees, pointing your right thumb downwards and your left thumb
upwards.

Figure 12. Position 1 and 2 of the note-hand

Move the index finger of your right hand. It shows the second line as the clef line. It has the note-name
G/g1/sol and is on the treble clef. As with a clef, the entire stave can be unlocked for the note-names and
their sounds.

Figure 13. Note-hand with treble clef

Now move the index finger of your left hand. It shows the fourth line as the clef line. It has the note-
name F/f/fa and is on the bass clef. As with a clef, the entire stave can be unlocked for the note-names and
their sounds

124
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 14. Note-hand with bass clef

Now you can find every note with your fingers.

Figure 15. Treble and bass clef with the names of the notes and the note-hands

Through both accidentals # and b the notes not only change their names, but also become one semitone
higher or lower. On the stave they still remain in the same place, even if they now sound higher or lower.
Therefore, the notes would actually have to be listed in oblique staves, as can also be seen in the interactive
sound-stairway at the Haus der Musik Wien.

Figure 16. Oblique staves

125
PRACTICE PAPERS

With STAIRPLAY this is possible. The cards of the learning game show from the beginning where the
sounds of the tones really belong and what distance they have from one another for music to sound the way
it does. This allows for easier and harder musical contexts to be understood and the making of music to be
truly experienced.
There are a number of learning sequences, developed by Hubert Gruber, published by Haus der Musik
Wien, in cooperation with the Lang Lang International Music Foundation. All were interested in making this
available for pupils and their teachers, particularly in schools and music-schools.

Figure 17. First steps in developing Stairplay

The learning sequences exemplify the various possibilities of playful, elementary learning with notes.
Through this musical knowledge, skills and abilities are gradually and continually built. The topics are:
Learn sequence 1 Making music with Stairplay
Learn sequence 2 From the note-hand to the stave with Stairplay
Learn sequence 3 A meeting with treble and bass clef with Stairplay
Learn sequence 4 A meeting with note names
Learn sequence 5 From the piano keys to the sound-staircase with Stairplay
Learn sequence 6 Composing with Stairplay
Learn sequence 7 A meeting with accidentals with Stairplay
Learn sequence 8 Transposing melodies with Stairplay
Learn sequence 9 Major and minor scales with Stairplay
Learn sequence 10 From minor to major with Stairplay
Learn sequence 11 From major to minor with Stairplay

126
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 18. Learn sequence 7, page 2

The individual units have varying levels of difficulty and can, according to the level of the learner, be
worked out for themselves. In order to solve the various tasks it usually takes one or two units of 45-60
minutes. In many cases the tasks are formulated so that they can be undertaken by an individual, as well as a
small or large group. Teacher assistance can sometimes be useful, but is not always necessary.
These are some aspects that you can learn with Stairplay: Be able to
describe, use and explain the most important parts of music-notation;
transfer motifs and melodies from the sound stairs to the staves;
detect predefined melodic partitions/motifs, construct them on the sound stairs, and make the
music;
capture scales, intervals and chords in major and minor keys, construct them on the stairs and
make the music;
capture correlations of melody, harmony, rhythm and dynamics in music notation, and convert
it into music on the sound stairs;
and much more
In each of these learning sequences there is at least one possibility to play music together and sing.
The group music-making, often experimental and improvised, should always be placed at the centre of the
learning with notes. In many cases music making and singing can be initiated right from the start of a training
sequence, as the knowledge of the world of notes should never be an end in itself, but should instead light the
way to enjoying singing, dancing, music, and many other things even more.

127
PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 19. Playing, singing and walking on the Stairplay cards step by step

AN EU-PROJECT PROMOTING CREATIVITY AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP BY MEANS

OF MUSIC, PERFORMANCE AND CULTURAL COOPERATION (MUSIK KREATIV+).
PRESENTATION OF THE CZECH CONCEPT.
JUDITA KUEROV, HANA HAVELKOV
Masaryk University

Abstract
The paper describes the main objectives of an international project, introduced within the Erasmus+ in four European
Union countries (Germany, France, Hungary and the Czech Republic). The main attention is focused on the presentation
of the Czech conception called To Music Folklore Roots. Regional Peculiarities of Folk Music (Rhythm-Melody-
Harmony). The authors present the theoretical groundwork of the Czech team, methodological issues, and the content
of the concept. The paper is aimed at the pedagogical topics for using Czech, Moravian and Silesian folk songs at
primary schools and the first outcomes of the project.
Keywords: Promoting musical creativity; international project; the Czech conception.

Characterization of the project

The demand for the development of creative abilities was present in the past in various progressive
pedagogical systems, and considering current conditions of social development it seems to be an even more
urgent issue. The pedagogical principal of creativity, which penetrates all areas of educational activities and
plays a significant role in the area of music pedagogy, is one of the main pillars of a three-year project entitled
Promoting Creativity and Entrepreneurship by Means of Music, Performance and Cultural Cooperation
(Musik kreativ+).29 This project is introduced within the programs of Erasmus+ and involves 12 partners
from Germany, France, Hungary and the Czech Republic. The program focuses on the conditions of music
education in primary and secondary schools, on the basis of cooperation between universities, music
ensembles and schools.

For further information see: http://musik-kreativ-plus.eu.

29

128
 PRACTICE PAPERS

The impulse came from the efforts of university colleagues in Pdagogische Hochschule in Freiburg,
Germany. Their goal was to create a program that would encourage young people to take greater interest in
musical activities, especially through creative aspects of school music education and possibilities of public
artistic performance. The university departments are represented by institutions from Freiburg, Strasbourg,
Szeged and Brno, the school pupils are from cities, towns and villages. Music ensembles are various too:
there are two chamber ensembles, specialising in contemporary artistic production (Ensemble recherche/
Germany and Hanatsu Miroir/France), a string quartet (Hungary) and a dulcimer band (Czech Republic).
As the name of the project suggests, not only is support for creativity very important, but also the aspect
of entrepreneurship and cooperation between individual subjects. The employment of given attributes
follows psychological knowledge and its application to musical-pedagogical practice. Musical-psychological
research shows that independent creative music activities of children30 in music education not only develop
music abilities and skills, but also transcend the area of music consciousness of an individual and influence
the whole human personality.31 If we remember the significance of all three emphasized areas of the project
music creativity using entrepreneurship and cooperation between individual subjects, we can generalise that:
they help to create thoughts that are (or might be) new, original, varied;
they help to create interest, enthusiasm for a given activity;
they influence the flexibility of thinking;
they help to identify problems, develop ideas leading to their solution;
they develop sensitivity to the outer world, they decrease the negative phenomena which brings
about current social developments;
they enable work in a team, mutual influence in a given environment, to look for opportunities;
they support stamina, persistence, willingness to cooperate and help each other, tolerate each other;
when presenting the music activities, they help to transform emerging thoughts into a public
performance, for whose production and realisation their authors and interpreters are responsible
they develop the ability to foresee the risk of a public production, coping with possible failures. etc.
Regarding the development of pupils personality, we may say that promoting creativity and
entrepreneurship in the field of music education and music performance in schools is an important stimulus
to pupils motivation, initiative, tenacity and responsibility.
At the moment, the phase of the project devoted to music activities of the children in elementary and
secondary schools is in progress. University students, teachers and performing artists from all four partner
countries work together on the development of their activities in areas of creativity, entrepreneurship and
performance. Individual topics are tested in educational settings, gained experience and knowledge will be
integrated into the educational process and included in the curriculum for further education of teachers.
Each partner country seeks to exploit the potential of certain kinds of music, eventually making
interconnection among different musical cultures. Pupils are motivated to discover, create and present music
in public. The German partners chose the program entitled Music as an Expression of Human Life. They
found the inspiration in the form of African music. The French turned their attention to contemporary art
music and Japanese haiku fairy tale. The Hungarian colleagues found the inspiration in classical music string
quartet literature. The Czech concept exploits the potential of folk music. It was named To the Roots of
Music Folklore: Regional Peculiarities of Folk Music (Rhythm-Melody-Harmony). During music creative
activities the pupils search for their own topics(in the given area), which they reproduce, change and perceive
in various connections. They work in groups, individually, they cooperate with the members of the music
30
Although the term creativity has not been clearly defined in music education, its main features are spontaneity and
relative originality of expression. In the Czech environment, for example Frantiek Sedlk expressed his opinion on
this topic.
31
It is known that musically creative activities develop music abilities, feeling and thinking of children, enable to
better understand the structure of a music composition and understand its content. Sedlk, Frantiek. Didaktika
hudebn vchovy 1. Uebnice pro studenty pedagogickch fakult, studijn obor uitelstv pro 1. stupe zkladn
koly. Praha: Sttn hudebn nakladatelstv, 1985, p.115. [Didactics of Music Education 1. Textbook for students of
pedagogical faculties, study field education for the 1st grade of elementary schools. Prague: State Music Publishing
House].

129
PRACTICE PAPERS

ensemble, and they learn mutual tolerance and respect. This use of stimulating music activities enables the
pupils to understand music and various cultural manifestations.

The Czech Conception

The topic of the Czech team32 is based on national music folklore heritage. The Czech Music Folklore Fund
offers a rich variety of types and variants of songs and instrumental music. Folk songs reflect the experience,
imaginations and desires of man; they accompany various life situations. They offer the opportunities for a
wide spectrum of music activities and non-music manifestations.
The folklore song fund in Bohemia, Moravia and Silesia is traditionally the basic methodical source
of Czech music institutional education. The variety of regional song types, their peculiarities in the field
of rhythm, melody and harmony can stimulate different aspects of a pupils personality, including music
creativity. The rhythmic structure of the melody is the basic methodical starting point.
The music material is prepared by the university students together with the members of Petr Galekas
Dulcimer Band from the Horcko Region. The suggested procedures will be verified by the pupils of the
46th year of the partner elementary school and at the seminars for teachers. The artistic partner (Dulcimer
Band) takes part in the creative process with the pupils, cooperates in given mutual topics. It shows the
richness and peculiarities of the song material, the character of the instrumental accompaniment in connection
with the song types and the region they come from. The members of the ensemble stimulate the interest of
the youth in interpretational and listening activities, offer music experience, promote individual thinking and
creative activities in the pupils while presenting music folklore phenomena in the lessons at school, in the
rehearsals of the children folklore ensemble, at concerts or performances for pupils. Both groups (pupils and
musicians) insert, on the basis of a guided dialogue, their own topics into the programme on the basis of
principles of analogy, contrasts, variations etc.
During the development of the topics promoting music activities and creativity by means of folk music,
the main aim was to identify, on the basis of various regional song types, the sources for music activities
for pupils and to offer impulses for their interpretational, receptive and creative skills. The important part of
methodical procedures is the motivation of pupils for the public presentation of their results; pupils are led to
be able to develop the original music thought in a process of transformation to the final artistic performance
in public. Topics included: carnival, in the countryside, on amusic ball.

The results of the Brno international meeting

A workshop was held in Brno in early February 2016 for the members of all 12 project partner groups.
During the weeklong activities, cooperative activities took place among 1012 year old pupils of a primary
school, the secondary school students, the members of music ensembles and the university students and
teachers. The work meeting was held at the period of the final carnival which culminated with a procession
of masks (before the Lenten period leading up to Easter). The Czech group pursued topics from the music-
folklore legacy connected to this season. Creative elements were applied in rhythm, rhythmic movement,
dance and instrumental areas. Dramatization of the given topic was employed as well.
These are examples of the Czech music activities during the workshop:
I. Music-movement game, in connection with the carnival song Skkej, medvde [Jump, Bear].
Genesis, function of the song:
The song comes from the Horcko region, this area extends to part of Eastern Bohemia and the western
part of Central Moravia. The song is connected with the annual ceremonies and customs and is sung during
village carnival processions. Traditional masks parades are held mainly in Moravia and in some regions of
Bohemia.33
32
The Partners of the Czech Team represent: Masaryk University, Faculty of Education, Department of Music
Education; J. Hlubiks Elementary and Nursery School, Lipov. Pupils of the 46th grade; Petr Galekas Dulcimer
Band from the Region of Horcko, Lipov.
33
The carnival masks and processions in Hlinsko (Eastern Bohemia) were included on the UNESCO World Heritage
list in 2010.

130
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 1. Notation of the carnival song Skkej, medvde [Jump, Bear]

The procedure of the game:

The children sing the song Skkej, medvde [Jump, Bear], and while singing with the instrumental
accompaniment by the dulcimer band, they move in a circle. A simple form of creative expression through
movement a pupil in a circle imitates the bear, according to the music accompaniment and their own ideas.
Other children sing with the dulcimer music accompaniment, and they move according to simple choreography
in the circle. The children take turns while imitating the bear in the middle of the circle. While playing this
music game, the children develop rhythmic movement and receptive skills, and stimulate their imagination.
The meaning of the activities:
The movement game serves to release the children, motivating them for creative activities. We used
this activity to relax the children at the beginning of daily activities. The game can be applied to a different
number of children of various age, abilities and skills.
The photo documentation of pupils activities:

Figure 2. Childs drawing: the mask of the bear.34

Figure 3. Music-movement game Skkej, medvde [Jump, Bear]35

II. Carnival male sword dance, in connection with the song Pod able, pod able [Under the Sabre].
Genesis, function of the song:

Archive of J. Hlubiks Elementary and Nursery School, Lipov. Photo Jarmila Tomekov.
34

Archive of The Faculty of Education, Masaryk University. Photo Jan plchal.

35
131
RESEARCH PAPERS
The song comes from the Slovcko Region. This area extends to southeast Moravia. Its a dance song
to the male sword dance, which is performed during carnival processions through a village. This traditional
custom is still maintained in its original environment, e.g. in the village of Strn in southeast Moravia.36

Figure 4. Notation of the song Pod able, pod able [Under the Sabre]

The procedure of the game:

Two phases of rehearsing were implemented:
1.Creating rhythms with props. This is a dance song in a 3/4 meter. The boys sing a song, accompanied
by instruments of a dulcimer band. The rhythm of the song is expressed by clapping their hands and body
percussion. While accompanied by a dulcimer band, they beat their own rhythmic creations with swords
according to a rondo form. The boys in pairs beat rhythmic figures with swords, using the sound of the sword
as well as rhythmic body movements.
2. The boys dance with swords in a circle. The boys respond with the motion to playing and singing of
a dulcimer band. According to the music and their own rhythmic imagination, they create movements and
jumps in a circle, while beating rhythmic figures with swords.
The meaning of the activities:
When implementing sword dances, boys develop creative skills in rhythm, rhythmic movement and
dance skills. At the same time, they learn to react physically to the heard music, they control arm and leg
movements, and therefore they also develop interpretive and receptive movement skills.
III. Rhymes set to music,lyrics set to music
The methodological procedure:
Creative activities with the lyrics of the rhymes is thematically connected with carnival processions.
According to the lyrics, children create their own rhythmic and melodic motifs in a two or three-beat bar.
Children write these motifs in notation. These rhythmic lyrics are recited and expressed by body percussion.
They choose the appropriate Orff instruments for selected rhythmic-melodic forms. The lyrics that are set to
music are played by Orff instruments.
Some samples of the music scores of the children:

Figure 5. The rhyme Medvde, medvde [Bear, Bear]. Setting to music in 2/4 meter

Video, sword dance, song Pod able, pod able [Under the Sabre], Strn:
36

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iB090nOCZm0

132
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 6. The rhyme Tady nm nedali [Here We Didnt Get Anything]. Setting to music in 2/4 meter

Figure 7. The rhyme Faanky, faanky [Carnival, Carnival]. Setting to the music in 3/4 meter

The meaning of the activities:

When setting the lyrics to music, children develop their creative, rhythmic, melodic and instrumental
skills. Along with creative activities they develop interpretive skills, especially in the field of instrumental
playing. Practical musical activities are developed in accordance with music theoretical knowledge, e. g.
when writing the created motifs on staff paper. The selection of the most successful examples refines taste.
iv. dramatization of a given topic
The methodological procedure:
The children are divided into groups. Each of them has to portray a topic using a dramatic form. The
selected illustrations of childrens dramatization were connected with the themes: male dance verbuk,
animals, pub, Christmas, carnival.
V. Male dance verbuk
Genesis, function of the song:
The dance verbuk is thematically connected with the recruitment of young men to military service. It
entered the list of the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity of UNESCO in 2005. The recruiting song
Pad, pad rosenka [Oh, the Morning Dew is Falling] comes from the Slovcko Region, which extends to
southeast Moravia.

133
RESEARCH PAPERS
The procedure:
The dulcimer band encourages boys to dance. At first, the dulcimer band plays a slow song, which is
followed by a dance melody of verbuk. Both songs come from the Slovcko Region (southeast Moravia).
The boys dance to the accompaniment of the song Pad, pad rosenka [Oh, the Morning Dew is Falling].
The dance has an improvisational character.
The meaning of the activities:
When dancing, the boys develop their rhythmical movement skills, ability to dance to the music and their
receptive skills.
The activities were conceived with regard to applying the following methods and aims:
searching of sources, their collecting and verification;
analysis of music performances, comparison;
using the activation activities, playful forms, creative manifestations in interpretational and receptive
fields;
the following were used within the integration process: singing, rhythmic movement, instruments,
dance and musical-dramatic expression, working with a music text;
applied principles: contrast, similarity, variation, connections, inspiration, reflection, imitation,
improvisation, transformation.

Conclusion
1. The preliminary results of the project have shown that folk music can represent a useful tool in
contemporary music education in promoting music activities, creativity and entrepreneurship.
A melodic part, tonal character and latent harmony of the folk song melody can be good means of stimulating
music activity and creativity. The variety and variability of a song fund enables learning cultural phenomena
in wider connections, to search for parallels or differences not only within regional music folklore
manifestations. The principles of folk music might be compared with other music manifestations in artistic
and non-artistic areas.
2. For evaluation of the work done so far in schools and during the project week in Brno, a questionnaire
survey37 was prepared, which followed the opinions of children and adults on the character of the outlined
activities and progress of the meeting. A five-grade Likert scale was used to measure their attitudes. The
results covered the development of creativity, preparatory and testing phases of project topics, interest of
those present in common activities etc. In all observed areas, the middle values predominated.38 The results
of attitudes towards the activities done within the project suggest the possibilities of further orientation of
musically pedagogic effort.39 They showed quite positive reflections of the children and adults, their interest
in continuing with mutual activities and looking for new ways of working with music, or rather various areas
of music expression.

37
The preparation and realisation of the research was managed by a post-graduate student Daniel Fiedler from
Pdagogische Hochschule in Freiburg. During a weekly meeting, the children expressed their opinions on the
activities and daily experiences in writing.
38
The middle position of evaluation was expressed by 55-66% representation in individual areas. Critical comments
appeared minimally; the children demanded more space for their free-time activities.
39
Musikkreativ+ Project further topics were verified in June of 2016 in a joint meeting at Pdagogische Hoschule in
Freiburg. The best activities will be presented at a final performance.

134
 PRACTICE PAPERS

Figure 8. The first presentation of particular national concepts. The German group in the foreground

References
Barto, F. (1888). Nae dti [Our Children]. Brno: J. Barvi.
Barto, F. (1889). Nrodn psn moravsk v nov nasbran [Moravian Folk Songs Newly Collected]. Brno: Matice
moravsk.
Erben, K. J. (1886). Prostonrodn esk psn a kadla [Czech Folk Songs and Rhymes]. Praha: Alois Hynek.
Fiedler, D. (2016). Evaluation Report 1. Evaluation Report 2. Unpublished Reports, Project Musikkreativ+.
Pdagogische Hochschule, Freiburg, GE.
Kuerov, J. (2001). Lidov psn ve kolnm vyuovn utopie nebo kulturn a vchovn perspektiva? [Folk Songs
in School Education Utopia or Cultural and Educational Perspective?]. In J.Kosteka (Ed.).Musica viva in
schola XVII, 146156. Brno: Masaryk University.
Kuerov, J. (2003). Besonderheiten der Volkskultur und der Musikfolklore in der Tschechischen Republik.
[Characteristic of Folk Culture and Folklore in the Czech Republic.] In Dombi J. Maczelka N. (Eds.), Zenei
konferencik eladsai. Tanulmnyktet, 48-65. Szeged: University Szeged.
Kuerov, J. (2003). Zu den Einstellungen der Jugend zur Volksmusik [Am Beispiel von manchen Orten in Mahren.)
[Attitudes of Teenagers to Folk Music. Examples from Several Localities in Moravia]. In Studia Musicologica
Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae, 44/13, 131140. Budapest: Akademia Kiado.
Kuerov, J. (2008). Lidov pse v echch, na Morav a ve Slezsku. I., II [Folk Song in Bohemia, Moravia and
Silesia]. Brno: Masaryk University, Faculty of Education.
Read, H. (1967). Vchova umnm [Education Through Art]. Praha: Odeon.
Sedlek, M. (1999). Lidov pse jako jeden ze zkladnch stavebnch kamen hudebn vchovy nebo jako peitek?
[Folk Songas one of the BasicBuilding Stones ofMusic Educationoras an Anachronism?]In J. Kosteka
(Ed.),Musica viva in schola X,pp. 912. Brno: PdF MU.
Sedlk, F. (1985). Didaktika hudebn vchovy 1. Uebnice pro studenty pedagogickch fakult, studijn obor uitelstv
pro 1. stupe zkladn koly [Didactics of Music Education I. Textbook for the Students of Pedagogical Faculties,
Study Field Education for the 1st Grade of Elementary Schools]. Praha: Sttn hudebn nakladatelstv.
Suil, F. (1951). Moravsk nrodn psn snpvy do textu vadnmi [Moravian Folk Songs with Melodies Integrated
into Lyrics]. R. Smetana J. Vclavkov (Eds.) Praha: Vyehrad.
Toncrov, M. (1999). Lidov psn zmoravskho Horcka [Folk Songs from Moravian Horcko]. Brno: Etnologick
stav Akademie vd esk republiky.

135
Klaipdos universiteto leidykla

Looking for the unexpected

Creativity and innovation
in music education

Proceedings of the 24th EAS Conference

Vilnius, Lithuania
1619 March 2016

Klaipda, 2016

Maketuotoja Ingrida Sirvydait

Virelis Vilhelmo Giedraiio

SL 1335. 2016 10 14. Apimtis 17 sl. sp. l. Tiraas 90 egz.

Ileido ir spausdino Klaipdos universiteto leidykla
Herkaus Manto g. 84, LT-92294 Klaipda
Tel. (8 ~ 46) 398 891, el. patas: leidykla@ku.lt